You cannot select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
11538 lines
418 KiB
Plaintext
11538 lines
418 KiB
Plaintext
//===== rAthena Documentation================================
|
|
//= rAthena Script Commands
|
|
//===== By:==================================================
|
|
//= rAthena Dev Team
|
|
//===== Last Updated:========================================
|
|
//= 20220308
|
|
//===== Description:=========================================
|
|
//= A reference manual for the rAthena scripting language.
|
|
//= Commands are sorted depending on their functionality.
|
|
//===========================================================
|
|
|
|
This document is a reference manual for all the scripting commands and functions
|
|
available in rAthena. It is not a simple tutorial. When people tell you to
|
|
"Read The F***ing Manual", they mean this.
|
|
|
|
This is not a place to teach you basic programming. This document will not teach
|
|
you basic programming by itself. It's more of a reference for those who have at
|
|
least a vague idea of what they want to do and want to know what tools they have
|
|
available to do it. We've tried to keep it as simple as possible, but if you
|
|
don't understand it, getting a clear book on programming in general will help
|
|
better than yelling around the forum for help.
|
|
|
|
A little learning never caused anyone's head to explode.
|
|
|
|
Structure
|
|
---------
|
|
|
|
The script commands are listed in no particular order, but are grouped by
|
|
relative function.
|
|
|
|
*Name of the command and parameters (if any).
|
|
|
|
Descriptive text
|
|
|
|
Small example if possible. Will usually be incomplete, it's there just to
|
|
give you an idea of how it works in practice.
|
|
|
|
To find a specific command, use Ctrl+F, (or whatever keys call up a search
|
|
function in whatever you're reading this with) put an asterisk (*) followed by the command
|
|
name, and it should find the command description for you.
|
|
|
|
If you find anything missing, please let us know!
|
|
|
|
Syntax
|
|
------
|
|
|
|
Throughout this document, wherever a command wants an argument, it is given in
|
|
<angle brackets>. This doesn't mean you should type the angle brackets. If an
|
|
argument of a command is optional, it is given in {curly brackets}. You've
|
|
doubtlessly seen this convention somewhere. If a command can optionally take
|
|
an unspecified number of arguments, you'll see a list like this:
|
|
|
|
command <argument>{,<argument>...<argument>}
|
|
|
|
This still means they will want to be separated by commas.
|
|
|
|
Where a command wants a string, it will be given in "quotes", if it's a number,
|
|
it will be given without them. Normally, you can put an expression, like a bunch
|
|
of functions or operators returning a value, in (round brackets) instead of most
|
|
numbers. Round brackets will not always be required, but they're often a good
|
|
idea.
|
|
|
|
Wherever you refer to a map name, it's always 'map name' (.gat suffix is deprecated).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Script loading structure
|
|
------------------------
|
|
|
|
Scripts are loaded by the map server as referenced in the 'conf/map_athena.conf'
|
|
configuration file, but in the default configuration, it doesn't load any script
|
|
files itself. Instead, it loads the file 'npc/(pre-)re/scripts_main.conf' which itself
|
|
contains references to other files. The actual scripts are loaded from txt
|
|
files, which are linked up like this:
|
|
|
|
npc: <path to a filename>
|
|
|
|
Any line like this, invoked, ultimately, by 'map_athena.conf' will load up the
|
|
script contained in this file, which will make the script available. No file
|
|
will get loaded twice to prevent possible errors.
|
|
|
|
Another configuration file option of relevance is:
|
|
|
|
delnpc: <path to a filename>
|
|
|
|
This will unload a specified script filename from memory, which, while
|
|
seemingly useless, may sometimes be required.
|
|
|
|
Whenever '//' is encountered in a line upon reading, everything beyond this on
|
|
that line is considered to be a comment and is ignored. This works wherever you
|
|
place it.
|
|
|
|
// This line will be ignored when processing the script.
|
|
|
|
Block comments can also be used, where you can place /* and */ between any text you
|
|
wish rAthena to ignore.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
/* This text,
|
|
* no matter which new line you start
|
|
* is ignored, until the following
|
|
* symbol is encountered: */
|
|
|
|
The asterisks (*) in front of each line is a personal preference and is not required.
|
|
|
|
Upon loading all the files, the server will execute all the top-level commands
|
|
in them. No variables exist yet at this point, no commands can be called other
|
|
than those given in this section. These commands set up the basic structure - create
|
|
NPC objects, spawn monster objects, set map flags, etc. No code is actually
|
|
executed at this point. The top-level commands are pretty confusing, since
|
|
they aren't structured like you would expect (command name first), but rather,
|
|
normally start with a map name.
|
|
|
|
What's more confusing about the top-level commands is that most of them use a
|
|
tab symbol to divide their arguments.
|
|
|
|
To prevent problems and confusion, the tab symbols are written as '%TAB%'
|
|
throughout this document, even though this makes the text a bit less readable.
|
|
Using an invisible symbol to denote arguments is one of the bad things about
|
|
this language.
|
|
|
|
Here is a list of valid top-level commands:
|
|
|
|
** Set a map flag:
|
|
|
|
<map name>%TAB%mapflag%TAB%<flag>
|
|
|
|
This will, upon loading, set a specified map flag on a map you like. These are
|
|
normally in files inside 'npc/mapflag' and are loaded first, so by the time the
|
|
server's up, all the maps have the flags they should have. Map flags determine
|
|
the behavior of the map in various situations. For more details, see 'setmapflag'
|
|
and 'doc/mapflags.txt'.
|
|
|
|
** Create a permanent monster spawn:
|
|
|
|
<map name>{,<x>{,<y>{,<xs>{,<ys>}}}}%TAB%monster%TAB%<monster name>{,<monster level>}%TAB%<mob id>,<amount>{,<delay1>{,<delay2>{,<event>{,<mob size>{,<mob ai>}}}}}
|
|
|
|
Map name is the name of the map the monsters will spawn on. x,y are the
|
|
coordinates where the mob should spawn. Putting zeros instead of these
|
|
coordinates will spawn the monsters randomly.
|
|
|
|
If the coordinates are non-zero and xs and ys are above 1, each monster will
|
|
spawn in a radius around x,y. At server start, each monster will get assigned
|
|
its own center cell adding or substracting up to (xs-1),(ys-1) from the given
|
|
x,y coordinates. Each time a monster respawns, it will spawn in a radius around
|
|
its personal center cell by adding or substracting up to (xs-1),(ys-1) again.
|
|
This results in a total possible spawn area over all monsters of the spawn line
|
|
of (xs,ys)*4-3, but with a strong bias towards the center of that area:
|
|
2,2 - 5x5
|
|
3,3 - 9x9
|
|
4,4 - 13x13
|
|
5,5 - 17x17
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
Note this is only the initial spawn zone, as mobs random-walk, they are free
|
|
to move away from their specified spawn region.
|
|
You can disable the picking of a random center cell for each monster in the
|
|
battle config. (See /conf/battle/monster.conf::randomize_center_cell.)
|
|
|
|
Monster name is the name the monsters will have on screen, and has no relation
|
|
whatsoever to their names anywhere else. It's the mob id that counts, which
|
|
identifies monster record in 'mob_db.yml' database of monsters. If the mob name
|
|
is given as "--ja--", the 'japanese name' field from the monster database is
|
|
used, (which, in rAthena, actually contains an English name) if it's "--en--",
|
|
it's the 'english name' from the monster database (which contains an uppercase
|
|
name used to summon the monster with a GM command).
|
|
|
|
You can specify a custom level to use for the mob different from the one of
|
|
the database by adjoining the level after the name with a comma. eg:
|
|
"Poring,50" for a name will spawn a monster with name Poring and level 50.
|
|
|
|
Amount is the amount of monsters that will be spawned when this command is
|
|
executed, it is affected by spawn rates in 'battle_athena.conf'.
|
|
|
|
Delay1 and delay2 control monster respawn delays - the first one is the fixed
|
|
base respawn time, and the second is random variance on top of the base time.
|
|
Both values are given in milliseconds (1000 = 1 second).
|
|
Note that the server also enforces a minimum respawn delay of 1 second (See
|
|
/conf/battle/monster.conf::mob_respawn_time).
|
|
|
|
Event is a script event to be executed when the mob is killed. The event must
|
|
be in the form "NPCName::OnEventName" to execute, and the event name label
|
|
should start with "On". As with all events, if the NPC is an on-touch NPC, the
|
|
player who triggers the script must be within 'trigger' range for the event to
|
|
work.
|
|
|
|
There are two optional fields for monster size and AI.
|
|
Natural enemies for AI monsters are normal monsters.
|
|
|
|
<mob size> can be:
|
|
Size_Small (0)
|
|
Size_Medium (1)
|
|
Size_Large (2)
|
|
|
|
<mob ai> can be:
|
|
AI_NONE (0) (default)
|
|
AI_ATTACK (1) (attack/friendly)
|
|
AI_SPHERE (2) (Alchemist skill)
|
|
AI_FLORA (3) (Alchemist skill)
|
|
AI_ZANZOU (4) (Kagerou/Oboro skill)
|
|
AI_LEGION (5) (Sera skill)
|
|
AI_FAW (6) (Mechanic skill)
|
|
AI_WAVEMODE (7) Normal monsters will ignore attack from AI_WAVEMODE monsters
|
|
|
|
Alternately, a monster spawned using 'boss_monster' instead of 'monster' is able
|
|
to be detected on the map with the SC_BOSSMAPINFO status (used by Convex Mirror).
|
|
A boss monster spawn with fixed coordinates will always spawn at the given
|
|
coordinates, even if they are blocked (e.g. by Icewall).
|
|
|
|
** NPC names
|
|
|
|
/!\ WARNING: this applies to warps, NPCs, duplicates and shops /!\
|
|
|
|
NPC names are kinda special and are formatted this way:
|
|
|
|
<Display name>{::<Unique name>}
|
|
|
|
All NPCs need to have a unique name that is used for identification purposes.
|
|
When you have to identify a NPC by its name, you should use <Unique name>.
|
|
If <Unique name> is not provided, use <Display name> instead.
|
|
|
|
The client has a special feature when displaying names:
|
|
if the display name contains a '#' character, it hides that part of the name.
|
|
ex: if your NPC is named 'Hunter#hunter1', it will be displayed as 'Hunter'
|
|
|
|
<Display name> must be at most 24 characters in length.
|
|
<Unique name> must be at most 24 characters in length.
|
|
|
|
** Define a warp point
|
|
|
|
<from mapname>,<fromX>,<fromY>,<facing>%TAB%warp%TAB%<warp name>%TAB%<spanx>,<spany>,<to mapname>,<toX>,<toY>
|
|
<from mapname>,<fromX>,<fromY>,<facing>%TAB%warp2%TAB%<warp name>%TAB%<spanx>,<spany>,<to mapname>,<toX>,<toY>
|
|
<from mapname>,<fromX>,<fromY>,<facing>%TAB%warp(<state>)%TAB%<warp name>%TAB%<spanx>,<spany>,<to mapname>,<toX>,<toY>
|
|
<from mapname>,<fromX>,<fromY>,<facing>%TAB%warp2(<state>)%TAB%<warp name>%TAB%<spanx>,<spany>,<to mapname>,<toX>,<toY>
|
|
|
|
This will define a warp NPC that will warp a player between maps, and while most
|
|
arguments of that are obvious, some deserve special mention.
|
|
|
|
SpanX and SpanY will make the warp sensitive to a character who didn't step
|
|
directly on it, but walked into a zone which is centered on the warp from
|
|
coordinates and is SpanX in each direction across the X axis and SpanY in each
|
|
direction across the Y axis.
|
|
|
|
Warp NPC objects also have a name, because you can use it to refer to them later
|
|
with 'enablenpc'/'disablenpc'
|
|
|
|
Facing of a warp object is irrelevant, it is not used in the code and all
|
|
current scripts have a zero in there.
|
|
|
|
Unlike 'warp', 'warp2' will also be triggered by hidden player.
|
|
|
|
The basic state of the warp can be defined in <state>. Only one state can be defined at a time.
|
|
Duplicate warps (including instance warps) inherit the <state> of the original warp.
|
|
|
|
Valid <state> are:
|
|
CLOAKED Make the warp specified cloaked.
|
|
HIDDEN Make the warp specified hidden.
|
|
DISABLED Make the warp specified disabled.
|
|
|
|
** Define an NPC object.
|
|
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%script%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,{<code>}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%script%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<triggerX>,<triggerY>,{<code>}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%script(<state>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,{<code>}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%script(<state>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<triggerX>,<triggerY>,{<code>}
|
|
|
|
This will place an NPC object on a specified map at the specified location, and
|
|
is a top-level command you will use the most in your custom scripting. The NPCs
|
|
are triggered by clicking on them, and/or by walking in their trigger area, if
|
|
defined, see that below.
|
|
|
|
Facing is a direction the NPC sprite will face in. Not all NPC sprites have
|
|
different images depending on the direction you look from, so for some facing
|
|
will be meaningless. Facings are counted counterclockwise in increments of 45
|
|
degrees, where 0 means facing towards the top of the map. (So to turn the sprite
|
|
towards the bottom of the map, you use facing 4, and to make it look southeast
|
|
it's facing 5.)
|
|
|
|
<state> works like the warp <state> defined above, but for NPCs.
|
|
|
|
Sprite ID is the sprite number or constant used to display this particular NPC.
|
|
You may also use a monster's ID instead to display a monster sprite for this NPC.
|
|
It is possible to use a job sprite as well, but you must first define it as a
|
|
monster sprite in 'mob_avail.yml', a full description on how to do this is not
|
|
in the scope of this manual.
|
|
A '-1' Sprite ID will make the NPC invisible (and unclickable).
|
|
A '111' Sprite ID will make an NPC which does not have a sprite, but is still
|
|
clickable, which is useful if you want to make a clickable object of the 3D
|
|
terrain.
|
|
|
|
TriggerX and triggerY, if given, will define an area, centered on NPC and
|
|
spanning triggerX cells in every direction across X and triggerY in every
|
|
direction across Y. Walking into that area will trigger the NPC. If no
|
|
'OnTouch:' special label is present in the NPC code, the execution will start
|
|
from the beginning of the script, otherwise, it will start from the 'OnTouch:'
|
|
label. Monsters can also trigger the NPC, though the label 'OnTouchNPC:' is
|
|
used in this case.
|
|
|
|
The code part is the script code that will execute whenever the NPC is
|
|
triggered. It may contain commands and function calls, descriptions of which
|
|
compose most of this document. It has to be in curly brackets, unlike elsewhere
|
|
where we use curly brackets, these do NOT signify an optional parameter.
|
|
|
|
Example of how <state> works:
|
|
|
|
// Define a cloaked NPC :
|
|
lighthalzen,306,267,5 script Skia#ep162_04 4_EP16_SKIA,{
|
|
//...
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
OnInit:
|
|
cloakonnpc();
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Another way to define a cloaked NPC using <state> :
|
|
lighthalzen,306,267,5 script(CLOAKED) Skia#ep162_04 4_EP16_SKIA,{
|
|
//...
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
** Define a 'floating' NPC object.
|
|
|
|
-%TAB%script%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%-1,{<code>}
|
|
|
|
This will define an NPC object not triggerable by normal means. This would
|
|
normally mean it's pointless since it can't do anything, but there are
|
|
exceptions, mostly related to running scripts at specified time, which is what
|
|
these floating NPC objects are for. More on that below.
|
|
|
|
** Define a shop/cashshop/itemshop/pointshop NPC.
|
|
|
|
-%TAB%shop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>{,discount},<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%shop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>{,discount},<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
|
|
-%TAB%cashshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%cashshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
|
|
-%TAB%itemshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<costitemid>{:<discount>},<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%itemshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<costitemid>{:<discount>},<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
|
|
-%TAB%pointshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<costvariable>{:<discount>},<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%pointshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<costvariable>{:<discount>},<itemid>:<price>{,<itemid>:<price>...}
|
|
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%marketshop%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<itemid>:<price>:<stock>{,<itemid>:<price>:<stock>...}
|
|
|
|
Note: Additionally barter shops can be defined in npc/barters.yml
|
|
|
|
This will define a shop NPC, which, when triggered (which can only be done by
|
|
clicking) will cause a shop window to come up. No code whatsoever runs in shop
|
|
NPCs and you can't change the prices otherwise than by editing the script
|
|
itself.
|
|
|
|
The Item ID is the number of item in the 'db/item_db.yml' database. If Price is set
|
|
to -1, the 'buy price' given in the item database will be used. Otherwise, the
|
|
price you gave will be used for this item, which is how you create differing
|
|
prices for items in different shops.
|
|
|
|
Optionally you can specify the discount option and set it to "yes" or "no", to enable or disable discounting.
|
|
|
|
There are other types of shops available:
|
|
cashshop - use "cashshop" in place of "shop" to use the Cash Shop interface, allowing
|
|
you to buy items with special points that are stored as account variables
|
|
called #CASHPOINTS and #KAFRAPOINTS. This type of shop will not allow you to sell
|
|
items at it, only make purchases. The layout used to define sale items still count, and
|
|
"<price>" refers to how many points will be spent purchasing the them.
|
|
|
|
"itemshop" and "pointshop" use the Shop interface, allowing you to buy items with a specific
|
|
item or special points from a variable. 'pointshop' only supports permanent character variables,
|
|
temporary character variables, permanent local account variables or permanent global account
|
|
variables. These variables must be of integer type, not string. 'discount' flag is an
|
|
optional value which makes the price at that shop become affected by discount skill.
|
|
|
|
"marketshop" can have limited quantity of an item in stock.
|
|
Use -1 in the stock field to have unlimited stock in a marketshop.
|
|
|
|
** Define an warp/shop/cashshop/itemshop/pointshop/NPC duplicate.
|
|
|
|
warp/warp2: <map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%duplicate(<label>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<spanx>,<spany>
|
|
shop/cashshop/itemshop/pointshop/npc: -%TAB%duplicate(<label>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>
|
|
shop/cashshop/itemshop/pointshop/npc: <map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%duplicate(<label>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>
|
|
npc: -%TAB%duplicate(<label>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<triggerX>,<triggerY>
|
|
npc: <map name>,<x>,<y>,<facing>%TAB%duplicate(<label>)%TAB%<NPC Name>%TAB%<sprite id>,<triggerX>,<triggerY>
|
|
|
|
This will duplicate an warp/shop/cashshop/itemshop/pointshop/NPC referred to by 'label'.
|
|
Warp duplicates inherit the target location.
|
|
Shop/cashshop/itemshop/pointshop duplicates inherit the item list.
|
|
NPC duplicates inherit the script code.
|
|
The rest (name, location, facing, sprite ID, span/trigger area)
|
|
is obtained from the definition of the duplicate (not inherited).
|
|
|
|
** Define a function object
|
|
|
|
function%TAB%script%TAB%<function name>%TAB%{<code>}
|
|
|
|
This will define a function object, callable with the 'callfunc' command (see
|
|
below). This object will load on every map server separately, so you can get at
|
|
it from anywhere. It's not possible to call the code in this object by
|
|
anything other than the 'callfunc' script command.
|
|
|
|
The code part is the script code that will execute whenever the function is
|
|
called with 'callfunc'. It has to be in curly brackets, unlike elsewhere where
|
|
we use curly brackets, these do NOT signify an optional parameter.
|
|
|
|
Once an object is defined which has a 'code' field to its definition, it
|
|
contains script commands which can actually be triggered and executed.
|
|
|
|
~ RID? GID? ~
|
|
|
|
What a RID is and why do you need to know
|
|
-----------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
Most scripting commands and functions will want to request data about a
|
|
character, store variables referenced to that character, send stuff to the
|
|
client connected to that specific character. Whenever a script is invoked by a
|
|
character, it is passed a so-called RID - this is the account ID number of a
|
|
character that caused the code to execute by clicking on it, walking into its
|
|
OnTouch zone, or otherwise.
|
|
|
|
If you are only writing common NPCs, you don't need to bother with it. However,
|
|
if you use functions, if you use timers, if you use clock-based script
|
|
activation, you need to be aware of all cases when a script execution can be
|
|
triggered without a RID attached. This will make a lot of commands and functions
|
|
unusable, since they want data from a specific character, want to send stuff to
|
|
a specific client, want to store variables specific to that character, and they
|
|
would not know what character to work on if there's no RID.
|
|
|
|
Unless you use 'attachrid' to explicitly attach a character to the script first.
|
|
|
|
Whenever we say 'invoking character', we mean 'the character who's RID is
|
|
attached to the running script. The script function "playerattached" can be
|
|
used to check which is the currently attached player to the script (it will
|
|
return 0 if the there is no player attached or the attached player no longer
|
|
is logged on to the map-server).
|
|
|
|
But what about GID?
|
|
-------------------
|
|
|
|
GID stands for the Game ID of something, this can either be the GID obtained
|
|
through mobspawn (mob control commands) or the account ID of a character.
|
|
Another way would be to right click on a mob, NPC or char as GM sprited char
|
|
to view the GID.
|
|
|
|
See also 'getpetinfo', 'getmercinfo', 'gethominfo', and 'geteleminfo'.
|
|
|
|
This is mostly used for the new version of skill and the mob control commands
|
|
implemented.
|
|
|
|
Item and pet scripts
|
|
--------------------
|
|
|
|
Each item in the item database has three special fields - Script , EquipScript
|
|
and UnEquipScript. The first is script code run every time a character equips the item,
|
|
with the RID of the equipping character. Every time they unequip an item, all
|
|
temporary bonuses given by the script commands are cleared, and all the scripts
|
|
are executed once again to rebuild them. This also happens in several other
|
|
situations (like upon login) but the full list is currently unknown.
|
|
|
|
EquipScript is a piece of script code run whenever the item is used by a character
|
|
by double-clicking on it. UnEquipScript runs whenever the
|
|
equipment is unequip by a character
|
|
|
|
Not all script commands work properly in the item scripts. Where commands and
|
|
functions are known to be meant specifically for use in item scripts, they are
|
|
described as such.
|
|
|
|
Every pet in the pet database has a PetScript field, which determines pet
|
|
behavior. It is invoked wherever a pet of the specified type is spawned.
|
|
(hatched from an egg, or loaded from the char server when a character who had
|
|
that pet following them connects) This may occur in some other situations as
|
|
well. Don't expect anything other than commands definitely marked as usable in
|
|
pet scripts to work in there reliably.
|
|
|
|
Numbers
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
Beside the common decimal numbers, which are nothing special whatsoever (though
|
|
do not expect to use fractions, since ALL numbers are integer in this language),
|
|
the script engine also handles hexadecimal numbers, which are otherwise
|
|
identical. Writing a number like '0x<hex digits>' will make it recognized as a
|
|
hexadecimal value. Notice that 0x10 is equal to 16. Also notice that if you try
|
|
to 'mes 0x10' it will print '16'.
|
|
|
|
Number values can't exceed the limits of an integer variable: Any number
|
|
greater than INT64_MAX (9223372036854775807) or smaller than INT64_MIN
|
|
(-9223372036854775808) will be capped to those values and will cause a warning
|
|
to be reported.
|
|
|
|
Variables
|
|
---------
|
|
|
|
The meat of every programming language is variables - places where you store
|
|
data.
|
|
|
|
In the rAthena scripting language, variable names are not case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Variables are divided into and uniquely identified by the combination of:
|
|
prefix - determines the scope and extent (or lifetime) of the variable
|
|
name - an identifier consisting of '_' and alphanumeric characters
|
|
postfix - determines the type of the variable: integer or string
|
|
|
|
Scope can be:
|
|
global - global to all servers
|
|
local - local to the server
|
|
account - attached to the account of the character identified by RID
|
|
character - attached to the character identified by RID
|
|
npc - attached to the NPC
|
|
scope - attached to the scope of the instance
|
|
|
|
Extent can be:
|
|
permanent - They still exist when the server resets.
|
|
temporary - They cease to exist when the server resets.
|
|
|
|
Prefix: scope and extent
|
|
nothing - A permanent variable attached to the character, the default variable
|
|
type. They are stored by char-server in the `char_reg_num` and
|
|
`char_reg_str`.
|
|
"@" - A temporary variable attached to the character.
|
|
SVN versions before 2094 revision and RC5 version will also treat
|
|
'l' as a temporary variable prefix, so beware of having variable
|
|
names starting with 'l' if you want full backward compatibility.
|
|
"$" - A global permanent variable.
|
|
They are stored by map-server in database table `mapreg`.
|
|
"$@" - A global temporary variable.
|
|
This is important for scripts which are called with no RID
|
|
attached, that is, not triggered by a specific character object.
|
|
"." - A NPC variable.
|
|
They exist in the NPC and disappear when the server restarts or the
|
|
NPC is reloaded. Can be accessed from inside the NPC or by calling
|
|
'getvariableofnpc'. Function objects can also have .variables which
|
|
are accessible from inside the function, however 'getvariableofnpc'
|
|
does NOT work on function objects.
|
|
".@" - A scope variable.
|
|
They are unique to the instance and scope. Each instance has its
|
|
own scope that ends when the script ends. Calling a function with
|
|
callsub/callfunc starts a new scope, returning from the function
|
|
ends it. When a scope ends, its variables are converted to values
|
|
('return .@var;' returns a value, not a reference).
|
|
"'" - An instance variable.
|
|
These are used with the instancing system and are unique to each
|
|
instance type. Can be accessed from inside the instance or by calling
|
|
'getinstancevar'.
|
|
"#" - A permanent local account variable.
|
|
They are stored by char-server in the `acc_reg_num` table and
|
|
`acc_reg_str`.
|
|
"##" - A permanent global account variable stored by the login server.
|
|
They are stored in the `global_acc_reg_num` table and
|
|
`global_acc_reg_str`.
|
|
The only difference you will note from normal # variables is when
|
|
you have multiple char-servers connected to the same login server.
|
|
The # variables are unique to each char-server, while the ## variables
|
|
are shared by all these char-servers.
|
|
|
|
Postfix: integer or string
|
|
nothing - integer variable, can store positive and negative numbers, but only
|
|
whole numbers (so don't expect to do any fractional math)
|
|
'$' - string variable, can store text
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
name - permanent character integer variable
|
|
name$ - permanent character string variable
|
|
@name - temporary character integer variable
|
|
@name$ - temporary character string variable
|
|
$name - permanent global integer variable
|
|
$name$ - permanent global string variable
|
|
$@name - temporary global integer variable
|
|
$@name$ - temporary global string variable
|
|
.name - NPC integer variable
|
|
.name$ - NPC string variable
|
|
.@name - scope integer variable
|
|
.@name$ - scope string variable
|
|
'name - instance integer variable
|
|
'name$ - instance string variable
|
|
#name - permanent local account integer variable
|
|
#name$ - permanent local account string variable
|
|
##name - permanent global account integer variable
|
|
##name$ - permanent global account string variable
|
|
|
|
If a variable was never set, it is considered to equal zero for integer
|
|
variables or an empty string ("", nothing between the quotes) for string
|
|
variables. Once you set it to that, the variable is as good as forgotten
|
|
forever, and no trace remains of it even if it was stored with character or
|
|
account data.
|
|
|
|
Some variables are special, that is, they are already defined for you by the
|
|
scripting engine. You can see the full list in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp', which
|
|
is a file you should read, since it also allows you to replace lots of numbered
|
|
arguments for many commands with easier to read text. The special variables most
|
|
commonly used are all permanent character-based variables:
|
|
|
|
Zeny - Amount of Zeny.
|
|
Hp - Current amount of hit points.
|
|
MaxHp - Maximum amount of hit points.
|
|
Sp - Current spell points.
|
|
MaxSp - Maximum amount of spell points.
|
|
StatusPoint - Amount of status points remaining.
|
|
SkillPoint - Amount of skill points remaining.
|
|
BaseLevel - Character's base level.
|
|
JobLevel - Character's job level.
|
|
BaseExp - Amount of base experience points.
|
|
JobExp - Amount of job experience points.
|
|
NextBaseExp - Amount of base experience points needed to reach the next level.
|
|
NextJobExp - Amount of job experience points needed to reach the next level.
|
|
Weight - Amount of weight the character currently carries.
|
|
MaxWeight - Maximum weight the character can carry.
|
|
Sex - 0 if female, 1 if male.
|
|
Class - Character's job.
|
|
Upper - 0 if the character is a normal class, 1 if advanced, 2 if baby.
|
|
BaseClass - The character's 1-1 'normal' job, regardless of Upper value.
|
|
For example, this will return Job_Acolyte for Acolyte, Priest/Monk,
|
|
High Priest/Champion, and Arch Bishop/Sura. If the character has not
|
|
reached a 1-1 class, it will return Job_Novice.
|
|
BaseJob - The character's 'normal' job, regardless of Upper value.
|
|
For example, this will return Job_Acolyte for Acolyte,
|
|
Baby Acolyte, and High Acolyte.
|
|
Karma - The character's karma. Karma system is not fully functional, but
|
|
this doesn't mean this doesn't work at all. Not tested.
|
|
Manner - The character's manner rating. Becomes negative if the player
|
|
utters words forbidden through the use of 'manner.txt' client-side
|
|
file.
|
|
Ap - Current amount of activity points.
|
|
MaxAp - Maximum amount of activity points.
|
|
|
|
While these behave as variables, do not always expect to just set them - it is
|
|
not certain whether this will work for all of them. Whenever there is a command
|
|
or a function to set something, it's usually preferable to use that instead. The
|
|
notable exception is Zeny, which you can and often will address directly -
|
|
setting it will make the character own this number of Zeny.
|
|
If you try to set Zeny to a negative number, the script will be terminated with an error.
|
|
|
|
Some source-end constants can also be accessed in scripts. This list is located in
|
|
'src/map/script_constants.hpp', which contains constants such as server defines and status options:
|
|
|
|
PACKETVER, MAX_LEVEL, MAX_STORAGE, MAX_INVENTORY, MAX_CART, MAX_ZENY, MAX_PARTY,
|
|
MAX_GUILD, MAX_GUILDLEVEL, MAX_GUILD_STORAGE, MAX_BG_MEMBERS, MAX_CHAT_USERS,
|
|
VIP_SCRIPT, MIN_STORAGE
|
|
|
|
Option_Nothing, Option_Sight, Option_Hide, Option_Cloak, Option_Falcon, Option_Riding,
|
|
Option_Invisible, Option_Orcish, Option_Wedding, Option_Chasewalk, Option_Flying,
|
|
Option_Xmas, Option_Transform, Option_Summer, Option_Dragon1, Option_Wug,
|
|
Option_Wugrider, Option_Madogear, Option_Dragon2, Option_Dragon3, Option_Dragon4,
|
|
Option_Dragon5, Option_Hanbok, Option_Oktoberfest, Option_Dragon, Option_Costume
|
|
|
|
Assigning variables
|
|
--------- ---------
|
|
|
|
Variables can be accessed and modified much like in other programming languages.
|
|
|
|
.@x = 100;
|
|
.@x = .@y = 100;
|
|
|
|
Support for modifying variable values using 'set' is still supported (and required
|
|
to exist for this new method to work) so previous scripts will continue to work.
|
|
|
|
When assigning values, all operator methods are supported which exist in the below
|
|
'Operators' section. For instance:
|
|
|
|
.@x += 100;
|
|
.@x -= 100;
|
|
.@x *= 2;
|
|
.@x /= 2;
|
|
.@x %= 5;
|
|
.@x >>= 2;
|
|
.@x <<= 2;
|
|
|
|
Will all work. For more information on available operators, see the Operators section
|
|
described below. All operators listed there may be placed in-front of the '=' sign
|
|
when modifying variables to perform the action as required.
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
|
|
!! Currently the scripting engine does not support directly copying array variables.
|
|
!! In order to copy arrays between variables the use of 'copyarray' function is still
|
|
!! required.
|
|
|
|
Strings
|
|
-------
|
|
|
|
To include symbol '"' in a string you should use prefix '\"'
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arrays
|
|
------
|
|
|
|
Arrays (in rAthena at least) are essentially a set of variables going under the
|
|
same name. You can tell between the specific variables of an array with an
|
|
'array index', a number of a variable in that array:
|
|
|
|
<variable name>[<array index>]
|
|
|
|
All variable types can be used as arrays.
|
|
|
|
Variables stored in this way, inside an array, are also called 'array elements'.
|
|
Arrays are specifically useful for storing a set of similar data (like several
|
|
item IDs for example) and then looping through it. You can address any array
|
|
variable as if it was a normal variable:
|
|
|
|
set .@arrayofnumbers[0],1;
|
|
|
|
You can also do things like using a variable (or an expression, or even a
|
|
value from another array) to get at an array value:
|
|
|
|
set .@x,100;
|
|
set .@arrayofnumbers[.@x],10;
|
|
|
|
This will make .@arrayofnumbers[100] equal to 10.
|
|
|
|
Index numbering always starts with 0 and arrays can hold over 2 billion
|
|
variables. As such, the (guaranteed) allowed values for indices are in the
|
|
range 0 ~ 2147483647.
|
|
|
|
And array indexes probably can't be negative. Nobody tested what happens when
|
|
you try to get a negatively numbered variable from an array, but it's not going
|
|
to be pretty.
|
|
|
|
Arrays can naturally store strings:
|
|
|
|
.@menulines$[0] is the 0th element of the .@menulines$ array of strings. Notice
|
|
the '$', normally denoting a string variable, before the square brackets that
|
|
denotes an array index.
|
|
|
|
Variable References
|
|
-------------------
|
|
|
|
//##TODO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operators
|
|
---------
|
|
|
|
Operators are things you can do to variables and numbers. They are either the
|
|
common mathematical operations or conditional operators
|
|
|
|
+ - will add two numbers. If you try to add two strings, the result will be a
|
|
string glued together at the +. You can add a number to a string, and the
|
|
result will be a string. No other math operators work with strings.
|
|
- - will subtract two numbers.
|
|
* - will multiply two numbers.
|
|
/ - will divide two numbers. Note that this is an integer division, i.e.
|
|
7/2 is not equal 3.5, it's equal 3.
|
|
% - will give you the remainder of the division. 7%2 is equal to 1.
|
|
|
|
There are also conditional operators. This has to do with the conditional
|
|
command 'if' and they are meant to return either 1 if the condition is satisfied
|
|
and 0 if it isn't. (That's what they call 'boolean' variables. 0 means 'False'.
|
|
Anything except the zero is 'True' Odd as it is, -1 and -5 and anything below
|
|
zero will also be True.)
|
|
|
|
You can compare numbers to each other and you compare strings to each other, but
|
|
you can not compare numbers to strings.
|
|
|
|
== - Is true if both sides are equal. For strings, it means they are the same.
|
|
>= - True if the first value is equal to, or greater than, the second value.
|
|
<= - True if the first value is equal to, or less than, the second value
|
|
> - True if the first value greater than the second value
|
|
< - True if the first value is less than the second value
|
|
!= - True if the first value IS NOT equal to the second one
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
1 == 1 is True.
|
|
1<2 is True while 1>2 is False.
|
|
.@x>2 is True if .@x is equal to 3. But it isn't true if .@x is 2.
|
|
|
|
Only ' == ' and '!=' have been tested for comparing strings. Since there's no way
|
|
to code a seriously complex data structure in this language, trying to sort
|
|
strings by alphabet would be pointless anyway.
|
|
|
|
Comparisons can be stacked in the same condition:
|
|
|
|
&& - Is True if and only if BOTH sides are true.
|
|
('1 == 1 && 2 == 2' is true. '2 == 1 && 1 == 1' is false.)
|
|
|| - Is True if either side of this expression is True.
|
|
|
|
1 == 1 && 2 == 2 is True.
|
|
1 == 1 && 2 == 1 is False.
|
|
1 == 1 || 2 == 1 is True.
|
|
|
|
Logical bitwise operators work only on numbers, and they are the following:
|
|
|
|
<< - Left shift.
|
|
>> - Right shift.
|
|
Left shift moves the binary 1(s) of a number n positions to the left,
|
|
which is the same as multiplying by 2, n times.
|
|
In the other hand, Right shift moves the binary 1(s) of a number n positions
|
|
to the right, which is the same as dividing by 2, n times.
|
|
Example:
|
|
set b,2;
|
|
set a, b << 3;
|
|
mes a;
|
|
set a, a >> 2;
|
|
mes a;
|
|
The first mes command would display 16, which is the same as 2 x (2 x 2 x 2) = 16.
|
|
The second mes command would display 4, which is the same as 16 / 2 = 8. 8 / 2 = 4.
|
|
& - And.
|
|
| - Or.
|
|
The bitwise operator AND (&) is used to test two values against each other,
|
|
and results in setting bits which are active in both arguments. This can
|
|
be used for a few things, but in rAthena this operator is usually used to
|
|
create bit-masks in scripts.
|
|
|
|
The bitwise operator OR (|)sets to 1 a binary position if the binary position
|
|
of one of the numbers is 1. This way a variable can hold several values we can check,
|
|
known as bit-mask. A variable currently can hold up to 32 bit-masks (from position 0
|
|
to position 1). This is a cheap(skate) and easy way to avoid using arrays to store several checks
|
|
that a player can have.
|
|
|
|
A bit-mask basically is (ab)using the variables bits to set various options in
|
|
one variable. With the current limit if variables it is possible to store 32
|
|
different options in one variable (by using the bits on position 0 to 31).
|
|
|
|
Example(s):
|
|
- Basic example of the & operator, bit example:
|
|
10 & 2 = 2
|
|
Why? :
|
|
10 = 2^1 + 2^3 (2 + 8), so in bits, it would be 1010
|
|
2 = 2^1 (2), so in bits (same size) it would be 0010
|
|
The & (AND) operator sets bits which are active (1) in both arguments, so in the
|
|
example 1010 & 0010, only the 2^1 bit is active (1) in both. Resulting in the bit
|
|
0010, which is 2.
|
|
- Basic example of creating and using a bit-mask:
|
|
set .@options,2|4|16; //(note: this is the same as 2+4+16, or 22)
|
|
if (.@options & 1) mes "Option 1 is activated";
|
|
if (.@options & 2) mes "Option 2 is activated";
|
|
if (.@options & 4) mes "Option 3 is activated";
|
|
if (.@options & 8) mes "Option 4 is activated";
|
|
if (.@options & 16) mes "Options 5 is activated";
|
|
This would return the messages about option 2, 3 and 5 being shown (since we've set
|
|
the 2,4 and 16 bit to 1).
|
|
^ - Xor.
|
|
The bitwise operator XOR (eXclusive OR) sets a binary position to 0 if both
|
|
numbers have the same value in the said position. On the other hand, it
|
|
sets to 1 if they have different values in the said binary position.
|
|
This is another way of setting and unsetting bits in bit-masks.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
- First let's set the quests that are currently in progress:
|
|
set inProgress,1|8|16; // quest 1,8 and 16 are in progress
|
|
- After playing for a bit, the player starts another quest:
|
|
if (inProgress&2 == 0) {
|
|
// this will set the bit for quest 2 (inProgress has that bit set to 0)
|
|
set inProgress,inProgress^2;
|
|
mes "Quest 2: find a newbie and be helpful to him for an hour.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
- After spending some time reading info on Xor's, the player finally completes quest 1:
|
|
if (inProgress&1 && isComplete) {
|
|
// this will unset the bit for quest 1 (inProgress has that bit set to 1)
|
|
set inProgress,inProgress^1;
|
|
mes "Quest 1 complete!! You unlocked the secrets of the Xor dynasty, use them wisely.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Unary operators with only with a single number, which follows the operator, and
|
|
are following:
|
|
|
|
- - Negation.
|
|
The sign of the number will be reversed. If the number was positive, it will
|
|
become negative and vice versa.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
set .@myvar,10;
|
|
mes "Negative 10 is " + (-.@myvar);
|
|
|
|
! - Logical Not.
|
|
Reverses the boolean result of an expression. True will become false and
|
|
false will become true.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
if (!callfunc("F_dosomething"))
|
|
{
|
|
mes "Doing something failed.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
~ - Bitwise Not.
|
|
Reverses each bit in a number, also known as one's complement. Cleared bits
|
|
are set, and set bits are cleared.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
- Ensure, that quest 2 is disabled, while keeping all other active, if they are.
|
|
set inProgress,inProgress&(~2); // same as set inProgress,inProgress&0xfffffffd
|
|
|
|
Ternary operators take three expressions (numbers, strings or boolean), and are
|
|
following:
|
|
|
|
?: - Conditional operator
|
|
Very useful e.g. to replace
|
|
|
|
if (Sex) mes "..."; else mes "...";
|
|
|
|
clauses with simple
|
|
|
|
mes "Welcome, " + (Sex?"Mr.":"Mrs.") + " " + strcharinfo(0);
|
|
|
|
or to replace any other simple if-else clauses. It might be worth
|
|
mentioning that ?: has low priority and has to be enclosed with
|
|
parenthesis in most (if not all) cases.
|
|
|
|
Labels
|
|
------
|
|
|
|
Within executable script code, some lines can be labels:
|
|
|
|
<label name>:
|
|
|
|
Labels are points of reference in your script, which can be used to route
|
|
execution with 'goto', 'menu' and 'jump_zero' commands, invoked with 'doevent'
|
|
and 'donpcevent' commands and are otherwise essential. A label's name may not be
|
|
longer than 22 characters. (23rd is the ':'.) There is some confusion in the
|
|
source about whether it's 22, 23 or 24 all over the place, so keeping labels
|
|
under 22 characters could be wise. It may only contain alphanumeric characters
|
|
and underscore. In addition to labels you name yourself, there are also some
|
|
special labels which the script engine will start execution from if a special
|
|
event happens:
|
|
|
|
OnClock<hour><minute>:
|
|
OnMinute<minute>:
|
|
OnHour<hour>:
|
|
On<weekday><hour><minute>:
|
|
OnDay<month><day>:
|
|
|
|
This will execute when the server clock hits the specified date or time. Hours
|
|
and minutes are given in military time. ('0105' will mean 01:05 AM). Weekdays
|
|
are Sun,Mon,Tue,Wed,Thu,Fri,Sat. Months are 01 to 12, days are 01 to 31.
|
|
Remember the zero.
|
|
|
|
OnInit:
|
|
OnInterIfInit:
|
|
OnInterIfInitOnce:
|
|
|
|
OnInit will execute every time the scripts loading is complete, including when
|
|
they are reloaded with @reloadscript command. OnInterIfInit will execute when
|
|
the map server connects to a char server, OnInterIfInitOnce will only execute
|
|
once and will not execute if the map server reconnects to the char server later.
|
|
|
|
OnAgitStart:
|
|
OnAgitEnd:
|
|
OnAgitInit:
|
|
OnAgitStart2:
|
|
OnAgitEnd2:
|
|
OnAgitInit2:
|
|
OnAgitStart3:
|
|
OnAgitEnd3:
|
|
OnAgitInit3:
|
|
|
|
OnAgitStart will run whenever the server shifts into WoE mode, whether it is
|
|
done with @agitstart GM command or with 'AgitStart' script command. OnAgitEnd
|
|
will do likewise for the end of WoE.
|
|
|
|
OnAgitInit will run when data for all castles and all guilds that hold a castle
|
|
is received by map-server from the char-server after initial connect.
|
|
|
|
No RID will be attached while any of the above mentioned labels are triggered, so
|
|
no character or account-based variables will be accessible, until you attach a
|
|
RID with 'attachrid' (see below).
|
|
|
|
The above also applies to, the last three labels, the only difference is that
|
|
these labels are used exclusively for WoE SE, and are called independently.
|
|
|
|
OnInstanceInit:
|
|
|
|
This label will be executed when an instance is created and initialized through
|
|
the 'instance_create' command. It will run again if @reloadscript is used while
|
|
an instance is in progress.
|
|
|
|
OnInstanceDestroy:
|
|
|
|
This label will be executed when an instance is destroyed by a timeout, exceeding
|
|
the keepalive time or through the 'instance_destroy' command. It will be called
|
|
exactly before the instance will be destroyed and all other NPCs of the instance
|
|
will still be available at this point of time.
|
|
|
|
OnTouch:
|
|
|
|
This label will be executed if a trigger area is defined for the NPC object it's
|
|
in. If it isn't present, the execution will start from the beginning of the NPC
|
|
code. The RID of the triggering character object will be attached.
|
|
|
|
OnTouch_:
|
|
|
|
Similar to OnTouch, but will only run one instance. Another character is
|
|
chosen once the triggering character leaves the area.
|
|
|
|
OnTouchNPC:
|
|
|
|
Similar to OnTouch, but will only trigger for monsters. For this case, by using
|
|
'getattachedrid' will returns GID (ID that returned when use 'monster').
|
|
|
|
OnPCLoginEvent:
|
|
OnPCLogoutEvent:
|
|
OnPCBaseLvUpEvent:
|
|
OnPCJobLvUpEvent:
|
|
|
|
It's pretty obvious when these four special labels will be invoked.
|
|
|
|
OnPCDieEvent:
|
|
|
|
This special label triggers when a player dies. The variable 'killerrid' is
|
|
set to the ID of the killer.
|
|
|
|
OnPCKillEvent:
|
|
|
|
This special label triggers when a player kills another player. The variable
|
|
'killedrid' is set to the ID of the player killed.
|
|
|
|
OnNPCKillEvent:
|
|
|
|
This special label triggers when a player kills a monster without label.
|
|
The variable 'killedrid' is set to the Class (mob ID) of the monster killed.
|
|
The variable 'killedgid' is set to the ID (unique mob game ID) of the monster killed.
|
|
|
|
OnPCLoadMapEvent:
|
|
|
|
This special label triggers when a player steps in a map marked with the
|
|
'loadevent' mapflag and attaches its RID. The fact that this label requires a
|
|
mapflag for it to work is because, otherwise, it'd be server-wide and trigger
|
|
every time a player would change maps. Imagine the server load with 1,000 players
|
|
(oh the pain...)
|
|
|
|
OnWhisperGlobal:
|
|
|
|
This special label triggers when a player whispers the NPC, and will run with the
|
|
player's RID attached. It can accept up to ten parameters, which will be stored
|
|
into separate temporary character string variables @whispervar0$ to @whispervar9$.
|
|
See 'doc/whisper_sys.txt' for further documentation.
|
|
|
|
Only the special labels which are not associated with any script command are
|
|
listed here. There are other kinds of labels which may be triggered in a similar
|
|
manner, but they are described with their associated commands.
|
|
|
|
OnNaviGenerate:
|
|
|
|
This special label triggers when running the map-server-generator binary. It is used
|
|
in combination with 'naviregisterwarp' to register extra warps for an npc.
|
|
|
|
On<label name>:
|
|
|
|
These special labels are used with Mob scripts mostly, and script commands
|
|
that requires you to point/link a command to a mob or another NPC, giving a label
|
|
name to start from. The label name can be any of your liking, but must be
|
|
started with "On".
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
monster "prontera",123,42,"Poringz0rd",2341,23,"Master::OnThisMobDeath";
|
|
|
|
amatsu,13,152,4 script Master 767,{
|
|
mes "Hi there";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
OnThisMobDeath:
|
|
announce "Hey, " + strcharinfo(0) + " just killed a Poringz0rd!",bc_blue|bc_all;
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Each time you kill one, that announce will appear in blue to everyone.
|
|
|
|
"Global" labels
|
|
|
|
There's a catch with labels and doevent. If you call a label (using doevent)
|
|
and called label is in NPC that has trigger area, that label must end with
|
|
"Global" to work globally (i.e. if RID is outside of the trigger area, which
|
|
usually happens since otherwise there would be no point calling the label with
|
|
doevent, because OnTouch would do the job). For further reference look for
|
|
npc_event in npc.cpp.
|
|
|
|
Scripting commands and functions
|
|
--------------------------------
|
|
|
|
The commands and functions are listed here in no particular order. There's a
|
|
difference between commands and functions - commands leave no 'return value'
|
|
which might be used in a conditional statement, as a command argument, or stored
|
|
in a variable. Calling commands as if they were functions will sometimes work,
|
|
but is not advised, as this can lead to some hard to track errors. Calling
|
|
functions as if they were commands will mess up the stack, so 'return' command
|
|
will not return correctly after this happens in a particular script.
|
|
|
|
All commands must end with a ';'.
|
|
|
|
-------------------------
|
|
|
|
|
|
From here on, we will have the commands sorted as follow:
|
|
|
|
1.- Basic commands.
|
|
2.- Information-retrieving commands.
|
|
3.- Checking commands.
|
|
4.- Player-related commands.
|
|
5.- Mob / NPC -related commands.
|
|
6.- Other commands.
|
|
7.- Instance commands.
|
|
8.- Quest Log commands.
|
|
9.- Battleground commands.
|
|
10.- Pet commands.
|
|
10.1.- The Pet AI commands.
|
|
11.- Homunculus commands.
|
|
12.- Mercenary commands.
|
|
13.- Party commands.
|
|
14.- Channel commands.
|
|
15.- Achievement commands.
|
|
|
|
=====================
|
|
|1.- Basic commands.|
|
|
=====================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mes "<string>"{,"<string>"{,...}};
|
|
|
|
This command will display a box on the screen for the invoking character, if no
|
|
such box is displayed already, and will print the string specified into that
|
|
box. There is normally no 'close' or 'next' button on this box, unless you
|
|
create one with 'close' or 'next', and while it's open the player can't do much
|
|
else, so it's important to create a button later. If the string is empty, it
|
|
will show up as an empty line.
|
|
|
|
mes "Text that will appear in the box";
|
|
|
|
Colors
|
|
------
|
|
Inside the string you may put color codes, which will alter the color of the
|
|
text printed after them. The color codes are all '^<R><G><B>' and contain three
|
|
hexadecimal numbers representing colors as if they were HTML colors - ^FF0000 is
|
|
bright red, ^00FF00 is bright green, ^0000FF is bright blue, ^000000 is black.
|
|
^FF00FF is a pure magenta, but it's also a color that is considered transparent
|
|
whenever the client is drawing windows on screen, so printing text in that color
|
|
will have kind of a weird effect. Once you've set a text's color to something,
|
|
you have to set it back to black unless you want all the rest of the text be in
|
|
that color:
|
|
|
|
mes "This is ^FF0000 red ^000000 and this is ^00FF00 green, ^000000 so.";
|
|
|
|
Notice that the text coloring is handled purely by the client. If you use non-
|
|
English characters, the color codes might get screwed if they stick to letters
|
|
with no intervening space. Separating them with spaces from the letters on
|
|
either side solves the problem.
|
|
|
|
Multiple Lines
|
|
--------------
|
|
To display multiple lines of message while only using a single 'mes' command,
|
|
use the script command in the following format:
|
|
|
|
mes "Line 1", "Line 2", "Line 3";
|
|
|
|
This will display 3 different lines while only consuming a single line in
|
|
the relevant script file.
|
|
|
|
Navigation
|
|
----------
|
|
For clients dated 2011-10-10aRagexe onwards, you can generate navigation links
|
|
using HTML-like labels:
|
|
|
|
<NAVI>Display Name<INFO>mapname,x,y,0,000,flag</INFO></NAVI>
|
|
|
|
The "flag" parameter can be:
|
|
0: Do not open Navigation Window (default).
|
|
1: Open Navigation Window.
|
|
|
|
The example below will make the [Tool Shop] text clickable and begin navigation
|
|
to alberta (98,154) when clicked.
|
|
|
|
mes "Have you checked out the <NAVI>[Tool Shop]<INFO>alberta,98,154,0,000,0</INFO></NAVI>?";
|
|
|
|
See also 'navigateto', which can be used for certain NPC events.
|
|
|
|
Items
|
|
-----
|
|
You can refer to items by using HTML-like links to certain items:
|
|
|
|
<ITEMLINK>Display Name<INFO>Item ID</INFO></ITEMLINK>
|
|
|
|
Where <Display Name> is the name that will be displayed for your link and
|
|
<Item ID> being the ID of the item you want to link to when clicked.
|
|
|
|
In 2015 the tag name was changed to <ITEM> resulting in the following syntax:
|
|
|
|
<ITEM>Display Name<INFO>Item ID</INFO></ITEM>
|
|
|
|
We therefore created script command "mesitemlink" that allows you to create the correct syntax
|
|
depending on your configured packet version. We recommend that you use this script command
|
|
instead of hardcoding the HTML-like tags. For more details see the documentation for "mesitemlink".
|
|
|
|
The following sample will open a preview window for Red Potion:
|
|
|
|
mes "Did you ever consume a <ITEMLINK>Red Potion<INFO>501</INFO></ITEMLINK>?";
|
|
// Or in 2015:
|
|
mes "Did you ever consume a <ITEM>Red Potion<INFO>501</INFO></ITEM>?";
|
|
|
|
NOTE: Be aware that item links are broken in some 2015 clients.
|
|
|
|
URLs
|
|
----
|
|
Similarly, you can create links to websites that launch in a new window:
|
|
|
|
<URL>Display Name<INFO>http://www.example.com/</INFO></URL>";
|
|
|
|
Quests
|
|
------
|
|
You can link to a quest:
|
|
|
|
<QUEST>Quest<INFO>1</INFO></QUEST>
|
|
|
|
Message
|
|
-------
|
|
You can show a message from the msgstringtable:
|
|
|
|
<MSG>1</MSG>
|
|
|
|
Tips
|
|
----
|
|
You can show a tip box:
|
|
|
|
<TIPBOX>Show Tip<INFO>1</INFO></TIPBOX>
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*next;
|
|
|
|
This command will display a 'next' button in the message window for the
|
|
invoking character. Clicking on it will cause the window to clear and display
|
|
a new one. Used to segment NPC-talking, next is often used in combination with
|
|
'mes' and 'close'.
|
|
|
|
If no window is currently on screen, one will be created, but once the invoking
|
|
character clicks on it, a warning is thrown on the server console and the script
|
|
will terminate.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "This would appear on the page";
|
|
next;
|
|
// This is needed since it is a new page and the top will now be blank
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "This would appear on the 2nd page";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*clear;
|
|
|
|
This command will clear the dialog text and continue the script without player interaction.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
mes "This is how the 'clear' script command works.";
|
|
sleep2 3000;
|
|
clear; // This will clear the dialog and continue to the next one.
|
|
mes "I will show you again.";
|
|
sleep2 3000;
|
|
clear;
|
|
mes "Bye!";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*close;
|
|
|
|
This command will create a 'close' button in the message window for the invoking
|
|
character. If no window is currently on screen, the script execution will end. This is one
|
|
of the ways to end a speech from an NPC. Once the button is clicked, the NPC
|
|
script execution will end, and the message box will disappear.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "I am finished talking to you. Click the close button.";
|
|
close;
|
|
mes "This command will not run at all, since the script has ended.";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*close2;
|
|
|
|
This command will create a 'close' button in the message window for the invoking
|
|
character. WARNING: If no window is currently on screen, the script execution will halt
|
|
indefinitely! See 'close'. There is one important difference, though - even though
|
|
the message box will have closed, the script execution will not stop, and commands after
|
|
'close2' will still run, meaning an 'end' has to be used to stop the script, unless you
|
|
make it stop in some other manner.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "I will warp you now.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
warp "place",50,50;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
Don't expect things to run smoothly if you don't make your scripts 'end'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*close3;
|
|
|
|
The command is similar to 'close' but the cutin (if any) is cleared after closing.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*end;
|
|
|
|
This command will stop the execution for this particular script. The two
|
|
versions are perfectly equivalent. It is the normal way to end a script which
|
|
does not use 'mes'.
|
|
|
|
if (BaseLevel <= 10)
|
|
npctalk "Look at that you are still a n00b";
|
|
else if (BaseLevel <= 20)
|
|
npctalk "Look at that you are getting better, but still a n00b";
|
|
else if (BaseLevel <= 30)
|
|
npctalk "Look at that you are getting there, you are almost 2nd profession now right???";
|
|
else if (BaseLevel <= 40)
|
|
npctalk "Look at that you are almost 2nd profession";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
Without the use of 'end' it would travel through the labels until the end of the
|
|
script. If you were lvl 10 or less, you would see all the speech lines, the use
|
|
of 'end' stops this, and ends the script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*set <variable>,<expression>{,<char_id>};
|
|
*set(<variable>,<expression>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This command will set a variable to the value that the expression results in.
|
|
Variables may either be set through this command or directly, much like any
|
|
other programming language (refer to the "Assigning variables" section).
|
|
|
|
This is the most basic script command and is used a lot whenever you try to do
|
|
anything more advanced than just printing text into a message box.
|
|
|
|
set .@x,100;
|
|
|
|
will make .@x equal 100.
|
|
|
|
set .@x,1+5/8+9;
|
|
|
|
will compute 1+5/8+9 (which is, surprisingly, 10 - remember, all numbers are
|
|
integer in this language) and make .@x equal it.
|
|
|
|
Returns the variable reference (since trunk r12870).
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setd "<variable name>",<value>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Works almost identically as set, except the variable name is identified as a string
|
|
and can thus be constructed dynamically.
|
|
|
|
This command is equivalent to:
|
|
set getd("variable name"),<value>;
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
setd ".@var$", "Poporing";
|
|
mes .@var$; // Displays "Poporing".
|
|
|
|
setd ".@" + .@var$ + "123$", "Poporing is cool";
|
|
mes .@Poporing123$; // Displays "Poporing is cool".
|
|
|
|
NOTE:
|
|
'char_id' only works for non-server variables.
|
|
Player with Character ID 'char_id' must be online.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getd("<variable name>")
|
|
|
|
Returns a reference to a variable, the name can be constructed dynamically.
|
|
Refer to 'setd' for usage.
|
|
|
|
This can also be used to set an array dynamically:
|
|
setarray getd(".array[0]"), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5;
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
set getd("$varRefence"), 1;
|
|
set .@i, getd("$" + "pikachu");
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getvariableofnpc(<variable>,"<npc name>")
|
|
|
|
Returns a reference to a NPC variable (. prefix) from the target NPC.
|
|
This can only be used to get . variables.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
//This will return the value of .var, note that this can't be used, since the value isn't caught.
|
|
getvariableofnpc(.var,"TargetNPC");
|
|
|
|
//This will set the .v variable to the value of the TargetNPC's .var variable.
|
|
set .v, getvariableofnpc(.var,"TargetNPC");
|
|
|
|
//This will set the .var variable of TargetNPC to 1.
|
|
set getvariableofnpc(.var,"TargetNPC"), 1;
|
|
|
|
Note: even though function objects can have .variables,
|
|
getvariableofnpc will not work on them.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getvar <variable>,<char_id>;
|
|
|
|
Get variable value from the specified player. Only player/account variables
|
|
are allowed to be used (temporary character variable "@", permanent
|
|
character "", permanent local account "#", and permanent global account "##").
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*goto <label>;
|
|
|
|
This command will make the script jump to a label, usually used in conjunction
|
|
with other command, such as "if", but often used on its own.
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
goto Label;
|
|
|
|
mes "This will not be seen";
|
|
end;
|
|
Label:
|
|
mes "This will be seen";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
This command should be avoided and only used if there is no other option.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*menu "<option_text>",<target_label>{,"<option_text>",<target_label>,...};
|
|
|
|
This command will create a selectable menu for the invoking character. Only one
|
|
menu can be on screen at the same time.
|
|
|
|
Depending on what the player picks from the menu, the script execution will
|
|
continue from the corresponding label. (it's string-label pairs, not label-
|
|
string)
|
|
|
|
Options can be grouped together, separated by the character ':'.
|
|
|
|
menu "A:B",L_Wrong,"C",L_Right;
|
|
|
|
It also sets a special temporary character variable @menu, which contains the
|
|
number of option the player picked. (Numbering of options starts at 1.)
|
|
This number is consistent with empty options and grouped options.
|
|
|
|
menu "A::B",L_Wrong,"",L_Impossible,"C",L_Right;
|
|
|
|
L_Wrong:
|
|
// If they click "A" or "B" they will end up here
|
|
// @menu == 1 if "A"
|
|
// @menu == 2 will never happen because the option is empty
|
|
// @menu == 3 if "B"
|
|
L_Impossible:
|
|
// Empty options are not displayed and therefore can't be selected
|
|
// this label will never be reached from the menu command
|
|
L_Right:
|
|
// If they click "C" they will end up here
|
|
// @menu == 5
|
|
|
|
If a label is '-', the script execution will continue right after the menu
|
|
command if that option is selected, this can be used to save you time, and
|
|
optimize big scripts.
|
|
|
|
menu "A::B:",-,"C",L_Right;
|
|
// If they click "A" or "B" they will end up here
|
|
// @menu == 1 if "A"
|
|
// @menu == 3 if "B"
|
|
L_Right:
|
|
// If they click "C" they will end up here
|
|
// @menu == 5
|
|
|
|
Both these examples will perform the exact same task.
|
|
|
|
If you give an empty string as a menu item, the item will not display. This
|
|
can effectively be used to script dynamic menus by using empty string for
|
|
entries that should be unavailable at that time.
|
|
|
|
You can do it by using arrays, but watch carefully - this trick isn't high
|
|
wizardry, but minor magic at least. You can't expect to easily duplicate it
|
|
until you understand how it works.
|
|
|
|
Create a temporary array of strings to contain your menu items, and populate it
|
|
with the strings that should go into the menu at this execution, making sure not
|
|
to leave any gaps. Normally, you do it with a loop and an extra counter, like
|
|
this:
|
|
|
|
setarray .@possiblemenuitems$[0],<list of potential menu items>;
|
|
.@j = 0; // That's the menu lines counter.
|
|
|
|
// We loop through the list of possible menu items.
|
|
// .@i is our loop counter.
|
|
for( .@i = 0; .@i < getarraysize(.@possiblemenuitems$); .@i++ )
|
|
{
|
|
// That 'condition' is whatever condition that determines whether
|
|
// a menu item number .@i actually goes into the menu or not.
|
|
|
|
if (<condition>)
|
|
{
|
|
// We record the option into the list of options actually available.
|
|
|
|
.@menulist$[@j] = .@possiblemenuitems$[@i];
|
|
|
|
// We just copied the string, we do need its number for later
|
|
// though, so we record it as well.
|
|
|
|
.@menureference[@j] = .@i;
|
|
|
|
// Since we've just added a menu item into the list, we increment
|
|
// the menu lines counter.
|
|
|
|
.@j++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We go on to the next possible menu item.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This will create you an array .@menulist$ which contains the text of all items
|
|
that should actually go into the menu based on your condition, and an array
|
|
.@menureference, which contains their numbers in the list of possible menu items.
|
|
(Remember, arrays start with 0.) There's less of them than the possible menu
|
|
items you've defined, but the menu command can handle the empty lines - only if
|
|
they are last in the list, and if it's made this way, they are. Now comes a
|
|
dirty trick:
|
|
|
|
// X is whatever the most menu items you expect to handle.
|
|
menu .@menulist$[0],-,.@menulist$[1],-,...,.@menulist$[<X>],-;
|
|
|
|
This calls up a menu of all your items. Since you didn't copy some of the
|
|
possible menu items into the list, its end is empty and so no menu items will
|
|
show up past the end. But this menu call doesn't jump anywhere, it just
|
|
continues execution right after the menu command. (And it's a good thing it
|
|
doesn't, cause you can only explicitly define labels to jump to, and how do you
|
|
know which ones to define if you don't know beforehand which options will end up
|
|
where in your menu?)
|
|
But how do you figure out which option the user picked? Enter the @menu.
|
|
|
|
@menu contains the number of option that the user selected from the list,
|
|
starting with 1 for the first option. You know now which option the user picked
|
|
and which number in your real list of possible menu items it translated to:
|
|
|
|
mes "You selected " + .@possiblemenuitems$[.@menureference[@menu-1]] + "!";
|
|
|
|
@menu is the number of option the user picked.
|
|
@menu-1 is the array index for the list of actually used menu items that we
|
|
made.
|
|
.@menureference[@menu-1] is the number of the item in the array of possible menu
|
|
items that we've saved just for this purpose.
|
|
|
|
And .@possiblemenuitems$[.@menureference[@menu-1]] is the string that we used to
|
|
display the menu line the user picked. (Yes, it's a handful, but it works.)
|
|
|
|
You can set up a bunch of 'if (.@menureference[@menu-1] == X) goto Y' statements to
|
|
route your execution based on the line selected and still generate a different
|
|
menu every time, which is handy when you want to, for example, make users select
|
|
items in any specific order before proceeding, or make a randomly shuffled menu.
|
|
|
|
Kafra code bundled with the standard distribution uses a similar array-based
|
|
menu technique for teleport lists, but it's much simpler and doesn't use @menu,
|
|
probably since that wasn't documented anywhere.
|
|
|
|
See also 'select', which is probably better in this particular case. Instead of
|
|
menu, you could use 'select' like this:
|
|
|
|
.@dummy = select(.@menulist$[0],.@menulist$[1],...,.@menulist$[<X>]);
|
|
|
|
For the purposes of the technique described above these two statements are
|
|
perfectly equivalent.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*select("<option>"{,"<option>",...})
|
|
*prompt("<option>"{,"<option>",...})
|
|
|
|
This function is a handy replacement for 'menu' for some specific cases where
|
|
you don't want a complex label structure - like, for example, asking simple yes-
|
|
no questions. It will return the number of menu option picked, starting with 1.
|
|
Like 'menu', it will also set the variable @menu to contain the option the user
|
|
picked.
|
|
|
|
if (select("Yes:No" ) == 1)
|
|
mes "You said yes, I know.";
|
|
|
|
And like 'menu', the selected option is consistent with grouped options
|
|
and empty options.
|
|
|
|
'prompt' works almost the same as select, except that when a character clicks
|
|
the Cancel button, this function will return 255 instead.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*input(<variable>{,<min>{,<max>}})
|
|
|
|
This command will make an input box pop up on the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character, to allow entering of a number or a string. This has many
|
|
uses, one example would be a guessing game, also making use of the 'rand'
|
|
function:
|
|
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Try and guess the number I am thinking of.";
|
|
mes "The number will be between 1 and 10.";
|
|
next;
|
|
.@number = rand(1,10);
|
|
input .@guess;
|
|
if (.@guess == .@number) {
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Well done, that was the number I was thinking of!";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Sorry, that wasn't the number I was thinking of.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
If you give the input command a string variable to put the input in, it will
|
|
allow the player to enter text. Otherwise, only numbers will be allowed.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Please say HELLO";
|
|
next;
|
|
input .@var$;
|
|
if (.@var$ == "HELLO") {
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Well done, you typed it correctly.";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Sorry, you got it wrong.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Normally you may not input a negative number with this command.
|
|
This is done to prevent exploits in badly written scripts, which would
|
|
let people, for example, put negative amounts of Zeny into a bank script and
|
|
receive free Zeny as a result.
|
|
|
|
Since trunk r12192 the command has two optional arguments and a return value.
|
|
The default value of 'min' and 'max' can be set with 'input_min_value' and
|
|
'input_max_value' in script_athena.conf.
|
|
For numeric inputs the value is capped to the range [min,max]. Returns 1 if
|
|
the value was higher than 'max', -1 if lower than 'min' and 0 otherwise.
|
|
For string inputs it returns 1 if the string was longer than 'max', -1 is
|
|
shorter than 'min' and 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*callfunc "<function>"{,<argument>,...<argument>};
|
|
*callfunc("<function>"{,<argument>,...<argument>})
|
|
|
|
This command lets you call up a function NPC. A function NPC can be called from
|
|
any script on any map server. Using the 'return' command it will come back to
|
|
the place that called it.
|
|
|
|
place,50,50,6%TAB%script%TAB%Woman%TAB%115,{
|
|
mes "[Woman]"
|
|
mes "Let's see if you win...";
|
|
callfunc "funcNPC";
|
|
mes "Well done, you have won!";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
function%TAB%script%TAB%funcNPC%TAB%{
|
|
.@win = rand(2);
|
|
if (.@win == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
mes "Sorry, you lost.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
You can pass arguments to your function - values telling it what exactly to do -
|
|
which will be available there with getarg() (see 'getarg')
|
|
Notice that returning is not mandatory, you can end execution right there.
|
|
|
|
If you want to return a real value from inside your function NPC, it is better
|
|
to write it in the function form, which will also work and will make the script
|
|
generally cleaner:
|
|
|
|
place,50,50,6%TAB%script%TAB%Man%TAB%115,{
|
|
mes "[Man]"
|
|
mes "Gimme a number!";
|
|
next;
|
|
input .@number;
|
|
if (callfunc("OddFunc",.@number)) mes "It's Odd!";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
function%TAB%script%TAB%OddFunc%TAB%{
|
|
if (getarg(0)%2 == 0)
|
|
return 0;// it's even
|
|
return 1;// it's odd
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Alternately, as of rAthena revision 15979 and 15981, user-defined functions
|
|
may be called directly without the use of the 'callfunc' script command.
|
|
|
|
function<tab>script<tab>SayHello<tab>{
|
|
mes "Hello " + getarg(0);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
place,50,50,6<tab>script<tab>Man<tab>115,{
|
|
mes "[Man]";
|
|
SayHello strcharinfo(0);
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
|
|
!! A user-defined function must be declared /before/ a script attempts to
|
|
!! call it. That is to say, any functions should be placed above scripts or NPCs
|
|
!! (or loaded in a separate file first) before attempting to call them directly.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*callsub <label>{,<argument>,...<argument>};
|
|
*callsub(<label>{,<argument>,...<argument>})
|
|
|
|
This command will go to a specified label within the current script (do NOT use
|
|
quotes around it) coming in as if it were a 'callfunc' call, and pass it
|
|
arguments given, if any, which can be recovered there with 'getarg'. When done
|
|
there, you should use the 'return' command to go back to the point from where
|
|
this label was called. This is used when there is a specific thing the script
|
|
will do over and over, this lets you use the same bit of code as many times as
|
|
you like, to save space and time, without creating extra NPC objects which are
|
|
needed with 'callfunc'. A label is not callable in this manner from another
|
|
script.
|
|
|
|
Example 1: callsub for checking (if checks pass, return to script)
|
|
callsub S_CheckFull, "guild_vs2",50;
|
|
switch( rand(4) ) {
|
|
case 0: warp "guild_vs2",9,50; end;
|
|
case 1: warp "guild_vs2",49,90; end;
|
|
case 2: warp "guild_vs2",90,50; end;
|
|
case 3: warp "guild_vs2",49,9; end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
S_CheckFull:
|
|
if (getmapusers(getarg(0)) >= getarg(1)) {
|
|
mes "I'm sorry, this arena is full. Please try again later.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
Example 2: callsub used repeatedly, with different arguments
|
|
// notice how the Zeny check/delete is reused, instead of copy-pasting for every warp
|
|
switch(select("Abyss Lake:Amatsu Dungeon:Anthell:Ayothaya Dungeon:Beacon Island, Pharos")) {
|
|
case 1: callsub S_DunWarp,"hu_fild05",192,207;
|
|
case 2: callsub S_DunWarp,"ama_in02",119,181;
|
|
case 3: callsub S_DunWarp,"moc_fild20",164,145;
|
|
case 4: callsub S_DunWarp,"ayo_fild02",279,150;
|
|
case 5: callsub S_DunWarp,"cmd_fild07",132,125;
|
|
// etc
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
S_DunWarp:
|
|
// getarg(0) = "map name"
|
|
// getarg(1) = x
|
|
// getarg(2) = y
|
|
if (Zeny >= 100) {
|
|
Zeny -= 100;
|
|
warp getarg(0),getarg(1),getarg(2);
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Dungeon warp costs 100 Zeny.";
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getarg(<index>{,<default_value>})
|
|
|
|
This function is used when you use the 'callsub' or 'callfunc' commands. In the
|
|
call you can specify variables that will make that call different from another
|
|
one. This function will return an argument the function or subroutine was
|
|
called with, and is the normal way to get them.
|
|
This is another thing that can let you use the same code more than once.
|
|
|
|
Argument numbering starts with 0, i.e. the first argument you gave is number 0.
|
|
If no such argument was given, a zero is returned.
|
|
|
|
place,50,50,6%TAB%script%TAB%Woman1%TAB%115,{
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Let's see if you win...";
|
|
callfunc "funcNPC",2;
|
|
mes "Well done, you have won!";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
place,52,50,6%TAB%script%TAB%Woman2%TAB%115,{
|
|
mes "[Woman]";
|
|
mes "Let's see if you win...";
|
|
callfunc "funcNPC",5;
|
|
mes "Well done, you have won!";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
function%TAB%script%TAB%funcNPC%TAB%{
|
|
.@win = rand(getarg(0));
|
|
if (.@win == 0) return;
|
|
mes "Sorry, you lost.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"woman1" NPC object calls the funcNPC. The argument it gives in this call is
|
|
stated as 2, so when the random number is generated by the 'rand' function, it
|
|
can only be 0 or 1. Whereas "woman2" gives 5 as the argument number 0 when
|
|
calling the function, so the random number could be 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, this makes
|
|
"woman2" less likely to say the player won.
|
|
|
|
You can pass multiple arguments in a function call:
|
|
|
|
callfunc "funcNPC",5,4,3;
|
|
|
|
getarg(0) would be 5, getarg(1) would be 4 and getarg(2) would be 3.
|
|
|
|
'getarg' has an optional argument since trunk r10773 and stable r10958.
|
|
If the target argument exists, it is returned.
|
|
Otherwise, if <default_value> is present it is returned instead,
|
|
if not the script terminates immediately.
|
|
|
|
In the previous example getarg(2,-1) would be 3 and getarg(3,-1) would be -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getargcount()
|
|
|
|
This function is used when you use the 'callsub' or 'callfunc' commands. In the
|
|
call you can specify arguments. This function will return the number of arguments
|
|
provided.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
callfunc "funcNPC",5,4,3;
|
|
...
|
|
function%TAB%script%TAB%funcNPC%TAB%{
|
|
.@count = getargcount(); // 3
|
|
...
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*return {<value>};
|
|
|
|
This command causes the script execution to leave previously called function
|
|
with callfunc or script with callsub and return to the location, where the call
|
|
originated from. Optionally a return value can be supplied, when the call was
|
|
done using the function form.
|
|
|
|
Using this command outside of functions or scripts referenced by callsub will
|
|
result in error and termination of the script.
|
|
|
|
callfunc "<your function>";// when nothing is returned
|
|
set <variable>,callfunc("<your function>");// when a value is being returned
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*function <function name>;
|
|
*<function name>{(<argument>,...<argument>)};
|
|
*function <function name> {
|
|
<code>
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This works like callfunc, and is used for cleaner and faster scripting. The function
|
|
must be defined and used within a script, and works like a label with arguments.
|
|
Note that the name may only contain alphanumeric characters and underscore.
|
|
|
|
Usage:
|
|
|
|
1. Declare the function.
|
|
function <function name>;
|
|
2. Call the function anywhere within the script.
|
|
It can also return a value when used with parentheses.
|
|
<function name>;
|
|
3. Define the function within the script.
|
|
<function name> {<code>}
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
prontera,154,189,4 script Item Seller 767,{
|
|
/* Function declaration */
|
|
function SF_Selling;
|
|
|
|
if (Zeny > 50) {
|
|
mes "Welcome!";
|
|
/* Function call */
|
|
SF_Selling;
|
|
}
|
|
else mes "You need 50z, sorry!";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
/* Function definition */
|
|
function SF_Selling {
|
|
mes "Would you like to buy a phracon for 50z?";
|
|
next;
|
|
if (select("Yes","No, thanks") == 1) {
|
|
Zeny -= Zeny;
|
|
getitem 1010,1;
|
|
mes "Thank you!";
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Example with parameters and return value:
|
|
|
|
prontera,150,150,0 script TestNPC 123,{
|
|
/* Function declaration */
|
|
function MyAdd;
|
|
|
|
mes "Enter two numbers.";
|
|
next;
|
|
input .@a;
|
|
input .@b;
|
|
/* Function call */
|
|
mes .@a + " + " + .@b + " = " + MyAdd(.@a,.@b);
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
/* Function definition */
|
|
function MyAdd {
|
|
return getarg(0)+getarg(1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*is_function("<function name>")
|
|
|
|
This command checks whether a function exists.
|
|
It returns 1 if function is found, or 0 if it isn't.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
function script try {
|
|
dothat;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
- script test -1,{
|
|
.@try = is_function("try"); // 1
|
|
.@not = is_function("not"); // 0
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*if (<condition>) <statement>;
|
|
|
|
This is the basic conditional statement command, and just about the only one
|
|
available in this scripting language.
|
|
|
|
The condition can be any expression. All expressions resulting in a non-zero
|
|
value will be considered True, including negative values. All expressions
|
|
resulting in a zero are false.
|
|
|
|
If the expression results in True, the statement will be executed. If it isn't
|
|
true, nothing happens and we move on to the next line of the script.
|
|
|
|
if (1) mes "This will always print.";
|
|
if (0) mes "And this will never print.";
|
|
if (5) mes "This will also always print.";
|
|
if (-1) mes "Funny as it is, this will also print just fine.";
|
|
|
|
For more information on conditional operators see the operators section above.
|
|
Anything that is returned by a function can be used in a condition check without
|
|
bothering to store it in a specific variable:
|
|
|
|
if (strcharinfo(0) == "Daniel Jackson") mes "It is true, you are Daniel!";
|
|
|
|
More examples of using the 'if' command in the real world:
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
.@answer = 1;
|
|
input .@input;
|
|
if (.@input == .@answer)
|
|
close;
|
|
mes "Sorry, your answer is incorrect.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
.@answer = 1;
|
|
input .@input;
|
|
if (.@input != .@answer)
|
|
mes "Sorry, your answer is incorrect.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Notice that examples 1 and 2 have the same effect.
|
|
|
|
Example 3:
|
|
|
|
.@count++;
|
|
mes "[Forgetful Man]";
|
|
if (.@count == 1) mes "This is the first time you have talked to me.";
|
|
if (.@count == 2) mes "This is the second time you have talked to me.";
|
|
if (.@count == 3) mes "This is the third time you have talked to me.";
|
|
if (.@count == 4) {
|
|
mes "This is the fourth time you have talked to me.";
|
|
mes "I think I am getting amnesia, I have forgotten about you...";
|
|
.@count = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 4:
|
|
|
|
mes "[Quest Person]";
|
|
if (countitem(512) < 1) { // 512 is the item ID for Apple, found in db/item_db.yml
|
|
mes "Can you please bring me an apple?";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
mes "Oh, you brought an Apple!";
|
|
mes "I didn't want it, I just wanted to see one.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 5:
|
|
|
|
mes "[Person Checker]";
|
|
if ($@name$ == "") { // global variable not yet set
|
|
mes "Please tell me someones name";
|
|
next;
|
|
input $@name$;
|
|
$@name2$ = strcharinfo(0);
|
|
mes "[Person Checker]";
|
|
mes "Thank you.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
if ($@name$ == strcharinfo(0)) { // player name matches $@name$
|
|
mes "You are the person that " + $@name2$ + " just mentioned.";
|
|
mes "Nice to meet you!";
|
|
|
|
// reset the global variables
|
|
$@name$ = "";
|
|
$@name2$ = "";
|
|
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
mes "You are not the person that " + $name2$ + " mentioned.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
See 'strcharinfo' for an explanation of what this function does.
|
|
|
|
Example 6: Using complex conditions.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Multiple Checks]";
|
|
if (@queststarted == 1 && countitem(512) >= 5) {
|
|
mes "Well done, you have started the quest and brought me 5 Apples.";
|
|
@queststarted = 0;
|
|
delitem 512,5;
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
mes "Please bring me 5 apples.";
|
|
@queststarted = 1;
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
The script engine also supports nested 'if' statements:
|
|
|
|
if (<condition>)
|
|
dothis;
|
|
else
|
|
dothat;
|
|
|
|
If the condition isn't met, it'll do the action following the 'else'.
|
|
We can also group several actions depending on a condition:
|
|
|
|
if (<condition>) {
|
|
dothis1;
|
|
dothis2;
|
|
} else {
|
|
dothat1;
|
|
dothat2;
|
|
dothat3;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Remember that if you plan to do several actions upon the condition being false, and
|
|
you forget to use the curly braces (the { } ), the second action will be executed regardless
|
|
the output of the condition, unless of course, you stop the execution of the script if the
|
|
condition is true (that is, in the first grouping using a return; , and end; or a close; )
|
|
|
|
Also, you can have multiple conditions nested or chained.
|
|
|
|
if (<condition 1>)
|
|
dothis;
|
|
else if (<condition 2>) {
|
|
dothat;
|
|
end;
|
|
} else
|
|
dothis;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*jump_zero (<condition>),<label>;
|
|
|
|
This command works kinda like an 'if'+'goto' combination in one go. (See 'if').
|
|
If the condition is false (equal to zero) this command will immediately jump to
|
|
the specified label like in 'goto'. While 'if' is more generally useful, for
|
|
some cases this could be an optimization.
|
|
|
|
The main reason for this command is that other control statements, like
|
|
'switch', 'for' or 'while', are disassembled into simple expressions together
|
|
with this command when a script is parsed.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*switch (expression);
|
|
|
|
The switch statement is similar to a series of if statements on the same expression.
|
|
In many occasions, you may want to compare the same variable (or expression)
|
|
with many different values, and execute a different piece of code depending
|
|
on which value it equals to. This is exactly what the switch statement is for.
|
|
|
|
It is important to understand how the switch statement is executed in order
|
|
to avoid mistakes. The switch statement executes line by line (actually, statement by statement).
|
|
In the beginning, no code is executed. Only when a case statement is found
|
|
with a value that matches the value of the switch expression the case statement(s)
|
|
will to executed. The parser continues to execute the statements until the end
|
|
of the switch block, or the first time it sees a break statement. If you don't
|
|
write a break statement at the end of a case's statement list, the parser will
|
|
go on executing the statements of the following case (fall-through).
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
switch(select("Yes:No")) {
|
|
case 1:
|
|
mes "You said yes!";
|
|
break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
mes "Aww, why?";
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
The example above would work like a menu and would go to the first case if
|
|
the user selects option, otherwise, would go to the second one.
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
switch(getgroupid()) {
|
|
case 1:
|
|
mes "Wow, you're super!";
|
|
break;
|
|
case 2:
|
|
mes "A helping hand!";
|
|
break;
|
|
case 3:
|
|
mes "10001010010011";
|
|
break;
|
|
case 4:
|
|
mes "Yes, milord?";
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
mes "Hello there!";
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
The example above would print a message depending on the player's groupid.
|
|
If there is no statement declared for the corresponding groupid, the script
|
|
would use the 'default' statement that applies to rest of possible values,
|
|
similar to 'else' in the if-else statement.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*while (<condition>) <statement>;
|
|
|
|
This is probably the simplest and most frequently used loop structure. The 'while'
|
|
statement can be interpreted as "while <condition> is true, perform <statement>".
|
|
It is a pretest loop, meaning the conditional expression is tested before any of the
|
|
statements in the body of the loop are performed. If the condition evaluates to
|
|
false, the statement(s) in the body of the loop is/are never executed. If the
|
|
condition evaluates to true, the statement(s) are executed, then control transfers
|
|
back to the conditional expression, which is reevaluated and the cycle continues.
|
|
|
|
Multiple statements can be grouped with { }, curly braces, just like with the 'if' statement.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
while (switch(select("Yes:No") == 2 ))
|
|
mes "You picked no.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 2: multiple statements
|
|
while (switch(select("Yes:No") == 2 )) {
|
|
mes "Why did you pick no?";
|
|
mes "You should pick yes instead!";
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 3: counter-controlled loop
|
|
.@i = 1;
|
|
while (.@i <= 5) {
|
|
mes "This line will print 5 times.";
|
|
.@i += 1;
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 4: sentinel-controlled loop
|
|
mes "Input 0 to stop";
|
|
input .@num;
|
|
while (.@num != 0) {
|
|
mes "You entered " + .@num;
|
|
input .@num;
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*for (<variable initialization>; <condition>; <variable update>) <statement>;
|
|
|
|
Another pretest looping structure is the 'for' statement. It is considered a
|
|
specialized form of the 'while' statement, and is usually associated with counter-
|
|
controlled loops. Here are the steps of the 'for' statement: the initialize
|
|
statement is executed first and only once. The condition test is performed.
|
|
When the condition evaluates to false, the rest of the for statement is skipped.
|
|
When the condition evaluates to true, the body of the loop is executed, then the
|
|
update statement is executed (this usually involves incrementing a variable).
|
|
Then the condition is reevaluated and the cycle continues.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
for( .@i = 1; .@i <= 5; .@i++ )
|
|
mes "This line will print 5 times.";
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
mes "This will print the numbers 1 - 5.";
|
|
for( .@i = 1; .@i <= 5; .@i++ )
|
|
mes "Number: " + .@i;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*do { <statement>; } while (<condition>);
|
|
|
|
The 'do...while' is the only post-test loop structure available in this script
|
|
language. With a post-test, the statements are executed once before the condition
|
|
is tested. When the condition is true, the statement(s) are repeated. When the
|
|
condition is false, control is transferred to the statement following the
|
|
'do...while' loop expression.
|
|
|
|
Example 1: sentinel-controlled loop
|
|
mes "This menu will keep appearing until you pick Cancel";
|
|
do {
|
|
.@menu = select("One:Two:Three:Cancel");
|
|
} while (.@menu != 4);
|
|
|
|
Example 2: counter-controlled loop
|
|
mes "This will countdown from 10 to 1.";
|
|
.@i = 10;
|
|
do {
|
|
mes .@i;
|
|
.@i -= 1;
|
|
} while (.@i > 0);
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*freeloop({<toggle>})
|
|
|
|
Toggling this to enabled (1) allows the script instance to bypass the infinite loop
|
|
protection, allowing your script to loop as much as it may need. Disabling (0) will
|
|
warn you if an infinite loop is detected.
|
|
|
|
The command will return the state of freeloop for the attached script, even if no
|
|
argument is provided.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
freeloop(1); // enable script to loop freely
|
|
|
|
// be careful with what you do here
|
|
for ( .@i = 0; .@i < .@bigloop; .@i++ ) {
|
|
dothis;
|
|
// will sleep the script for 1ms when detect an infinity loop to
|
|
// let rAthena do what it needs to do (socket, timer, process, etc.)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
freeloop(0); // disable freeloop
|
|
|
|
for ( .@i = 0; .@i < .@bigloop; .@i++ ) {
|
|
dothis;
|
|
// throw an infinity loop error
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setarray <array name>[<first value>],<value>{,<value>...<value>};
|
|
|
|
This command will allow you to quickly fill up an array in one go. Check the
|
|
Kafra scripts in the distribution to see this used a lot.
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600;
|
|
|
|
First value is the index of the first element of the array to alter. For
|
|
example:
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0],200,200,200;
|
|
setarray .@array[1],300,150;
|
|
|
|
will produce:
|
|
|
|
.@array[0]=200
|
|
.@array[1]=300
|
|
.@array[2]=150
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cleararray <array name>[<first value to alter>],<value>,<number of values to set>;
|
|
|
|
This command will change many array values at the same time to the same value.
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600;
|
|
// This will make all 6 values 0
|
|
cleararray .@array[0],0,6;
|
|
// This will make array element 0 change to 245
|
|
cleararray .@array[0],245,1;
|
|
// This will make elements 1 and 2 change to 345
|
|
cleararray .@array[1],345,2;
|
|
|
|
See 'setarray'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*copyarray <destination array>[<first value>],<source array>[<first value>],<amount of data to copy>;
|
|
|
|
This command lets you quickly shuffle a lot of data between arrays, which is in
|
|
some cases invaluable.
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600;
|
|
// So we have made .@array[]
|
|
copyarray .@array2[0],@array[2],2;
|
|
|
|
// Now, .@array2[0] will be equal to .@array[2] (300) and
|
|
// .@array2[1] will be equal to .@array[3].
|
|
|
|
So using the examples above:
|
|
.@array[0] = 100
|
|
.@array[1] = 200
|
|
.@array[2] = 300
|
|
.@array[3] = 400
|
|
.@array[4] = 500
|
|
.@array[5] = 600
|
|
|
|
New Array:
|
|
.@array2[0] = 300
|
|
.@array2[1] = 400
|
|
.@array2[2] = 0
|
|
.@array2[3] = 0
|
|
|
|
Notice that .@array[4] and .@array[5] won't be copied to the second array, and it will return a
|
|
0.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*deletearray <array name>[<first value>]{,<how much to delete>};
|
|
|
|
This command will delete a specified number of array elements totally from an
|
|
array, shifting all the elements beyond this towards the beginning.
|
|
|
|
// This will delete array element 0, and move all the other array elements
|
|
// up one place.
|
|
deletearray .@array[0],1
|
|
|
|
// This would delete array elements numbered 1, 2 and 3, leave element 0 in its
|
|
// place, and move the other elements ups, so there are no gaps.
|
|
|
|
deletearray .@array[1],3
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*inarray <array name>,<value>;
|
|
|
|
This command returns the index of the first matching value found in the array.
|
|
It will return -1 if the value is not found.
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 100;
|
|
|
|
inarray(.@array[0], 200);
|
|
//return 1 because 200 is in index 1
|
|
//another way to say it that .@array[1] == 200
|
|
|
|
.@index = inarray(.@array[0], 600);
|
|
//.@index is now 5 because .@array[5] == 600
|
|
|
|
inarray(.@array[0], 100);
|
|
//while index 6 is also 100, the command will return the first instance it finds
|
|
//return 0 because .@array[0] == 100
|
|
|
|
inarray(.@array[0], 800);
|
|
//return -1 because 800 is not an element of the array .@array
|
|
|
|
For more details, see the sample in 'doc/sample/inarray.txt'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*countinarray <array name>{[<start index>]},<array name>{[<start index>]};
|
|
|
|
This command will check for matches between the array values and return the number of matches.
|
|
While being optional, if [<start index>] is supplied, the search will begin from the given index value.
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600;
|
|
|
|
.@variable = 100;
|
|
if(countinarray(.@array[0], .@variable))
|
|
mes "The number 100 was found in the array .@array";
|
|
|
|
countinarray(.@array[0], .@variable);
|
|
//return 1 because the number 100 is an element of the array .@array
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array2[0],100,500;
|
|
countinarray(.@array[0], .@array2[0]);
|
|
//return 2 because the numbers 100 and 500 are elements of the array .@array
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array3[0],100,700;
|
|
countinarray(.@array[0], .@array3[0]);
|
|
//return 1 because the number 100 is an element of the array .@array
|
|
//but the number 700 is not an element of the array .@array
|
|
|
|
//also you can change the position between the arrays in the command
|
|
if(countinarray(.@array[0], .@array3[0]) == countinarray(.@array3[0], .@array[0]))
|
|
//This is true
|
|
|
|
For more details, see the sample in 'doc/sample/inarray.txt'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
======================================
|
|
|2.- Information-retrieving commands.|
|
|
======================================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*strcharinfo(<type>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return either the name, party name or guild name for the
|
|
invoking character. Whatever it returns is determined by type.
|
|
|
|
0 - Character's name.
|
|
1 - The name of the party they're in if any.
|
|
2 - The name of the guild they're in if any.
|
|
3 - The name of the map the character is in.
|
|
|
|
If a character is not a member of any party or guild, an empty string will be
|
|
returned when requesting that information.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*convertpcinfo(<char_id>,<type>)
|
|
*convertpcinfo(<account_id>,<type>)
|
|
*convertpcinfo(<player_name>,<type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return the information <type> for the
|
|
specified character. Whatever it returns is determined by type.
|
|
|
|
CPC_NAME - Character's name.
|
|
CPC_CHAR - Character ID.
|
|
CPC_ACCOUNT - Account ID.
|
|
|
|
If a character is not found (or not online) when requesting that information,
|
|
an empty string will be returned for CPC_NAME, 0 for other <type>.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*strnpcinfo(<type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return the various parts of the name of the calling NPC.
|
|
Whatever it returns is determined by type.
|
|
|
|
0 - The NPC's display name (visible#hidden)
|
|
1 - The visible part of the NPC's display name
|
|
2 - The hidden part of the NPC's display name
|
|
3 - The NPC's unique name (::name)
|
|
4 - The name of the map the NPC is in.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getarraysize(<array name>)
|
|
|
|
This function returns highest index of the array that is filled.
|
|
Notice that zeros and empty strings at the end of this array are not
|
|
counted towards this number.
|
|
|
|
For example:
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600;
|
|
set .@arraysize,getarraysize(.@array);
|
|
|
|
This will make .@arraysize == 6. But if you try this:
|
|
|
|
setarray .@array[0], 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 0;
|
|
set .@arraysize,getarraysize(.@array);
|
|
|
|
.@arraysize will still equal 6, even though you've set 7 values.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getelementofarray(<array name>,<index>)
|
|
|
|
This command retrieves the value of the element of given array at given index.
|
|
This is equivalent to using:
|
|
|
|
<array name>[<index>]
|
|
|
|
The reason for this is, that this short form is internally converted into a call
|
|
to getelementofarray, when the script is loaded.
|
|
|
|
Also useful when passing arrays to functions or accessing another npc's arrays:
|
|
getelementofarray(getarg(0),<index>)
|
|
getelementofarray(getvariableofnpc(.var, "testNPC"),<index>)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*readparam(<parameter number>{,"<character name>"})
|
|
*readparam(<parameter number>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the specified stat of the invoking character, or, if a
|
|
character name or character id is specified, of that player. The stat can either
|
|
be a number or parameter name, defined in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp'.
|
|
|
|
Some example parameters:
|
|
|
|
StatusPoint, BaseLevel, SkillPoint, Class, Upper, Zeny, Sex, Weight, MaxWeight,
|
|
JobLevel, BaseExp, JobExp, NextBaseExp, NextJobExp, Hp, MaxHp, Sp, MaxSp,
|
|
BaseJob, Karma, Manner, bVit, bDex, bAgi, bStr, bInt, bLuk, Ap, MaxAp
|
|
|
|
All of these also behave as variables, but don't expect to be able to just 'set'
|
|
them - some will not work for various internal reasons.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
// Returns how many status points you haven't spent yet.
|
|
mes "Unused status points: " + readparam(9);
|
|
|
|
Using this particular information as a function call is not required. Typing this
|
|
will return the same result:
|
|
|
|
mes "Unused status points: " + StatusPoint;
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
You can also use this command to get stat values.
|
|
|
|
if (readparam(bVit) > 77)
|
|
mes "Only people with over 77 Vit are reading this!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getcharid(<type>{,"<character name>"})
|
|
|
|
This function will return a unique ID number of the invoking character, or, if a
|
|
character name is specified, of that player.
|
|
|
|
Type is the kind of associated ID number required:
|
|
|
|
0 - Character ID
|
|
1 - Party ID
|
|
2 - Guild ID
|
|
3 - Account ID
|
|
4 - Battle Ground ID
|
|
5 - Clan ID
|
|
|
|
For most purposes other than printing it, a number is better to have than a name
|
|
(people do horrifying things to their character names).
|
|
|
|
If the character is not in a party or not in a guild, the function will return 0
|
|
if guild or party number is requested. If a name is specified and the character
|
|
is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
|
If getcharid(0) returns a zero, the script got called not by a character and
|
|
doesn't have an attached RID. Note that this will cause the map server to
|
|
print "player not attached!" error messages, so it is preferred to use
|
|
"playerattached" to check for the character attached to the script.
|
|
|
|
if (getcharid(2) == 0)
|
|
mes "Only members of a guild are allowed here!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getnpcid(<type>{,"<npc name>"});
|
|
|
|
Retrieves IDs of the currently invoked NPC. If a unique npc name is
|
|
given, IDs of that NPC are retrieved instead. Type specifies what ID
|
|
to retrieve and can be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
0 - NPC Game ID
|
|
|
|
If an invalid type is given or the NPC does not exist, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getchildid({<char_id>})
|
|
*getmotherid({<char_id>})
|
|
*getfatherid({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
These functions return the character ID of the attached player's child,
|
|
mother, mother, or father, respectively. It returns 0 if no ID is found.
|
|
|
|
if (getmotherid()) mes "Your mother's ID is: " + getmotherid();
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*ispartneron({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns 1 if the invoking character's marriage partner is
|
|
currently online and 0 if they are not or if the character has no partner.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getpartnerid({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns the character ID of the invoking character's marriage
|
|
partner, if any. If the invoking character is not married, it will return 0,
|
|
which is a quick way to see if they are married:
|
|
|
|
if (getpartnerid()) mes "I'm not going to be your girlfriend!";
|
|
if (getpartnerid()) mes "You're married already!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getlook(<type>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number for the current character look value
|
|
specified by type. See 'setlook' for valid look types.
|
|
|
|
This can be used to make a certain script behave differently for characters
|
|
dressed in black.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getsavepoint(<information type>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return information about the invoking character's save point.
|
|
You can use it to let a character swap between several recorded save points.
|
|
Available information types are:
|
|
|
|
0 - Map name (a string)
|
|
1 - X coordinate
|
|
2 - Y coordinate
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getcharip({"<character name>"|<account id>|<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the IP address of the invoking character, or, if a player
|
|
is specified, of that character. A blank string is returned if no player is attached.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
// Outputs IP address of attached player.
|
|
mes "Your IP: " + getcharip();
|
|
|
|
// Outputs IP address of character "Silver".
|
|
mes "Silver's IP: " + getcharip("Silver");
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*vip_status(<type>,{"<character name>"})
|
|
|
|
Returns various information about a player's VIP status.
|
|
|
|
Valid types:
|
|
VIP_STATUS_ACTIVE - VIP status: true if the player is a VIP or false if not
|
|
VIP_STATUS_EXPIRE - VIP expire timestamp if the player is VIP or 0 if not
|
|
VIP_STATUS_REMAINING - VIP time remaining in seconds
|
|
|
|
NOTE: This command is only available if the VIP System is enabled.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*vip_time <time>,{"<character name>"};
|
|
|
|
Changes a player's VIP time (in minutes). A positive value will increase time, and a
|
|
negative value will decrease time.
|
|
|
|
NOTE: This command is only available if the VIP System is enabled.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*addspiritball <count>,<duration>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Adds spirit ball to player for 'duration' in milisecond.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delspiritball <count>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Deletes the spirit ball(s) from player.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*countspiritball {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Counts the spirit ball that player has.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*ignoretimeout <flag>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Disables the SECURE_NPCTIMEOUT function on the character invoking the script,
|
|
or by the given character ID/character name.
|
|
|
|
Valid flag:
|
|
0 - Enabled SECURE_NPCTIMEOUT.
|
|
1 - Disable SECURE_NPCTIMEOUT.
|
|
|
|
Note: SECURE_NPCTIMEOUT must be enabled for this to work.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
2,2 Item-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipid({<equipment slot>,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns the item ID of the item slot that calls the script
|
|
on the invoking character or the specified equipment slot. If nothing is
|
|
equipped there, it returns -1.
|
|
Valid equipment slots are:
|
|
|
|
EQI_COMPOUND_ON (-1) - Item slot that calls this script (In context of item script) - exclusive to getequipid
|
|
EQI_ACC_L (0) - Accessory 1
|
|
EQI_ACC_R (1) - Accessory 2
|
|
EQI_SHOES (2) - Footgear (shoes, boots)
|
|
EQI_GARMENT (3) - Garment (mufflers, hoods, manteaux)
|
|
EQI_HEAD_LOW (4) - Lower Headgear (beards, some masks)
|
|
EQI_HEAD_MID (5) - Middle Headgear (masks, glasses)
|
|
EQI_HEAD_TOP (6) - Upper Headgear
|
|
EQI_ARMOR (7) - Armor (jackets, robes)
|
|
EQI_HAND_L (8) - Left hand (weapons, shields)
|
|
EQI_HAND_R (9) - Right hand (weapons)
|
|
EQI_COSTUME_HEAD_TOP (10) - Upper Costume Headgear
|
|
EQI_COSTUME_HEAD_MID (11) - Middle Costume Headgear
|
|
EQI_COSTUME_HEAD_LOW (12) - Lower Costume Headgear
|
|
EQI_COSTUME_GARMENT (13) - Costume Garment
|
|
EQI_AMMO (14) - Arrow/Ammunition
|
|
EQI_SHADOW_ARMOR (15) - Shadow Armor
|
|
EQI_SHADOW_WEAPON (16) - Shadow Weapon
|
|
EQI_SHADOW_SHIELD (17) - Shadow Shield
|
|
EQI_SHADOW_SHOES (18) - Shadow Shoes
|
|
EQI_SHADOW_ACC_R (19) - Shadow Accessory 2
|
|
EQI_SHADOW_ACC_L (20) - Shadow Accessory 1
|
|
|
|
Notice that a few items occupy several equipment slots, and if the character is
|
|
wearing such an item, 'getequipid' will return its ID number for either slot.
|
|
|
|
Can be used to check if you have something equipped, or if you haven't got
|
|
something equipped:
|
|
|
|
if (getequipid(EQI_HEAD_TOP) == 2234)
|
|
mes "What a lovely Tiara you have on";
|
|
else
|
|
mes "Come back when you have a Tiara on";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
You can also use it to make sure people don't pass a point before removing an
|
|
item totally from them. Let's say you don't want people to wear Legion Plate
|
|
armor, but also don't want them to equip if after the check, you would do this:
|
|
|
|
if (getequipid(EQI_ARMOR) == 2341 || getequipid(EQI_ARMOR) == 2342) {
|
|
mes "You are wearing some Legion Plate Armor, please drop that in your stash before continuing";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
// the || is used as an or argument, there is 2341 and 2342 cause there are
|
|
// two different legion plate armors, one with a slot one without.
|
|
|
|
if (countitem(2341) > 0 || countitem(2432) > 0) {
|
|
mes "You have some Legion Plate Armor in your inventory, please drop that in your stash before continuing";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
mes "I will lets you pass.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
warp "place",50,50;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipuniqueid(<equipment slot>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns the unique ID (as a string) of the item equipped in the equipment slot
|
|
specified on the invoking character. If nothing is equipped there, it returns an empty string.
|
|
See 'getequipid' for a full list of valid equipment slots.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipname(<equipment slot>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns the jname of the item equipped in the specified equipment slot on the
|
|
invoking character, or an empty string if nothing is equipped in that position.
|
|
Does the same thing as getitemname(getequipid()). Useful for an NPC to state
|
|
what your are wearing, or maybe saving as a string variable.
|
|
See 'getequipid' for a full list of valid equipment slots.
|
|
|
|
if ( getequipname(EQI_HEAD_TOP) != "" )
|
|
mes "So you are wearing a " + getequipname(EQI_HEAD_TOP) + " on your head";
|
|
else
|
|
mes "You are not wearing any head gear";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitemname(<item id>)
|
|
*getitemname(<aegis item name>)
|
|
|
|
Given the database ID number of an item, this function will return the text
|
|
stored in the 'Name' field in item_db_*.yml for text version
|
|
or 'name_english' field for SQL version. The function returns "null" if the item doesn't exist.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getbrokenid(<number>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will search the invoking character's inventory for any broken
|
|
items, and will return their item ID numbers. Since the character may have
|
|
several broken items, 1 given as an argument will return the first one found, 2
|
|
will return the second one, etc. Will return 0 if no such item is found.
|
|
|
|
// Let's see if they have anything broken:
|
|
if (getbrokenid(1) == 0)
|
|
mes "You don't have anything broken, quit bothering me.";
|
|
else
|
|
// They do, so let's print the name of the first broken item:
|
|
mes "Oh, I see you have a broken " + getitemname(getbrokenid(1)) + " here!";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipisequiped(<equipment slot>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This functions will return 1 if there is an equipment placed on the specified
|
|
equipment slot and 0 otherwise. For a list of equipment slots
|
|
see 'getequipid'. Function originally used by the refining NPCs:
|
|
|
|
if (getequipisequiped(EQI_HEAD_TOP)) {
|
|
mes "[Refiner]";
|
|
mes "That's a fine hat you are wearing there...";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "[Refiner]";
|
|
mes "Do you want me to refine your dumb head?";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipisenableref(<equipment slot>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
Will return 1 if the item equipped on the invoking character in the specified
|
|
equipment slot is refinable, and 0 if it isn't. For a list of equipment slots
|
|
see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
if (getequipisenableref(EQI_HEAD_TOP)) {
|
|
mes "[Refiner]";
|
|
mes "Ok I can refine this";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "[Refiner]";
|
|
mes "I can't refine this hat!...";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequiprefinerycnt(<equipment slot>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns the current number of pluses for the item in the specified equipment
|
|
slot. For a list of equipment slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
Can be used to check if you have reached a maximum refine value, default for
|
|
this is +10:
|
|
|
|
if (getequiprefinerycnt(EQI_HEAD_TOP) < 10)
|
|
mes "I will now upgrade your " + getequipname(EQI_HEAD_TOP);
|
|
else
|
|
mes "Sorry, it's not possible to refine hats better than +10";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipweaponlv({<equipment slot>{,<char_id>}})
|
|
|
|
This function returns the weapon level for the weapon equipped in the specified
|
|
equipment slot on the invoking character. For a list of equipment slots see
|
|
'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
Only EQI_HAND_L and EQI_HAND_R normally make sense, since only weapons have
|
|
a weapon level.
|
|
|
|
If no item is equipped in this slot, or if it doesn't have a weapon level
|
|
according to the database, 0 will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
switch (getequipweaponlv(EQI_HAND_R)) {
|
|
case 1: mes "You are holding a lvl 1 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 2: mes "You are holding a lvl 2 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 3: mes "You are holding a lvl 3 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 4: mes "You are holding a lvl 4 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 5: mes "You are holding a lvl 5 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 6: mes "You are holding a lvl 6 weapon, hm, must be a custom design..."; break;
|
|
default: mes "Seems you don't have a weapon on."; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (getequipid(EQI_HAND_L) == 0) {
|
|
mes "Seems you have nothing equipped here.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (getequipweaponlv(EQI_HAND_L)) {
|
|
case 0: mes "You are not holding a weapon, so it doesn't have a level."; break;
|
|
case 1: mes "You are holding a lvl 1 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 2: mes "You are holding a lvl 2 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 3: mes "You are holding a lvl 3 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 4: mes "You are holding a lvl 4 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 5: mes "You are holding a lvl 5 weapon."; break;
|
|
case 6: mes "You are holding a lvl 6 weapon, hm, must be a custom design..."; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequiparmorlv({<equipment slot>{,<char_id>}})
|
|
|
|
This function returns the armor level for the item equipped in the specified
|
|
equipment slot on the invoking character. For a list of equipment slots see
|
|
'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
If no item is equipped in this slot, or if it doesn't have an armor level
|
|
according to the database, 0 will be returned.
|
|
|
|
if (getequipid(EQI_ARMOR) == 0) {
|
|
mes "Seems you have nothing equipped here.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (getequiparmorlv(EQI_ARMOR)) {
|
|
case 1: mes "You are wearing a lvl 1 armor."; break;
|
|
case 2: mes "You are wearing a lvl 2 armor."; break;
|
|
case 3: mes "You are wearing a lvl 3 armor, hm, must be a custom design..."; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequippercentrefinery(<equipment slot>{,<enriched>,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function calculates and returns the percent value chance to successfully
|
|
refine the item found in the specified equipment slot of the invoking character
|
|
by +1. There is no actual formula, the success rate for a given weapon level of
|
|
a certain refine level is found in the db/(pre-)re/refine_db.yml file. For a list of
|
|
equipment slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
If enriched parameter is set to true, chance to successfully refine the item with
|
|
enriched material is returned instead.
|
|
|
|
These values can be displayed for the player to see, or used to calculate the
|
|
random change of a refine succeeding or failing and then going through with it
|
|
(which is what the official NPC refinery scripts use it for)
|
|
|
|
// This will find a random number from 0 - 99 and if that is equal to or more
|
|
// than the value recovered by this command it will go to L_Fail
|
|
if (getequippercentrefinery(EQI_HAND_L)<=rand(100)) goto L_Fail;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequiprefinecost(<equipment slot>,<type>,<information>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns refine cost for equipment in <equipment slot> based on
|
|
passed arguments <type> and <information>.
|
|
|
|
Valid cost types are:
|
|
|
|
REFINE_COST_NORMAL - For normal refining
|
|
REFINE_COST_HD - For refining with HD ores
|
|
REFINE_COST_ENRICHED - For refining with enriched ores
|
|
|
|
This function will return required cost for refining based on <information> argument.
|
|
|
|
Valid information types are:
|
|
|
|
REFINE_ZENY_COST - Zeny
|
|
REFINE_MATERIAL_ID - Material Item ID
|
|
|
|
This function will return -1 on failure. The function fails if the cost type
|
|
is invalid or if there is no item in the equipment slot.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getareadropitem("<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,<item>)
|
|
|
|
This function will count all the items with the specified ID number lying on the
|
|
ground on the specified map within the x1/y1-x2/y2 square on it and return that
|
|
number.
|
|
|
|
This is the only function around where a parameter may be either a string or a
|
|
number! If it's a number, it means that only the items with that item ID number
|
|
will be counted. If it is a string, it is assumed to mean the 'english name'
|
|
field from the item database.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipcardcnt(<equipment slot>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of cards that have been compounded onto a
|
|
specific equipped item for the invoking character. See 'getequipid' for a list
|
|
of possible equipment slots.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getinventorylist {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command sets a bunch of arrays with a complete list of whatever the
|
|
invoking character has in their inventory, including all the data needed to
|
|
recreate these items perfectly if they are destroyed. Here's what you get:
|
|
|
|
@inventorylist_id[] - array of item ids.
|
|
@inventorylist_idx[] - array of item inventory index.
|
|
@inventorylist_amount[] - their corresponding item amounts.
|
|
@inventorylist_equip[] - on which position the item is equipped (see EQP_* constants)
|
|
It will contain 0 if the item is not equipped.
|
|
@inventorylist_refine[] - for how much it is refined.
|
|
@inventorylist_identify[] - whether it is identified.
|
|
@inventorylist_attribute[] - whether it is broken.
|
|
@inventorylist_card1[] - These four arrays contain card data for the items.
|
|
@inventorylist_card2[] These data slots are also used to store names
|
|
@inventorylist_card3[] inscribed on the items, so you can explicitly check
|
|
@inventorylist_card4[] if the character owns an item made by a specific
|
|
craftsman.
|
|
@inventorylist_expire[] - expire time (Unix time stamp). 0 means never expires.
|
|
@inventorylist_bound[] - the bound type of the items (see BOUND_* constants)
|
|
@inventorylist_enchantgrade[] - the enchantgrade of the items
|
|
@inventorylist_count - the number of items in these lists.
|
|
@inventorylist_option_id1[] - first array of random option IDs
|
|
@inventorylist_option_value1[] - first array of random option values
|
|
@inventorylist_option_parameter1[] - first array of random option parameters
|
|
@inventorylist_option_id2[] - second array of random option IDs
|
|
@inventorylist_option_value2[] - second array of random option values
|
|
@inventorylist_option_parameter2[] - second array of random option parameters
|
|
@inventorylist_option_id3[] - third array of random option IDs
|
|
@inventorylist_option_value3[] - third array of random option values
|
|
@inventorylist_option_parameter3[] - third array of random option parameters
|
|
@inventorylist_option_id4[] - fourth array of random option IDs
|
|
@inventorylist_option_value4[] - fourth array of random option values
|
|
@inventorylist_option_parameter4[] - fourth array of random option parameters
|
|
@inventorylist_option_id5[] - fifth array of random option IDs
|
|
@inventorylist_option_value5[] - fifth array of random option values
|
|
@inventorylist_option_parameter5[] - fifth array of random option parameters
|
|
@inventorylist_tradable - Returns if an item is tradable or not (Pass item_db.yml, bound, and rental restrictions).
|
|
@inventorylist_favorite - Returns if an item is favorite or not
|
|
|
|
This could be handy to save/restore a character's inventory, since no other
|
|
command returns such a complete set of data, and could also be the only way to
|
|
correctly handle an NPC trader for carded and named items who could resell them
|
|
- since NPC objects cannot own items, so they have to store item data in
|
|
variables and recreate the items.
|
|
|
|
Notice that the variables this command generates are all temporary, attached to
|
|
the character, and integer.
|
|
|
|
Be sure to use @inventorylist_count to go through these arrays, and not
|
|
'getarraysize', because the arrays are not automatically cleared between runs
|
|
of 'getinventorylist'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cardscnt()
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of cards inserted into the equipment
|
|
from which the function is called.
|
|
|
|
This function is intended for use in item scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getrefine()
|
|
|
|
This function will return the refine count of the equipment from which the
|
|
function is called.
|
|
|
|
This function is intended for use in item scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getnameditem(<item id>,"<name to inscribe>"|<char id>);
|
|
*getnameditem("<item name>","<name to inscribe>"|<char id>);
|
|
|
|
This function is equivalent to using 'getitem', however, it will not just give
|
|
the character an item object, but will also inscribe it with a specified
|
|
character's name. You may not inscribe items with arbitrary strings, only with
|
|
names of characters that actually exist. While this isn't said anywhere
|
|
specifically, apparently, named items may not have cards in them, slots or no -
|
|
these data slots are taken by the character ID who's name is inscribed. Only one
|
|
remains free and it's not quite clear if a card may be there.
|
|
|
|
This function will return 1 if an item was successfully created and 0 if it
|
|
wasn't for whatever reason. Like 'getitem', this function will also accept an
|
|
'english name' from the item database as an item name and will return 0 if no
|
|
such item exists.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitemslots(<item ID>)
|
|
|
|
This function will look up the item with the specified ID number in the database
|
|
and return the number of slots this kind of items has - 0 if they are not
|
|
slotted. It will also be 0 for all non-equippable items, naturally, unless
|
|
someone messed up the item database. It will return -1 if there is no such item.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
//.@slots now has the amount of slots of the item with ID 1205.
|
|
.@slots = getitemslots(1205);
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getiteminfo(<item ID>,<type>)
|
|
*getiteminfo(<item name>,<type>)
|
|
*getiteminfo(<aegis item name>,<type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will look up the item with the specified ID number in the database
|
|
and return the info set by TYPE argument.
|
|
It will return -1 if there is no such item or "" if the aegis item name is requested.
|
|
|
|
Valid types are:
|
|
ITEMINFO_BUY (0) - Buy Price
|
|
ITEMINFO_SELL (1) - Sell Price
|
|
ITEMINFO_TYPE (2) - Type
|
|
ITEMINFO_MAXCHANCE (3) - maxchance (max drop chance of this item, e.g. 1 = 0.01%)
|
|
if = 0, then monsters don't drop it at all (rare or a quest item)
|
|
if = 10000, then this item is sold in NPC shops only
|
|
ITEMINFO_GENDER (4) - Gender
|
|
ITEMINFO_LOCATIONS (5) - Location(s)
|
|
ITEMINFO_WEIGHT (6) - Weight
|
|
ITEMINFO_ATTACK (7) - ATK
|
|
ITEMINFO_DEFENSE (8) - DEF
|
|
ITEMINFO_RANGE (9) - Range
|
|
ITEMINFO_SLOT (10) - Slot
|
|
ITEMINFO_VIEW (11) - View
|
|
ITEMINFO_EQUIPLEVELMIN (12) - equipment LV
|
|
ITEMINFO_WEAPONLEVEL (13) - weapon LV
|
|
ITEMINFO_ALIASNAME (14) - AliasName
|
|
ITEMINFO_EQUIPLEVELMAX (15) - equipment LV Max
|
|
ITEMINFO_MAGICATTACK (16) - matk if RENEWAL is defined
|
|
ITEMINFO_ID (17) - item ID
|
|
ITEMINFO_AEGISNAME (18) - aegis item name
|
|
ITEMINFO_ARMORLEVEL (19) - armor LV
|
|
ITEMINFO_SUBTYPE (20) - Subtype
|
|
|
|
See the sample in 'doc/sample/getiteminfo.txt'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequipcardid(<equipment slot>,<card slot>)
|
|
|
|
Returns value from equipped item slot in the indicated slot (0, 1, 2, or 3).
|
|
|
|
This function returns CARD ID, CARD0_FORGE, CARD0_CREATE, or CARD0_PET (for card 0, if the item is produced).
|
|
It's useful for when you want to check whether an item contains cards or if it's signed.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mergeitem({,<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
Open merge item window to merge available item can be merged.
|
|
|
|
Examples
|
|
1. See the NPC 'npc/re/other/merge_item.txt'.
|
|
2. Simple usage:
|
|
mes "Let's check if any item can be merged.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
mergeitem;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mergeitem2({<item_id>{,<char_id>}});
|
|
*mergeitem2({"<item name>"{,<char_id>}});
|
|
|
|
Merge all stackable items that separated by GUID flags
|
|
(UniqueId in item_db or in item_group).
|
|
If no item ID/name given, all possible items in player's inventory will be merged.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequiptradability(<equipment slot>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
Returns true if the item in <equipment slot> is tradable.
|
|
Returns false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*identifyall({<type>{,<account_id>}});
|
|
|
|
Returns the count of unidentified items in the player inventory.
|
|
If <type> is true the command will identify all the unidentified items as well (default).
|
|
If <type> is false the command only returns the count of unidentified items.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getenchantgrade({<equipment slot>,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the enchantgrade of the equipment from which the
|
|
function is called or the specified equipment slot. If nothing is
|
|
equipped there, it returns -1.
|
|
|
|
Valid equipment slots are:
|
|
|
|
EQI_COMPOUND_ON - Item slot that calls this script (In context of item script) (default)
|
|
|
|
For a list of others equipment slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitempos()
|
|
|
|
This function will return the equip position of the equipment from which the
|
|
function is called. (see EQP_* constants)
|
|
|
|
This function is intended for use in item scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
2,1.- End of item-related commands.
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmapxy("<variable for map name>",<variable for x>,<variable for y>{,<type>,"<search value>"})
|
|
|
|
This function will locate a character object, NPC object or pet's coordinates
|
|
and place their coordinates into the variables specified when calling it. It
|
|
will return 0 if the search was successful, and -1 if the parameters given were
|
|
not variables or the search was not successful.
|
|
|
|
Type is the type of object to search for:
|
|
|
|
BL_PC - Character object (default)
|
|
BL_NPC - NPC object
|
|
BL_PET - Pet object
|
|
BL_HOM - Homunculus object
|
|
BL_MER - Mercenary object
|
|
BL_ELEM - Elemental object
|
|
|
|
The search value is optional. If it is not specified, the location of the
|
|
invoking character will always be returned for types BL_PC and BL_PET,
|
|
the location of the NPC running this function for type BL_NPC.
|
|
|
|
If a search value is specified, for types BL_PC and BL_NPC, the
|
|
character or NPC with the specified name or GID will be located.
|
|
|
|
If type is BL_PET/BL_HOM/BL_MER/BL_ELEM, the search
|
|
will locate the current object of the character who's name/GID is given in the
|
|
search value, it will NOT locate the object by name.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
prontera,164,301,3%TAB%script%TAB%Meh%TAB%730,{
|
|
mes "My name is Meh. I'm here so that Nyah can find me.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
prontera,164,299,3%TAB%script%TAB%Nyah%TAB%730,{
|
|
mes "My name is Nyah.";
|
|
mes "I will now search for Meh all across the world!";
|
|
if (getmapxy(.@mapname$, .@mapx, .@mapy, BL_NPC, "Meh") != 0) {
|
|
mes "I can't seem to find Meh anywhere!";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
mes "And I found him on map " + .@mapname$ + " at X:" + .@mapx + " Y:" + .@mapy + " !";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Notice that NPC objects disabled with 'disablenpc' will still be located.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mapid2name(<map ID>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the map name of the given map ID. Returns an empty string if given
|
|
map ID doesn't exist.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getgmlevel({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the (GM) level associated with the player group to which
|
|
the invoking character belongs. If this is somehow executed from a console command,
|
|
99 will be returned, and 0 will be returned if the account has no GM level.
|
|
|
|
This allows you to make NPC's only accessible for certain GM levels, or behave
|
|
specially when talked to by GMs.
|
|
|
|
if (getgmlevel()) mes "What is your command, your godhood?";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getgroupid({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the group id to which the invoking player belongs.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*gettimetick(<tick type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return a tick depending on <tick type>:
|
|
0: The server's tick, a measurement in milliseconds used by the server's timer
|
|
system. This tick is an unsigned int which loops every ~50 days.
|
|
1: The time, in seconds, since the start of the current day.
|
|
2: The system time in UNIX epoch time, or the number of seconds elapsed since
|
|
January 1st, 1970. Useful for reliably measuring time intervals.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*gettime(<type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return specified information about the current system time.
|
|
|
|
DT_SECOND - Seconds (of the current minute)
|
|
DT_MINUTE - Minutes (of the current hour)
|
|
DT_HOUR - Hour (of the current day)
|
|
DT_DAYOFWEEK - Week day (constants for MONDAY to SUNDAY are available)
|
|
DT_DAYOFMONTH - Day of the current month
|
|
DT_MONTH - Month (constants for JANUARY to DECEMBER are available)
|
|
DT_YEAR - Year
|
|
DT_DAYOFYEAR - Day of the year
|
|
DT_YYYYMMDD - current date in the form YYYYMMDD
|
|
|
|
It will only return numbers. If another type is supplied -1 will be returned.
|
|
|
|
if (gettime(DT_DAYOFWEEK) == SATURDAY) mes "It's a Saturday. I don't work on Saturdays.";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*gettimestr(<"time format">,<max length>{,<time_tick>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return a string containing time data as specified by the
|
|
time format.
|
|
|
|
This uses the C function 'strfmtime', which obeys special format characters. For
|
|
a full description see, for example, the description of 'strfmtime' at
|
|
http://www.delorie.com/gnu/docs/glibc/libc_437.html
|
|
All the format characters given in there should properly work.
|
|
Max length is the maximum length of a time string to generate.
|
|
|
|
The example given in rAthena sample scripts works like this:
|
|
|
|
mes gettimestr("%Y-%m/%d %H:%M:%S",21);
|
|
|
|
The example above will print the current date and time like 'YYYY-MM/DD HH:MM:SS'.
|
|
The following example will print the date and time when the player's VIP status
|
|
expires by the given <time_tick>:
|
|
|
|
mes gettimestr("%Y-%m/%d %H:%M:%S",21,vip_status(VIP_STATUS_EXPIRE));
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getusers(<type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return a number of users on a map or the whole server. What
|
|
it returns is specified by Type.
|
|
|
|
Type can be one of the following values, which control what will be returned:
|
|
|
|
0 - Count of all characters on the map of the invoking character.
|
|
1 - Count of all characters in the entire server.
|
|
8 - Count of all characters on the map of the NPC the script is
|
|
running in.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmapusers("<map name>")
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of users currently located on the specified
|
|
map.
|
|
|
|
This is used officially in PVP scripts to check whether a room is filled to capacity.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getareausers("<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return the count of connected characters which are located
|
|
within the specified area - an x1/y1-x2/y2 square on the specified map.
|
|
|
|
This is useful for maps that are split into many buildings, such as all the
|
|
"*_in" maps, due to all the shops and houses.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getunits(<type>{,<array_variable>[<first value>]})
|
|
*getmapunits(<type>,<"map name">{,<array_variable>[<first value>]})
|
|
*getareaunits(<type>,<"map name">,<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>{,<array_variable>[<first value>]})
|
|
|
|
The 'getunits' command will return the number of <type> objects active on the server.
|
|
|
|
The 'getmapunits' command will return the number of <type> objects active on the
|
|
specified <"map name">.
|
|
|
|
The 'getareaunits' command will return the number of <type> objects actively located
|
|
within the specified area where <x1>, <y1>, <x2>, <y2> form the area.
|
|
|
|
Type is the type of object to search for:
|
|
|
|
BL_PC - Character objects
|
|
BL_MOB - Monster objects
|
|
BL_PET - Pet objects
|
|
BL_HOM - Homunculus objects
|
|
BL_MER - Mercenary objects
|
|
BL_NPC - NPC objects
|
|
BL_ELEM - Elemental objects
|
|
|
|
If <array_variable> is provided:
|
|
- An int variable will return the list of GID.
|
|
- A string variable will return the list of names.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
// getting the players count and building a string array of the names.
|
|
.@num = getunits(BL_PC,.@array$[0]);
|
|
|
|
mes "the number of Users Connected to the server is " + .@num + " .";
|
|
mes "list of Players names :";
|
|
freeloop(1); // for if the list was too big.
|
|
for(.@i=0;.@i<getarraysize(.@array$);.@i++)
|
|
mes (.@i + 1) + " " + .@array$[.@i];
|
|
freeloop(0);
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
// getting the npc count in Prontera and building a string array of the names.
|
|
.@num = getmapunits(BL_NPC,"prontera",.@array$[0]);
|
|
|
|
mes "the number of NPCs in Prontera is " + .@num + " .";
|
|
mes "list of NPCs name :";
|
|
freeloop(1); // for if the list was too big.
|
|
for(.@i=0;.@i<getarraysize(.@array$);.@i++)
|
|
mes (.@i + 1) + " " + .@array$[.@i];
|
|
freeloop(0);
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
Example 3:
|
|
// getting the monster count in Prontera with specific coordinates and building a int array of the GIDs.
|
|
.@num = getareaunits(BL_MOB,"prontera",154,186,159,182,.@array[0]);
|
|
|
|
mes "the number of Monsters in Prontera in that Coordinates is " + .@num + " .";
|
|
mes "list of Monsters GID :";
|
|
freeloop(1); // for if the list was too big.
|
|
for(.@i=0;.@i<getarraysize(.@array);.@i++)
|
|
mes (.@i + 1) + " " + .@array[.@i];
|
|
freeloop(0);
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
2,2.- Guild-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getguildname(<guild id>)
|
|
|
|
This function returns a guild's name given an ID number. If there is no such
|
|
guild, "null" will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
mes "The guild " + getguildname(10007) + " are all nice people.";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getguildmember <guild id>{,<type>{,<array_variable>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will find all members of a specified guild and returns their names
|
|
(or character id or account id depending on the value of "type") into an array
|
|
of temporary global variables.
|
|
|
|
Upon executing this,
|
|
|
|
$@guildmembername$[] is a global temporary string array which contains all the
|
|
names of these guild members.
|
|
(only set when type is 0 or not specified)
|
|
|
|
$@guildmembercid[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
character id of these guild members.
|
|
(only set when type is 1)
|
|
|
|
$@guildmemberaid[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
account id of these guild members.
|
|
(only set when type is 2)
|
|
|
|
$@guildmembercount is the number of guild members that were found.
|
|
|
|
The guild members will be found regardless of whether they are online or offline.
|
|
Note that the names come in no particular order.
|
|
|
|
Be sure to use $@guildmembercount to go through this array, and not
|
|
'getarraysize', because it is not cleared between runs of 'getguildmember'.
|
|
|
|
If 'array_variable' is set, the result will be stored to that variable instead
|
|
using global variable.
|
|
|
|
For usage examples, see 'getpartymember'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getguildmaster(<guild id>)
|
|
|
|
This function return the name of the master of the guild which has the specified
|
|
ID number. If there is no such guild, "null" will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
// Prints the guild master of guild 10007, whoever that might be.
|
|
mes getguildmaster(10007) + " runs " + getguildname(10007);
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
// Checks if the character is the guild master of the specified guild.
|
|
.@GID = getcharid(2);
|
|
if (.@GID == 0) {
|
|
mes "Sorry, you are not in a guild.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
if (strcharinfo(0) != getguildmaster(.@GID)) {
|
|
mes "Sorry, you don't own the guild you are in.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
mes "Welcome, guild master of " + getguildname(.@GID);
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getguildmasterid(<guild id>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return the character ID number of the guild master of the
|
|
guild specified by the ID. 0 if the character is not a guild master of any guild.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*is_guild_leader({<guild ID>})
|
|
|
|
This command will return true if the player attached to the script is the leader
|
|
of his/her guild, or, if a guild ID is specified, of that guild.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getcastlename("<map name>")
|
|
|
|
This function returns the name of the castle when given the map name for that
|
|
castle. The data is read from 'db/castle_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getcastledata("<map name>",<type of data>)
|
|
*setcastledata "<map name>",<type of data>,<value>;
|
|
|
|
This function returns the castle ownership information for the castle referred
|
|
to by its map name. Castle information is stored in `guild_castle` SQL table.
|
|
|
|
Types of data correspond to `guild_castle` table columns:
|
|
|
|
CD_GUILD_ID - Guild ID.
|
|
CD_CURRENT_ECONOMY - Castle Economy score.
|
|
CD_CURRENT_DEFENSE - Castle Defense score.
|
|
CD_INVESTED_ECONOMY - Number of times the economy was invested in today.
|
|
CD_INVESTED_DEFENSE - Number of times the defense was invested in today.
|
|
CD_NEXT_TIME - unused
|
|
CD_PAY_TIME - unused
|
|
CD_CREATE_TIME - unused
|
|
CD_ENABLED_KAFRA - Is 1 if a Kafra was hired for this castle, 0 otherwise.
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN0 - Is 1 if the 1st guardian is present (Soldier Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN1 - Is 1 if the 2nd guardian is present (Soldier Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN2 - Is 1 if the 3rd guardian is present (Soldier Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN3 - Is 1 if the 4th guardian is present (Archer Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN4 - Is 1 if the 5th guardian is present (Archer Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN5 - Is 1 if the 6th guardian is present (Knight Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN6 - Is 1 if the 7th guardian is present (Knight Guardian)
|
|
CD_ENABLED_GUARDIAN7 - Is 1 if the 8th guardian is present (Knight Guardian)
|
|
|
|
All types of data have their meaning determined by War of Emperium scripts,
|
|
with exception of:
|
|
- CD_GUILD_ID that is always considered ID of the guild that owns the castle,
|
|
- CD_CURRENT_DEFENSE that is used in Guardians & Emperium HP calculations,
|
|
- CD_ENABLED_GUARDIANX that is always considered to hold guardian presence bits.
|
|
|
|
The 'setcastledata' command will behave identically, but instead of returning
|
|
values for the specified types of accessible data, it will alter them and cause
|
|
them to be sent to the char-server for storage.
|
|
|
|
Changing Guild ID or Castle Defense will trigger additional actions, like
|
|
recalculating guardians' HP.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getgdskilllv(<guild id>,<skill id>)
|
|
*getgdskilllv(<guild id>,"<skill name>")
|
|
|
|
This function returns the level of the skill <skill id> of the guild <guild id>.
|
|
If the guild does not have that skill, 0 is returned.
|
|
If the guild does not exist, -1 is returned.
|
|
Refer to 'db/(pre-)re/skill_db.yml' for the full list of skills. (GD_* are guild skills)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*requestguildinfo <guild id>{,"<event label>"};
|
|
|
|
This command requests the guild data from the char server and merrily continues
|
|
with the execution. Whenever the guild information becomes available (which
|
|
happens instantly if the guild information is already in memory, or later, if it
|
|
isn't and the map server has to wait for the char server to reply) it will run
|
|
the specified event as in a 'donpcevent' call.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmapguildusers("<map name>",<guild id>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the amount of characters from the specified guild on the given map.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
mes "You have " + getMapGuildUsers("prontera",getcharid(2)) + " guild members in Prontera.";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
2,2.- End of guild-related commands
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getskilllv(<skill id>)
|
|
*getskilllv("<skill name>")
|
|
|
|
This function returns the level of the specified skill that the invoking
|
|
character has. If they don't have the skill, 0 will be returned. The full list
|
|
of character skills is available in 'db/(pre-)re/skill_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
There are two main uses for this function, it can check whether the character
|
|
has a skill or not, and it can tell you if the level is high enough.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
if (getskilllv(152))
|
|
mes "You have got the skill Throw Stone";
|
|
else
|
|
mes "You don't have Throw Stone";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
if (getskilllv(28) >= 5)
|
|
mes "Your heal lvl is 5 or more";
|
|
else if (getskilllv(28) == 10)
|
|
mes "Your heal lvl has been maxed";
|
|
else
|
|
mes "You heal skill is below lvl 5";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getskilllist({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command sets a bunch of arrays with a complete list of skills the
|
|
invoking character has. Here's what you get:
|
|
|
|
@skilllist_id[] - skill ids.
|
|
@skilllist_lv[] - skill levels.
|
|
@skilllist_flag[] - see 'skill' for the meaning of skill flags.
|
|
@skilllist_count - number of skills in the above arrays.
|
|
|
|
While 'getskillv' is probably more useful for most situations, this is the
|
|
easiest way to store all the skills and make the character something else for a
|
|
while. Advanced job for a day? This could also be useful to see how many
|
|
skills a character has.
|
|
|
|
This command does not count skills which are set as flag 4 (permament granted) (ALL_BUYING_STORE/ALL_INCCARRY)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getrandmobid(<type>{,<flag>{,<level>}})
|
|
|
|
This command returns a random monster ID from the random monster group.
|
|
With <flag> you can apply certain restrictions which monsters of the group can be returned.
|
|
Returns 0 if one of the parameters is invalid or no monster could be found with the given parameters.
|
|
|
|
Valid <type> are:
|
|
MOBG_BRANCH_OF_DEAD_TREE
|
|
MOBG_PORING_BOX
|
|
MOBG_BLOODY_DEAD_BRANCH
|
|
MOBG_RED_POUCH_OF_SURPRISE
|
|
MOBG_CLASSCHANGE
|
|
MOBG_TAEKWON_MISSION
|
|
|
|
Valid <flag> are:
|
|
RMF_NONE = 0x00 - Apply no flags
|
|
RMF_DB_RATE = 0x01 - Apply the summon success chance found in the list (otherwise get any monster from the db)
|
|
RMF_CHECK_MOB_LV = 0x02 - Apply a monster level check
|
|
RMF_MOB_NOT_BOSS = 0x04 - Selected monster should not be a Boss type (default)
|
|
- (except those from MOBG_BLOODY_DEAD_BRANCH)
|
|
RMF_MOB_NOT_SPAWN = 0x08 - Selected monster must have normal spawn
|
|
RMF_MOB_NOT_PLANT = 0x10 - Selected monster should not be a Plant type
|
|
RMF_ALL = 0xFF - Apply all flags
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmonsterinfo(<mob ID>,<type>)
|
|
*getmonsterinfo(<mob name>,<type>)
|
|
|
|
This function will look up the monster with the specified <mob ID> or <mob name> in the
|
|
mob database and return the info set by <type> argument.
|
|
It will return -1 if there is no such monster (or the type value is invalid),
|
|
or "null" if you requested the monster's name.
|
|
|
|
Valid types are:
|
|
MOB_NAME - monster's japanese name, if there is no such monster "null" is returned
|
|
MOB_LV - monster's level
|
|
MOB_MAXHP - monster's maximum hp
|
|
MOB_BASEEXP - monster's base experience
|
|
MOB_JOBEXP - monster's job experience
|
|
MOB_ATK1 - monster's atk
|
|
MOB_ATK2 - monster's atk2
|
|
MOB_DEF - monster's def
|
|
MOB_MDEF - monster's mdef
|
|
MOB_RES - monster's res
|
|
MOB_MRES - monster's mres
|
|
MOB_STR - monster's str
|
|
MOB_AGI - monster's agi
|
|
MOB_VIT - monster's vit
|
|
MOB_INT - monster's int
|
|
MOB_DEX - monster's dex
|
|
MOB_LUK - monster's luk
|
|
MOB_RANGE - monster's range
|
|
MOB_RANGE2 - monster's range2
|
|
MOB_RANGE3 - monster's range3
|
|
MOB_SIZE - monster's size
|
|
MOB_RACE - monster's race
|
|
MOB_ELEMENT - monster's element(doesn't return the element level, only the element ID)
|
|
MOB_MODE - monster's mode
|
|
MOB_MVPEXP - monster's mvp experience
|
|
MOB_ID - monster's ID
|
|
|
|
For more details, see the sample in 'doc/sample/getmonsterinfo.txt'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmobdrops(<mob id>)
|
|
|
|
This command will find all drops of the specified mob and return the item IDs
|
|
and drop percentages into arrays of temporary global variables.
|
|
'getmobdrops' returns 1 if successful and 0 if the mob ID doesn't exist.
|
|
|
|
Upon executing this,
|
|
|
|
$@MobDrop_item[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
item IDs of the monster's drops.
|
|
|
|
$@MobDrop_rate[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
drop percentages of each item. (1 = .01%)
|
|
|
|
$@MobDrop_nosteal[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
StealProtected flag of each item. (default false)
|
|
|
|
$@MobDrop_randomopt[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
random option group ID of each item. (default 0)
|
|
|
|
$@MobDrop_count is the number of item drops found.
|
|
|
|
Be sure to use $@MobDrop_count to go through the arrays, and not
|
|
'getarraysize', because the temporary global arrays are not cleared between
|
|
runs of 'getmobdrops'. If a mob with 7 item drops is looked up, the arrays would
|
|
have 7 elements. But if another mob is looked up and it only has 5 item drops,
|
|
the server will not clear the arrays for you, overwriting the values instead. So
|
|
in addition to returning the 5 item drops, the 6th and 7th elements from the
|
|
last call remain, and you will get 5+2 item drops, of which the last 2 don't
|
|
belong to the new mob. $@MobDrop_count will always contain the correct number
|
|
(5), unlike 'getarraysize()' which would return 7 in this case.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
// get a Mob ID from the user
|
|
input .@mob_id;
|
|
|
|
if (getmobdrops(.@mob_id)) { // 'getmobdrops' returns 1 on success
|
|
// immediately copy global temporary variables into scope variables,
|
|
// since we don't know when 'getmobdrops' will get called again for
|
|
// another mob, overwriting your global temporary variables
|
|
.@count = $@MobDrop_count;
|
|
copyarray .@item[0],$@MobDrop_item[0],.@count;
|
|
copyarray .@rate[0],$@MobDrop_rate[0],.@count;
|
|
|
|
mes getmonsterinfo(.@mob_id,MOB_NAME) + " - " + .@count + " drops found:";
|
|
for( .@i = 0; .@i < .@count; .@i++ ) {
|
|
mes .@item[.@i] + " (" + getitemname(.@item[.@i]) + ") " + .@rate[.@i]/100 + ((.@rate[.@i]%100 < 10) ? ".0":".") + .@rate[.@i]%100 + "%";
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Unknown monster ID.";
|
|
}
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*skillpointcount({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns the total amount of skill points a character possesses (SkillPoint+SP's used in skills)
|
|
This command can be used to check the currently attached characters total amount of skill points.
|
|
This means the skill points used in skill are counted, and added to SkillPoints (number of skill points not used).
|
|
This command does not count skills which are set as flag 4 (permament granted) (ALL_BUYING_STORE/ALL_INCCARRY)
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
.@skillPoints = skillpointcount();
|
|
mes "You have " + .@skillPoints + " skill points in total!";
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
if (skillpointcount() > 20)
|
|
mes "Wow, you have more then 20 Skill Points in total!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getscrate(<effect type>,<base rate>{,<GID>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the chance of a status effect affecting the invoking
|
|
character, in percent, modified by the their current defense against said
|
|
status. The 'base rate' is the base chance of the status effect being inflicted,
|
|
in percent.
|
|
|
|
if (rand(100) > getscrate(Eff_Blind, 50)) goto BlindHimNow;
|
|
|
|
You can see the full list of available effect types you can possibly inflict in
|
|
'src/map/script_constants.hpp' under 'Eff_'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
========================
|
|
|3.- Checking commands.|
|
|
========================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*playerattached()
|
|
|
|
Returns the ID of the player currently attached to the script. It will return
|
|
0 if no one is attached, or if the attached player no longer exists on the map
|
|
server. It is wise to check for the attached player in script functions that
|
|
deal with timers as there's no guarantee the player will still be logged on
|
|
when the timer triggers. Note that the ID of a player is actually their
|
|
account ID.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getattachedrid();
|
|
|
|
Returns RID from running script. Script may not be attached to any RID like
|
|
a floating script or function and will return 0.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isloggedin(<account id>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns 1 if the specified account is logged in and 0 if they
|
|
aren't. You can also pass the char id to check for both account and char id.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkweight(<item id>,<amount>{,<item id>,<amount>,<item id>,<amount>,...});
|
|
*checkweight("<item name>",<amount>{,"<item name>",<amount>,"<item name>",<amount>,...});
|
|
*checkweight2(<id_array>,<amount_array>);
|
|
|
|
These functions will compute and return 1 if the total weight of the specified
|
|
number of specific items does not exceed the invoking character's carrying
|
|
capacity, and 0 otherwise. It is important to see if a player can carry the
|
|
items you expect to give them, failing to do that may open your script up to
|
|
abuse or create some very unfair errors.
|
|
|
|
The second function will check an array of items and amounts, and also
|
|
returns 1 on success and 0 on failure.
|
|
|
|
The functions, in addition to checking to see if the player is capable of
|
|
holding a set amount of items, also ensure the player has room in their
|
|
inventory for the item(s) they will be receiving.
|
|
|
|
Like 'getitem', this function will also accept an 'english name' from the
|
|
database as an argument.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
if (checkweight(512,10)) {
|
|
getitem 512,10;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Sorry, you cannot hold this amount of apples!";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
setarray .@item[0],512,513,514;
|
|
setarray .@amount[0],10,5,5;
|
|
if (!checkweight2(.@item,.@amount)) {
|
|
mes "Sorry, you cannot hold this amount of fruit!";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*basicskillcheck()
|
|
|
|
This function will return the state of the configuration option
|
|
'basic_skill_check' in 'battle_athena.conf'. It returns 1 if the option is
|
|
enabled and 0 if it isn't. If the 'basic_skill_check' option is enabled, which
|
|
it is by default, characters must have a certain number of basic skill levels to
|
|
sit, request a trade, use emotions, etc. Making your script behave differently
|
|
depending on whether the characters must actually have the skill to do all these
|
|
things might in some cases be required.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkoption(<option number>{,<char_id>})
|
|
*checkoption1(<option number>{,<char_id>})
|
|
*checkoption2(<option number>{,<char_id>})
|
|
*setoption <option number>{,<flag>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
|
|
The 'setoption' series of functions check for a so-called option that is set on
|
|
the invoking character. 'Options' are used to store status conditions and a lot
|
|
of other non-permanent character data of the yes-no kind. For most common cases,
|
|
it is better to use 'checkcart','checkfalcon','checkriding' and other similar
|
|
functions, but there are some options which you cannot get at this way. They
|
|
return 1 if the option is set and 0 if the option is not set.
|
|
|
|
Option numbers valid for the first (option) version of this command are:
|
|
|
|
0x1 - Sight in effect.
|
|
0x2 - Hide in effect.
|
|
0x4 - Cloaking in effect.
|
|
0x8 - Cart number 1 present.
|
|
0x10 - Falcon present.
|
|
0x20 - Peco Peco present.
|
|
0x40 - GM Perfect Hide in effect.
|
|
0x80 - Cart number 2 present.
|
|
0x100 - Cart number 3 present.
|
|
0x200 - Cart number 4 present.
|
|
0x400 - Cart number 5 present.
|
|
0x800 - Orc head present.
|
|
0x1000 - The character is wearing a wedding sprite.
|
|
0x2000 - Ruwach is in effect.
|
|
0x4000 - Chasewalk in effect.
|
|
0x8000 - Flying or Xmas suit.
|
|
0x10000 - Sighttrasher.
|
|
0x100000 - Warg present.
|
|
0x200000 - The character is riding a warg.
|
|
|
|
Option numbers valid for the second version (opt1) of this command are:
|
|
|
|
1 - Petrified.
|
|
2 - Frozen.
|
|
3 - Stunned.
|
|
4 - Sleeping.
|
|
6 - Petrifying (the state where you can still walk)
|
|
|
|
Option numbers valid for the third version (opt2) of this command are:
|
|
|
|
0x1 - Poisoned.
|
|
0x2 - Cursed.
|
|
0x4 - Silenced.
|
|
0x8 - Signum Crucis (plays a howl-like sound effect, but otherwise no visible effects are displayed)
|
|
0x10 - Blinded.
|
|
0x80 - Deadly poisoned.
|
|
|
|
Option numbers (except for opt1) are bit-masks - you can add them up to check
|
|
for several states, but the functions will return true if at least one of them
|
|
is in effect.
|
|
|
|
'setoption' will set options on the invoking character. There are no second and
|
|
third versions of this command, so you can only change the values in the first
|
|
list (cloak, cart, ruwach, etc). if flag is 1 (default when omitted),
|
|
the option will be added to what the character currently has; if 0, the option is removed.
|
|
|
|
This is definitely not a complete list of available option flag numbers. Ask a
|
|
core developer (or read the source: src/map/status.hpp) for the full list.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setcart {<type>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
*checkcart({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
If <type> is 0 this command will remove the cart from the character.
|
|
Otherwise it gives the invoking character a cart. The cart given will be
|
|
cart number <type> and will work regardless of whether the character is a
|
|
merchant class or not.
|
|
Note: the character needs to have the skill MC_PUSHCART to gain a cart
|
|
|
|
The accompanying function will return 1 if the invoking character has a cart
|
|
(any kind of cart) and 0 if they don't.
|
|
|
|
if (checkcart()) mes "But you already have a cart!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setfalcon {<flag>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
*checkfalcon({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
If <flag> is 0 this command will remove the falcon from the character.
|
|
Otherwise it gives the invoking character a falcon. The falcon will be there
|
|
regardless of whether the character is a hunter or not. It will (probably) not
|
|
have any useful effects for non-hunters though.
|
|
Note: the character needs to have the skill HT_FALCON to gain a falcon
|
|
|
|
The accompanying function will return 1 if the invoking character has a falcon
|
|
and 0 if they don't.
|
|
|
|
if (checkfalcon()) mes "But you already have a falcon!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setriding {<flag>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
*checkriding({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
If <flag> is 0 this command will remove the mount from the character.
|
|
Otherwise it gives the invoking character a PecoPeco (if they are a Knight
|
|
series class), a GrandPeco (if they are a Crusader series class), or
|
|
a Gryphon (if they are a Royal Guard). Unlike 'setfalcon' and 'setcart'
|
|
this will not work at all if they aren't of a class which can ride.
|
|
Note: the character needs to have the skill KN_RIDING to gain a mount
|
|
|
|
The accompanying function will return 1 if the invoking character is riding a
|
|
bird and 0 if they aren't.
|
|
|
|
if (checkriding()) mes "PLEASE leave your bird outside! No riding birds on the floor here!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setdragon {<color>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
*checkdragon({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
The 'setdragon' function toggles mounting a dragon for the invoking character.
|
|
It will return 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
The available colors are:
|
|
1 - Green Dragon (default)
|
|
2 - Brown Dragon
|
|
3 - Gray Dragon
|
|
4 - Blue Dragon
|
|
5 - Red Dragon
|
|
|
|
Note: the character must be a Rune Knight and have the skill RK_DRAGONTRAINING to gain a mount
|
|
|
|
The accompanying function will return 1 if the invoking character is riding a
|
|
dragon and 0 if they aren't.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setmadogear {<flag>{,<type>{,<char_id>}}};
|
|
*checkmadogear({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
If <flag> is false this command will remove the mount from the character.
|
|
Otherwise it gives the invoking character a Mado (if they are a Mechanic and have the skill NC_MADOLICENCE).
|
|
|
|
When using client version PACKETVER_MAIN_NUM >= 20191120 or PACKETVER_RE_NUM >= 20191106
|
|
the <type> flag can be used to specify a specific madogear.
|
|
Types:
|
|
MADO_ROBOT (default)
|
|
MADO_SUIT
|
|
|
|
The accompanying function will return 1 if the invoking character has a
|
|
Mado and 0 if they don't.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setmounting {<char_id>};
|
|
*ismounting({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
The 'setmounting' function toggles cash mount for the invoking character.
|
|
It will return 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
Note: Character must not be mounting a non-cash mount (eg. dragon, peco, wug, etc.)
|
|
|
|
The accompanying function will return 1 if the invoking character has a
|
|
cash mount and 0 if they don't.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkwug({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This function will return 1 if the invoking character has a
|
|
warg and 0 if they don't.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkvending({"<Player Name>"})
|
|
|
|
Checks if the player is vending or has has a buyingstore. Additionally
|
|
it gives you the information whether the player uses autotrade or not.
|
|
Name is optional, and defaults to the attached player if omitted.
|
|
|
|
The returned value is bitmask of.
|
|
0 = doesn't have a vending or buyingstore (which also means he can't use autotrade)
|
|
1 = normal vending
|
|
2 = using @autotrade
|
|
4 = has a buyingstore
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
//This will check Aaron's state
|
|
.@state = checkvending("Aaron");
|
|
if (.@state&1)
|
|
mes "Aaron is currently vending!";
|
|
if (.@state&4)
|
|
mes "Aaron has a buying store!";
|
|
if (.@state&2)
|
|
mes "Aaron is autotrading!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkchatting({"<Player Name>"})
|
|
|
|
Checks if the player is in a chatroom.
|
|
Name is optional, and defaults to the attached player if omitted.
|
|
Returns 1 if they are in a chat room, 0 if they are not.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
//This will check if the attached player in a chat room or not.
|
|
if (checkchatting())
|
|
mes "You are currently in a chat room!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkidle({"<Player Name>"})
|
|
|
|
Returns the time, in seconds, that the specified player has been idle.
|
|
Name is optional, and defaults to the attached player if omitted.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkidlehom({"<Player Name>"})
|
|
|
|
Returns the time, in seconds, that the specified player has been idle for homunculus item/exp share.
|
|
Name is optional, and defaults to the attached player if omitted.
|
|
This will only work if 'hom_idle_no_share' and 'idletime_hom_option' are enabled (see '/conf/battle/homunc.conf').
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkidlemer({"<Player Name>"})
|
|
|
|
Returns the time, in seconds, that the specified player has been idle for mercenary item share.
|
|
Name is optional, and defaults to the attached player if omitted.
|
|
This will only work if 'mer_idle_no_share' and 'idletime_mer_option' are enabled (see '/conf/battle/drops.conf').
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*agitcheck()
|
|
*agitcheck2()
|
|
*agitcheck3()
|
|
|
|
These function will let you check whether the server is currently in WoE:FE mode
|
|
(agitcheck()), WoE:SE mode (agitcheck2()), or WoE:TE mode (agitcheck3()) and will
|
|
return true if War of Emperium is on and false if it isn't.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isnight()
|
|
*isday()
|
|
|
|
These functions will return 1 or 0 depending on whether the server is in night
|
|
mode or day mode. 'isnight' returns 1 if it's night and 0 if it isn't, 'isday'
|
|
the other way around. They can be used interchangeably, pick the one you like
|
|
more:
|
|
|
|
// These two are equivalent:
|
|
if (isday()) mes "I only prowl in the night.";
|
|
if (isnight() != 1) mes "I only prowl in the night.";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkre(<type>)
|
|
|
|
Checks if a renewal feature is enabled or not in renewal.hpp, and returns 1 if
|
|
enabled and 0 for disabled.
|
|
|
|
The renewal feature to check is determined by the number <type>.
|
|
0 - RENEWAL enabled (game renewal server mode)
|
|
1 - RENEWAL_CAST (renewal cast time)
|
|
2 - RENEWAL_DROP (renewal drop rate algorithms)
|
|
3 - RENEWAL_EXP (renewal exp rate algorithms)
|
|
4 - RENEWAL_LVDMG (renewal level modifier on damage)
|
|
5 - RENEWAL_ASPD (renewal ASPD)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
3,1.- Item-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isequipped(<id>{,<id>{,..}})
|
|
|
|
This function will return 1 if the invoking character has all of the item
|
|
IDs given equipped (if item/card IDs are passed, then it checks if the items/cards are
|
|
inserted into slots in the equipment they are currently wearing). Theoretically
|
|
there is no limit to the number of items that may be tested for at the same time.
|
|
If even one of the items given is not equipped, 0 will be returned.
|
|
|
|
// (Poring,Santa Poring,Poporing,Marin)
|
|
if (isequipped(4001,4005,4033,4196)) mes "Wow! You're wearing a full complement of possible poring cards!";
|
|
// (Poring)
|
|
if (isequipped(4001)) mes "A poring card is useful, don't you think?";
|
|
|
|
The function was meant for item scripts to support the cards released by Gravity
|
|
in February 2005, but it will work just fine in normal NPC scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isequippedcnt(<id>{,<id>{,..}})
|
|
|
|
This function is similar to 'isequipped', but instead of 1 or 0, it will return
|
|
the amount of item/card equipped that were found on the invoking character from the given list.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
if (isequippedcnt(4001,4005,4033,4196) == 5)
|
|
mes "Finally got 5 cards from poring monsters type?";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkequipedcard(<item id>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return 1 if the item/card specified by its item ID number is
|
|
inserted into any equipment they have in their inventory, currently equipped or
|
|
not.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
3,1.- End of item-related commands
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
==============================
|
|
|4.- Player-related commands.|
|
|
==============================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*attachrid(<account ID>{,force})
|
|
*detachrid;
|
|
|
|
These commands allow the manipulation of the script's currently attached player.
|
|
While 'attachrid' allows attaching of a different player by using its account id
|
|
for the parameter RID, 'detachrid' makes the following commands run as if the
|
|
script was never invoked by a player.
|
|
|
|
The command returns false if the player cannot be attached (if the account is offline
|
|
or does not exist), and true upon success.
|
|
|
|
By default the command is executed with force, which causes to attach the player
|
|
even if he is currently attached to another script. Since this is not always the
|
|
desired behavior you can also specify false to the command and it will only return
|
|
true if the player is online and was not attached to another script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*addrid(<type>{,<flag>{,<parameters>}});
|
|
|
|
This command will attach other RIDs to the current script without detaching the
|
|
invoking RID. It returns 1 if successful and 0 upon failure.
|
|
|
|
<type> determines what RIDs are attached:
|
|
0: All players in the server.
|
|
1: All players in the map of the invoking player, or the invoking NPC if no player is attached.
|
|
2: Party members of a specified party ID.
|
|
[ Parameters: <party id> ]
|
|
3: Guild members of a specified guild ID.
|
|
[ Parameters: <guild id> ]
|
|
4: All players in a specified area of the map of the invoking player (or NPC).
|
|
[ Parameters: <x0>,<y0>,<x1>,<y1> ]
|
|
5: All players in the map.
|
|
[ Parameters: "<map name>" ]
|
|
6: Battleground members of a specified battleground ID.
|
|
[ Parameters: <battleground id> ]
|
|
7: Clan members of a specified clan ID.
|
|
[ Parameters: <clan id> ]
|
|
Account ID: If type is Account ID, attach the specified account ID.
|
|
|
|
<flag> can prevent certain players from being attached:
|
|
0: Players are always attached. (default)
|
|
1: Players currently running another script will not be attached.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*rid2name(<rid>)
|
|
|
|
Converts rid to name. Note: The player/monster/NPC must be online/enabled.
|
|
Good for PCKillEvent where you can convert 'killedrid' to the name of the player.
|
|
|
|
Note: rid2name may not produce correct character names since rid = account id.
|
|
It will return the current online character of the account only.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*message "<character name>","<message>";
|
|
|
|
That command will send a message to the chat window of the character specified
|
|
by name. The text will also appear above the head of that character. It will not
|
|
be seen by anyone else.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*dispbottom "<message>"{,<color>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will send the given message with color into the invoking character's chat
|
|
window. The color format is in RGB (0xRRGGBB). The color is
|
|
by default green
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*showscript "<message>"{,<GID>, <flag>};
|
|
|
|
Makes attached player or GID says a message like shouting a skill name, the message
|
|
will be seen to everyone around but not in chat window.
|
|
flag: Specify target
|
|
AREA - Message is sent to players in the vicinity of the source (default).
|
|
SELF - Message is sent only to player attached.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*warp "<map name>",<x>,<y>{,<char id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will take the invoking character or <char id>, if specified, to the specified map, and if
|
|
wanted, specified coordinates too, but these can be random.
|
|
|
|
warp "place",50,55;
|
|
|
|
This would take them to X 50 Y 55 on the map called "place". If your X and Y
|
|
coordinates land on an unwalkable map square, it will send the warped character
|
|
to a random place. Same will happen if they are both zero:
|
|
|
|
warp "place",0,0;
|
|
|
|
Notice that while warping people to coordinates 0,0 will normally get them into
|
|
a random place, it's not certain to always be so. Darned if I know where this is
|
|
actually coded, it might be that this happens because square 0,0 is unwalkable
|
|
on all official maps. If you're using custom maps, beware.
|
|
|
|
There are also three special 'map names' you can use.
|
|
|
|
"Random" will warp the player randomly on the current map.
|
|
"Save" and "SavePoint" will warp the player back to their save point.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*areawarp "<from map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,"<to map name>",<x3>,<y3>{,<x4>,<y4>};
|
|
|
|
This command is similar to 'warp', however, it will not refer to the invoking
|
|
character, but instead, all characters within a specified area, defined by the
|
|
x1/y1-x2/y2 square, will be warped. Nobody outside the area will be affected,
|
|
including the activating character, if they are outside the area.
|
|
|
|
areawarp "place",10,10,120,120,"place2",150,150;
|
|
|
|
Everyone that is in the area between X 10 Y 10 and X 120 Y 120, in a square
|
|
shape, on the map called "place", will be affected, and warped to "place2" X 150
|
|
Y 150
|
|
|
|
areawarp "place",10,10,120,120,"place2",0,0;
|
|
|
|
By using ,0,0; as the destination coordinates it will take all the characters in
|
|
the affected area to a random set of co-ordinates on "place2".
|
|
|
|
areawarp "place",10,10,120,120,"place2",150,150,200,200;
|
|
|
|
By using the optional x4 and y4 parameters, the destination coordinates will be a
|
|
random place within the defined x3/y3-x4/y4 square.
|
|
|
|
Like 'warp', areawarp will also explicitly warp characters randomly into the
|
|
current map if you give the 'to map name' as "Random".
|
|
|
|
See also 'warp'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*warpparty "<to_mapname>",<x>,<y>,<party_id>,{"<from_mapname>",<range x>,<range y>};
|
|
|
|
Warps a party to specified map and coordinate given the party ID, which you can get with
|
|
getcharid(1). You can also request another party id given a member's name with getcharid(1,<player_name>).
|
|
|
|
You can use the following "map names" for special warping behavior:
|
|
Random: All party members are randomly warped in their current map (as if they
|
|
all used a fly wing)
|
|
SavePointAll: All party members are warped to their respective save point.
|
|
SavePoint: All party members are warped to the save point of the currently
|
|
attached player (will fail if there's no player attached).
|
|
Leader: All party members are warped to the leader's position. The leader must
|
|
be online and in the current map-server for this to work.
|
|
RandomAll: All party members are warped to the same random position in their current map
|
|
|
|
If you specify a from_mapname, 'warpparty' will only affect those on that map.
|
|
|
|
The <range x> and <range y> optional values allow for a randomization with the
|
|
player's warp point. The values will randomly add or subtract from the given <x>
|
|
and <y> coordinates.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
mes "[Party Warper]";
|
|
mes "Here you go!";
|
|
close2;
|
|
.@party_id = getcharid(1);
|
|
warpparty "prontera",150,100,.@party_id;
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*warpguild "<map name>",<x>,<y>,<guild_id>;
|
|
|
|
Warps a guild to specified map and coordinate given the guild id, which you can get with
|
|
getcharid(2). You can also request another guild id given the member's name with getcharid(2,<player_name>).
|
|
|
|
You can use the following "map names" for special warping behavior:
|
|
Random: All guild members are randomly warped in their current map (as if they
|
|
all used a fly wing)
|
|
SavePointAll: All guild members are warped to their respective save point.
|
|
SavePoint: All guild members are warped to the save point of the currently
|
|
attached player (will fail if there's no player attached).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
warpguild "prontera",x,y,Guild_ID;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*warppartner("<map name>",<x>,<y>);
|
|
|
|
This function will find the invoking character's marriage partner, if any, and
|
|
warp them to the map and coordinates given. It will return 1 upon success and
|
|
0 if the partner is not online, the character is not married, or if there's no
|
|
invoking character (no RID). 0,0 will, as usual, normally translate to random coordinates.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*savepoint "<map name>",<x>,<y>{,{<range x>,<range y>,}<char_id>};
|
|
*save "<map name>",<x>,<y>{,{<range x>,<range y>,}<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
These commands save where the invoking character will return to upon clicking
|
|
"Return to Save Point", after death and in some other cases. The two versions are
|
|
equivalent. They ignore any and all mapflags, and can make a character respawn where
|
|
no teleportation is otherwise possible.
|
|
|
|
The <range x> and <range y> optional values allow for a randomization with the
|
|
player's save point. The values will randomly add or subtract from the given <x>
|
|
and <y> coordinates.
|
|
|
|
savepoint "place",350,75;
|
|
savepoint "place",350,75,2,2; // Randomly save the character between 348,73 and 352,77
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*heal <hp>,<sp>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will heal a set amount of HP and/or SP on the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
heal 30000,0; // This will heal 30,000 HP
|
|
heal 0,30000; // This will heal 30,000 SP
|
|
heal 300,300; // This will heal 300 HP and 300 SP
|
|
|
|
This command just alters the hit points and spell points of the invoking
|
|
character and produces no other output whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*healap <ap>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will heal a set amount of AP on the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
healap 10; // This will give 10 AP
|
|
healap -10; // This will remove 10 AP
|
|
|
|
This command just alters the activity points of the invoking
|
|
character and produces no other output whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*itemheal <hp>,<sp>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command heals relative amounts of HP and/or SP on the invoking character.
|
|
Unlike heal, this command is intended for use in item scripts. It applies
|
|
potion-related bonuses, such as alchemist ranking, cards, and status changes.
|
|
When used inside an NPC script, certain bonuses are omitted.
|
|
|
|
The command also applies a SP/VIT-related bonus:
|
|
heal = heal * [(100 + STATUS*2) / 100]
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// If the player has 50 vit and no bonuses, this will heal
|
|
// anything from 200 to 300 HP and 5 SP
|
|
itemheal rand(100,150),5;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*percentheal <hp>,<sp>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will heal the invoking character. It heals the character, but not
|
|
by a set value - it adds percent of their maximum HP/SP.
|
|
|
|
percentheal 100,0; // This will heal 100% HP
|
|
percentheal 0,100; // This will heal 100% SP
|
|
percentheal 50,50; // This will heal 50% HP and 50% SP
|
|
|
|
So the amount that this will heal will depend on the total amount of HP or SP
|
|
you have maximum. Like 'heal', this will not call up any animations or effects.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*recovery <type>{,<option>,<revive_flag>{,<map name>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will revive and fully restore the HP/SP of the selected characters.
|
|
It returns 1 upon successful use.
|
|
|
|
<type> is the target, and determines the <option> parameter:
|
|
0: Player -> Character ID number
|
|
1: Party -> Party ID number
|
|
2: Guild -> Guild ID number
|
|
3: Map -> Map name (a string)
|
|
4: All -> None (takes <revive_flag> as option)
|
|
|
|
If no option is specified, the invoking player's character ID, party ID, guild ID,
|
|
or map will be used.
|
|
|
|
<revive_flag> determines the action:
|
|
1: Revive and heal all players (default)
|
|
2: Heal living players only
|
|
4: Revive dead players only
|
|
|
|
<map name> can optionally be used to define a single map to execute the command on
|
|
for types 1 (party) and 2 (guild).
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Only revive characters in invoking party on map "morocc"
|
|
recovery 1,getcharid(1),4,"morocc";
|
|
|
|
// Fully heal (don't revive) all members of invoking character's guild
|
|
recovery 2,getcharid(2),2;
|
|
|
|
// Revive and fully heal everyone in map "prontera"
|
|
recovery 3,"prontera";
|
|
|
|
// Only revive all dead characters on server
|
|
recovery 4,4;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*jobchange <job number>{,<upper flag>,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will change the job class of the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
jobchange 1; // This would change your player into a Swordman
|
|
jobchange 4002; // This would change your player into a Swordman High
|
|
|
|
This command does work with numbers, but you can also use job names. The full
|
|
list of job names and the numbers they correspond to can be found in
|
|
'src/map/script_constants.hpp'.
|
|
|
|
// This would change your player into a Swordman
|
|
jobchange Job_Swordman;
|
|
// This would change your player into a Swordman High
|
|
jobchange Job_Swordman_High;
|
|
|
|
'upper flag' can alternatively be used to specify the type of job one changes
|
|
to. For example, jobchange Job_Swordman,1; will change the character to a high
|
|
swordsman. The upper values are:
|
|
-1 (or when omitted): preserves the current job type.
|
|
0: Normal/standard classes
|
|
1: High/Advanced classes
|
|
2: Baby classes
|
|
|
|
This command will also set a permanent character-based variable
|
|
'jobchange_level' which will contain the job level at the time right before
|
|
changing jobs, which can be checked for later in scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*jobname(<job number>)
|
|
|
|
This command retrieves the name of the given job using the map_msg entries 550->655.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Kid]";
|
|
mes "I never thought I'd met a " + jobname(Class) + " here of all places.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*eaclass({<job number>,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This commands returns the "eA job-number" corresponding to the given class, and
|
|
uses the invoking player's class if none is given. The eA job-number is also a
|
|
class number system, but it's one that comes with constants which make it easy
|
|
to convert among classes. The command will return -1 if you pass it a job number
|
|
which doesn't have an eA job-number equivalent.
|
|
|
|
.@eac = eaclass();
|
|
if ((.@eac&EAJ_BASEMASK) == EAJ_SWORDMAN)
|
|
mes "Your base job is Swordman.";
|
|
if (.@eac&EAJL_UPPER)
|
|
mes "You are a rebirth job.";
|
|
if ((.@eac&EAJ_UPPERMASK) == EAJ_SWORDMAN)
|
|
mes "You must be a Swordman, Baby Swordman or High Swordman.";
|
|
|
|
For more information on the eA Job System, see the docs/ea_job_system.txt file.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*roclass(<job number>{,<gender>})
|
|
|
|
Does the opposite of eaclass. That is, given an eA job-number, it returns the
|
|
corresponding RO class number. A gender is required because both Bard and Dancers
|
|
share the same eA job-number (EAJ_BARDDANCER), and uses the invoking player's
|
|
gender if none is given (if no player is attached, male will be used by default).
|
|
The command will return -1 if there is no valid class to represent the specified
|
|
job (for example, if you try to get the baby version of a Taekwon class).
|
|
|
|
.@eac = eaclass();
|
|
//Check if class is already rebirth
|
|
if (.@eac&EAJL_UPPER) {
|
|
mes "You look strong.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
.@eac = roclass(.@eac|EAJL_UPPER);
|
|
//Check if class has a rebirth version
|
|
if (.@eac != -1) {
|
|
mes "Bet you can't wait to become a " + jobname(.@eac) + "!";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*changebase <job ID number>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will change a character's appearance to that of the specified job
|
|
class. Nothing but appearance will change.
|
|
|
|
The command will run for the invoking character unless an account ID is given.
|
|
|
|
changebase Job_Novice; // Changes player to Novice sprite.
|
|
changebase Class; // Changes player back to default sprite.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*classchange(<view id>{,"<NPC name>","<flag>"});
|
|
|
|
This command is very ancient, its origins are clouded in mystery.
|
|
It will send a 'display id change' packet to everyone in the immediate area of
|
|
the NPC object, which will supposedly make the NPC look like a different sprite,
|
|
an NPC sprite ID, or a monster ID. This effect is not stored anywhere and will
|
|
not persist (Which is odd, cause it would be relatively easy to make it do so)
|
|
and most importantly, will not work at all since this command was broken with
|
|
the introduction of advanced classes. The code is written with the assumption
|
|
that the lowest sprite IDs are the job sprites and the anything beyond them is
|
|
monster and NPC sprites, but since the advanced classes rolled in, they got the
|
|
ID numbers on the other end of the number pool where monster sprites float.
|
|
|
|
As a result it is currently impossible to call this command with a valid view
|
|
id. It will do nothing whatsoever if the view ID is below 4047. Getting it to
|
|
run will actually just crash the client.
|
|
|
|
It could be a real gem if it can be gotten to actually do what it's supposed to
|
|
do, but this will only happen in a later SVN revision.
|
|
|
|
Empty <NPC name> means attached NPC.
|
|
|
|
Target for <flag>:
|
|
- bc_area : Sprite is sent to players in the vicinity of the source (default value).
|
|
- bc_self : Sprite is sent only to player attached.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*changesex({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command will change the gender for the attached character's account. If it
|
|
was male, it will become female, if it was female, it will become male. The
|
|
change will be written to the character server, the player will receive the
|
|
message: "Need disconnection to perform change-sex request..." and the player
|
|
will be immediately kicked to the login screen. When they log back in, they will
|
|
be the opposite sex.
|
|
|
|
If there are any Dancer/Gypsy or Bard/Clown characters on the account,
|
|
they will also have their skills reset upon 'changesex'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*changecharsex({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command will change the gender of the attached character. If it
|
|
was male, it will become female, if it was female, it will become male. The
|
|
change will be written to the character server, the player will receive the
|
|
message: "Need disconnection to perform change-sex request..." and the player
|
|
will be immediately kicked to the login screen. When they log back in, they will
|
|
be the opposite sex.
|
|
|
|
If the character being changed is a Dancer/Gypsy or Bard/Clown class type,
|
|
the character will also have their skills reset upon 'changecharsex'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getexp <base_exp>,<job_exp>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will give the invoking character a specified number of base and job
|
|
experience points. Used for a quest reward. Negative values won't work.
|
|
|
|
The EXP values are adjustted by 'quest_exp_rate' config value, VIP bonus, Guild
|
|
Tax and EXP boost items such Battle Manual, Bubble Gum, or items that have
|
|
SC_EXPBOOST or SC_ITEMBOOST.
|
|
|
|
getexp 10000,5000;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getexp2 <base_exp>,<job_exp>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command is safety version of 'set' command for BaseExp and JobExp. If using
|
|
'set' while the BaseExp or JobExp value is more than 2,147,483,647 (INT_MAX) will
|
|
causing overflow error.
|
|
|
|
Unlike 'getexp', this command ignores the adjustment factors!
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getbaseexp_ratio(<percent>{,<base_level>{,char_id});
|
|
|
|
Returns the amount of base experience representing the given <percent> of the
|
|
required base experience at <base_level>. If no base level is specified the base
|
|
level of the attached character will be used.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getjobexp_ratio(<percent>{,<job_level>{,char_id});
|
|
|
|
Returns the amount of job experience representing the given <percent> of the
|
|
required job experience at <job_level>. If no job level is specified the job
|
|
level of the attached character will be used.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setlook <look type>,<look value>{,<char_id>};
|
|
*changelook <look type>,<look value>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
'setlook' will alter the look data for the invoking character. It is used
|
|
mainly for changing the palette used on hair and clothes: you specify which look
|
|
type you want to change, then the palette you want to use. Make sure you specify
|
|
a palette number that exists/is usable by the client you use.
|
|
'changelook' works the same, but is only client side (it doesn't save the look value).
|
|
|
|
// This will change your hair color, so that it uses palette 8, what ever your
|
|
// palette 8 is, your hair will use that color
|
|
|
|
setlook LOOK_HAIR_COLOR,8;
|
|
|
|
// This will change your clothes color, so they are using palette 1, whatever
|
|
// your palette 1 is, your clothes will then use that set of colors.
|
|
|
|
setlook LOOK_CLOTHES_COLOR,1;
|
|
|
|
Here are the possible look types:
|
|
|
|
LOOK_BASE - Base sprite
|
|
LOOK_HAIR - Hairstyle
|
|
LOOK_WEAPON - Weapon
|
|
LOOK_HEAD_BOTTOM - Head bottom
|
|
LOOK_HEAD_TOP - Head top
|
|
LOOK_HEAD_MID - Head mid
|
|
LOOK_HAIR_COLOR - Hair color
|
|
LOOK_CLOTHES_COLOR - Clothes color
|
|
LOOK_SHIELD - Shield
|
|
LOOK_SHOES - Shoes
|
|
LOOK_BODY2 - Body style
|
|
|
|
Whatever 'shoes' means is anyone's guess, ask Gravity - the client does nothing
|
|
with this value. It still wants it from the server though, so it is kept, but
|
|
normally doesn't do a thing.
|
|
|
|
Only the look data for hairstyle, hair color and clothes color are saved to the
|
|
char server's database and will persist. Body style will also persist if 'save_body_style'
|
|
configuration is enabled in '/conf/battle/client.conf'. The rest freely change as the character
|
|
puts on and removes equipment, changes maps, logs in and out and otherwise you
|
|
should not expect to set them. In fact, messing with them is generally
|
|
hazardous, do it at your own risk, it is not tested what will this actually do -
|
|
it won't cause database corruption and probably won't cause a server crash, but
|
|
it's easy to crash the client with just about anything unusual.
|
|
|
|
However, it might be an easy way to quickly check for empty view IDs for
|
|
sprites, which is essential for making custom headgear.
|
|
|
|
Since a lot of people have different palettes for hair and clothes, it's
|
|
impossible to tell you what all the color numbers are. If you want a serious
|
|
example, there is a Stylist script inside the default rAthena installation that
|
|
you can look at: 'npc/custom/stylist.txt'
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pushpc <direction>,<cells>;
|
|
|
|
This command will push the currently attached player to given direction by given
|
|
amount of square cells. Direction is the same as used when declaring NPCs, and
|
|
can be specified by using one of the DIR_* constants (src/map/script_constants.hpp).
|
|
|
|
The knock-back is not restricted by items or map flags, only obstacles are taken
|
|
into account. If there is not enough space to perform the push (e.g. due to a
|
|
wall), the character is pushed only up to the obstacle.
|
|
|
|
// pushes the character 5 cells in 3 o'clock direction from its
|
|
// current position.
|
|
pushpc DIR_EAST, 5;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*recalculatestat;
|
|
|
|
This command will force a stat recalculation for the attached player.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*needed_status_point(<type>,<val>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of stat points needed to change the specified stat <type> by <val>.
|
|
If <val> is negative, returns the number of stat points that would be needed to
|
|
raise the specified stat from (current value - <val>) to current value.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*jobcanentermap("<mapname>"{,<JobID>});
|
|
|
|
Return true if player (decided by job) can enter the map, false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
For optional 'JobID', see constant of Job_*, or use player's Class, BaseJob,
|
|
and BaseClass. If no player is attached, this param must have a value.
|
|
|
|
See also db/[pre-]re/job_noenter_map.txt
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*get_revision()
|
|
|
|
This command will return the SVN revision number that the server is currently
|
|
running on.
|
|
|
|
if (get_revision() >= 15000)
|
|
mes "Welcome to rAthena!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*get_githash()
|
|
|
|
This command will return the Git Hash that the server is currently running on.
|
|
|
|
mes "Welcome to rAthena! Git Hash: " + get_githash();
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
4,1.- Item-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitem <item id>,<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitem "<item name>",<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will give an amount of specified items to the invoking character.
|
|
If an optional account ID is specified, and the target character is currently
|
|
online, items will be created in their inventory instead. If they are not
|
|
online, nothing will happen.
|
|
|
|
In the first and most commonly used version of this command, items are
|
|
referred to by their database ID number found inside 'db/item_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
getitem 502,10 // The person will receive 10 apples
|
|
getitem 617,1 // The person will receive 1 Old Violet Box
|
|
|
|
This transaction is logged if the log script generated transactions option is
|
|
enabled.
|
|
|
|
You may also create an item by its name in the 'english name' field in the
|
|
item database:
|
|
|
|
getitem "RED_POTION",10;
|
|
|
|
Which will do what you'd expect. If it can't find that name in the database,
|
|
apples will be created anyway. It is often a VERY GOOD IDEA to use it like this.
|
|
|
|
This is used in pretty much all NPC scripts that have to do with items and
|
|
quite a few item scripts. For more examples check just about any official script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitem2 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitem2 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitem3 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitem3 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitem4 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitem4 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will give an amount of specified items to the invoking character.
|
|
If an optional account ID is specified, and the target character is currently
|
|
online, items will be created in their inventory instead. If they are not
|
|
online, nothing will happen. It works essentially the same as 'getitem' but is
|
|
a lot more flexible.
|
|
|
|
Those parameters that are different from 'getitem' are:
|
|
|
|
identify - Whether you want the item to be identified (1) or not (0).
|
|
refine - For how many pluses will it be refined.
|
|
It will not let you refine an item higher than the max refine.
|
|
attribute - Whether the item is broken (1) or not (0).
|
|
card1,2,3,4 - If you want a card compound to it, place the card ID number into
|
|
the specific card slot.
|
|
|
|
Card1-card4 values are also used to store name information for named items, as
|
|
well as the elemental property of weapons and armor. You can create a named item
|
|
in this manner, however, if you just need a named piece of standard equipment,
|
|
it is much easier to the 'getnameditem' function instead.
|
|
|
|
You will need to keep these values if you want to destroy and then perfectly
|
|
recreate a named item, for this see 'getinventorylist'.
|
|
|
|
If you still want to try creating a named item with this command because
|
|
'getnameditem' won't do it for you cause it's too limited, you can do it like
|
|
this. Careful, minor magic ahead.
|
|
|
|
// First, let's get an ID of a character who's name will be on the item.
|
|
// Only an existing character's name may be there.
|
|
// Let's assume our character is 'Adam' and find his ID.
|
|
.@charid = getcharid(0,"Adam");
|
|
|
|
// Now we split the character ID number into two portions with a binary
|
|
// shift operation. If you don't understand what this does, just copy it.
|
|
.@card3 = .@charid & 65535;
|
|
.@card4 = .@charid >> 16;
|
|
|
|
// If you're inscribing non-equipment, .@card1 must be 254.
|
|
// Arrows are also not equipment.
|
|
.@card1 = 254;
|
|
|
|
// For named equipment, card2 means the Star Crumbs and elemental
|
|
// crystals used to make this equipment. For everything else, it's 0.
|
|
.@card2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Now, let's give the character who invoked the script some
|
|
// Adam's Apples:
|
|
getitem2 512,1,1,0,0,.@card1,.@card2,.@card3,.@card4;
|
|
|
|
This wasn't tested with all possible items, so I can't give any promises,
|
|
experiment first before relying on it.
|
|
|
|
To create equipment, continue this example it like this:
|
|
|
|
// We've already have card3 and card4 loaded with correct
|
|
// values so we'll just set up card1 and card2 with data
|
|
// for an Ice Stiletto.
|
|
|
|
// If you're inscribing equipment, .@card1 must be 255.
|
|
.@card1 = 255;
|
|
|
|
// That's the number of star crumbs in a weapon.
|
|
.@sc = 2;
|
|
|
|
// That's the number of elemental property of the weapon.
|
|
.@ele = 1;
|
|
|
|
// And that's the wacky formula that makes them into
|
|
// a single number.
|
|
.@card2 = .@ele+((.@sc*5)<<8);
|
|
|
|
// That will make us an Adam's +2 VVS Ice Stiletto:
|
|
getitem2 1216,1,1,2,0,.@card1,.@card2,.@card3,.@card4;
|
|
|
|
Experiment with the number of star crumbs - I'm not certain just how much will
|
|
work most and what it depends on. The valid element numbers are:
|
|
|
|
1 - Ice, 2 - Earth 3 - Fire 4 - Wind.
|
|
|
|
You can, apparently, even create duplicates of the same pet egg with this
|
|
command, creating a pet which is the same, but simultaneously exists in two
|
|
eggs, and may hatch from either, although, I'm not sure what kind of a mess will
|
|
this really cause.
|
|
|
|
'getitem3' is advance version of 'getitem2' that also use Item Random Option as additional values.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'getitem4' is advance version of 'getitem3' that also use the grade as additional values.
|
|
Valid grades are:
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_NONE - No grade
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_D - Grade D
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_C - Grade C
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_B - Grade B
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_A - Grade A
|
|
|
|
Example to get Crimson Weapon with Ghost property:
|
|
// +9 Crimson Dagger [2]
|
|
setarray .@OptID[0],RDMOPT_WEAPON_ATTR_TELEKINESIS;
|
|
setarray .@OptVal[0],0;
|
|
setarray .@OptParam[0],0;
|
|
getitem3 28705,1,1,9,0,0,0,0,0,.@OptID,.@OptVal,.@OptParam;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitembound <item id>,<amount>,<bound type>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitembound "<item name>",<amount>,<bound type>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'getitem', but the items created will be
|
|
bound to the target character as specified by the bound type. All items created
|
|
in this manner cannot be dropped, sold, vended, auctioned, or mailed, and in
|
|
some cases cannot be traded or stored.
|
|
|
|
Valid bound types are:
|
|
Bound_Account : Account Bound item
|
|
Bound_Guild : Guild Bound item
|
|
Bound_Party : Party Bound item
|
|
Bound_Char : Character Bound item
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getitembound2 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<bound type>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitembound2 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<bound type>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitembound3 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<bound type>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitembound3 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<bound type>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitembound4 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<bound type>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getitembound4 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<bound type>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'getitem2', but the items created will be
|
|
bound to the target character as specified by the bound type. All items created
|
|
in this manner cannot be dropped, sold, vended, auctioned, or mailed, and in
|
|
some cases cannot be traded or stored.
|
|
|
|
For a list of bound types see 'getitembound'.
|
|
|
|
'getitembound3' is advance version of 'getitembound2' that also use Item Random Option as additional values.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'getitembound4' is advance version of 'getitembound3' that also use the grade as additional values.
|
|
Valid grades are:
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_NONE - No grade
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_D - Grade D
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_C - Grade C
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_B - Grade B
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_A - Grade A
|
|
|
|
Example to get Crimson Weapon with Ghost property:
|
|
// +9 Crimson Dagger [2]
|
|
setarray .@OptID[0],RDMOPT_WEAPON_ATTR_TELEKINESIS;
|
|
setarray .@OptVal[0],0;
|
|
setarray .@OptParam[0],0;
|
|
getitembound3 28705,1,1,9,0,0,0,0,0,BOUND_CHAR,.@OptID,.@OptVal,.@OptParam;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getnameditem <item id>,<character name|character ID>;
|
|
*getnameditem "<item name>",<character name|character ID>;
|
|
|
|
Create an item signed with the given character's name.
|
|
|
|
The command returns 1 when the item is created successfully, or 0 if it fails.
|
|
Failure occurs when:
|
|
- There is no player attached.
|
|
- Item name or ID is not valid.
|
|
- The given character ID/name is offline.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
//This will give the currently attached player a Aaron's Apple (if Aaron is online).
|
|
getnameditem "Apple","Aaron";
|
|
|
|
//Self-explanatory (I hope).
|
|
if (getnameitem("Apple","Aaron")) {
|
|
mes "You now have a Aaron's Apple!";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*rentitem <item id>,<time>{,<account_id>};
|
|
*rentitem "<item name>",<time>{,<account_id>};
|
|
|
|
Creates a rental item in the attached character's inventory. The item will expire
|
|
in <time> seconds and be automatically deleted. When receiving a rental item,
|
|
the character will receive a message in their chat window. The character will
|
|
also receive warning messages in their chat window before the item disappears.
|
|
|
|
When rentals expire it will call the UnEquipScript of the item. This can be used
|
|
for special cases such as removing a status change or resetting a variable or state
|
|
of the player.
|
|
|
|
This command can not be used to rent stackable items. Rental items cannot be
|
|
dropped, traded, or placed in guild storage. (i.e. trade mask 67)
|
|
Note: 'delitem' in an NPC script can still remove rental items.
|
|
Note: 'countitem' will not count any item with a rental timer. Use 'rentalcountitem' instead.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*rentitem2 <item id>,<time>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account_id>};
|
|
*rentitem2 "<item name>",<time>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account_id>};
|
|
*rentitem3 <item id>,<time>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account_id>};
|
|
*rentitem3 "<item name>",<time>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account_id>};
|
|
*rentitem4 <item id>,<time>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account_id>};
|
|
*rentitem4 "<item name>",<time>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account_id>};
|
|
|
|
Creates a rental item in the attached character's inventory. The item will expire
|
|
in <time> seconds and be automatically deleted. See 'rentitem' for further details.
|
|
|
|
See 'getitem2' for an explanation of the expanded parameters.
|
|
|
|
'rentitem3' is advance version of 'rentitem2' that also use Item Random Option as additional values.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'rentitem4' is advance version of 'rentitem3' that also use the grade as additional values.
|
|
Valid grades are:
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_NONE - No grade
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_D - Grade D
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_C - Grade C
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_B - Grade B
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_A - Grade A
|
|
|
|
Example to get Crimson Weapon with Ghost property:
|
|
// +9 Crimson Dagger [2]
|
|
setarray .@OptID[0],RDMOPT_WEAPON_ATTR_TELEKINESIS;
|
|
setarray .@OptVal[0],0;
|
|
setarray .@OptParam[0],0;
|
|
rentitem3 28705,(24*60*60),1,9,0,0,0,0,0,.@OptID,.@OptVal,.@OptParam;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*makeitem <item id>,<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
*makeitem "<item name>",<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
|
|
This command will create an item on the specified cell of a map.
|
|
|
|
As with any dropped items, the items created with this command will disappear after
|
|
a period of time. Using an amount greater than 1 will create a single stack of the
|
|
given amount, not multiple stacks of 1.
|
|
|
|
Like 'getitem', it also accepts an 'english name' field from the database and creates
|
|
Apples if the name isn't found.
|
|
If the map name is given as "this", the map the invoking character is on will be used.
|
|
If <canShowEffect> flag is set to true, it will show a pillar effect on the ground when dropped, depending on the item database's DropEffect flag.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*makeitem2 <item id>,<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
*makeitem2 "<item name>",<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
*makeitem3 <item id>,<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
*makeitem3 "<item name>",<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
*makeitem4 <item id>,<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
*makeitem4 "<item name>",<amount>,"<map name>",<X>,<Y>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<canShowEffect>};
|
|
|
|
This command will create an item on the specified cell of a map. See 'makeitem' for
|
|
further details.
|
|
|
|
See 'getitem2' for an explanation of the expanded parameters.
|
|
|
|
'makeitem3' is advance version of 'makeitem2' that also use Item Random Option as additional values.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'makeitem4' is advance version of 'makeitem3' that also use the grade as additional values.
|
|
Valid grades are:
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_NONE - No grade
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_D - Grade D
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_C - Grade C
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_B - Grade B
|
|
ENCHANTGRADE_A - Grade A
|
|
|
|
Example to get Crimson Weapon with Ghost property:
|
|
// 0.5% chance to get +0 Valkyrie Shield [1]
|
|
// with Neutral Resistance +10% and 5% damage reduction from Demi-Human or Player
|
|
// when Valkyrie Randgris killed
|
|
OnNPCKillEvent:
|
|
if (killedrid == 1751 && rand(0,10000) > 9950) { // Valkyrie Randgris
|
|
getmapxy(.@map$,.@x,.@y,BL_PC);
|
|
setarray .@OptID[0],RDMOPT_ATTR_TOLERACE_NOTHING,RDMOPT_RACE_TOLERACE_HUMAN;
|
|
setarray .@OptVal[0],10,5;
|
|
setarray .@OptParam[0],0;
|
|
makeitem3 2115,1,.@map$,.@x,.@y,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,.@OptID,.@OptVal,.@OptParam;
|
|
}
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cleanarea "<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>;
|
|
*cleanmap "<map name>";
|
|
|
|
These commands will clear all items lying on the ground on the specified map, either
|
|
within the x1/y1-x2/y2 rectangle or across the entire map.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*searchitem <array name>,"<item name>";
|
|
|
|
This command will fill the given array with the ID of items whose name matches
|
|
the given one. It returns the number of items found. For performance reasons,
|
|
the results array is limited to 10 items.
|
|
|
|
mes "What item are you looking for?";
|
|
input .@name$;
|
|
.@qty = searchitem(.@matches[0],.@name$);
|
|
mes "I found " + .@qty + " items:";
|
|
for (.@i = 0; .@i < .@qty; .@i++)
|
|
// Display name (eg: "Apple[0]")
|
|
mes getitemname(.@matches[.@i]) + "[" + getitemslots(.@matches[.@i]) + "]";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delitem <item id>,<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*delitem "<item name>",<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will remove a specified amount of items from the invoking/target character.
|
|
Like all the item commands, it uses the item ID found inside 'db/item_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
delitem 502,10; // The person will lose 10 apples
|
|
delitem 617,1; // The person will lose 1 Old Violet Box
|
|
|
|
It is always a good idea to check if the player actually has the items before you delete them.
|
|
If you try to delete more items that the player has, the player will lose the ones he/she has
|
|
and the script will terminate with an error.
|
|
|
|
Like 'getitem', this command will also accept an 'english name' field from the
|
|
database. If the name is not found, nothing will be deleted.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cartdelitem <item id>,<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*cartdelitem "<item name>",<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*storagedelitem <item id>,<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*storagedelitem "<item name>",<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*guildstoragedelitem <item id>,<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*guildstoragedelitem "<item name>",<amount>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'delitem', but deletes items from the player's
|
|
cart, storage, or guild storage.
|
|
|
|
If no cart is mounted, 'cartdelitem' will return -1.
|
|
If player is not in a guild or storage is open, 'guildstoragedelitem' will return -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delitem2 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*delitem2 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*delitem3 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*delitem3 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*delitem4 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*delitem4 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will remove a specified amount of items from the invoking/target character.
|
|
See 'getitem2' for an explanation of the expanded parameters.
|
|
|
|
'delitem3' is advance version of 'delitem2' that also use Item Random Option as criteria.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'delitem4' is advance version of 'delitem3' that also use the grade as criteria.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delitemidx <index>{,<amount>{,<char id>}}
|
|
|
|
This command will remove an item at the given inventory index.
|
|
|
|
If <amount> is not specified, this will remove all of the items at the specified index.
|
|
|
|
The only way to get the inventory index is by using 'getinventorylist()'. After deleting
|
|
an item at the given index, that index can remain empty until the player relogs, requiring
|
|
'getinventorylist()' to be called again. If an item is deleted with an invalid index, the
|
|
script will terminate with an error.
|
|
|
|
This command returns true on success and false if the item at the given index could not be deleted or if
|
|
not enough items were available at the given index.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
// This will remove all Red Potions from player's inventory
|
|
getinventorylist();
|
|
for (.@i = 0; .@i < @inventorylist_count; ++.@i)
|
|
if (@inventorylist_id[.@i] == 501)
|
|
delitemidx @inventorylist_idx[.@i];
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cartdelitem2 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*cartdelitem2 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*storagedelitem2 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*storagedelitem2 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*guildstoragedelitem2 <item id>,<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*guildstoragedelitem2 "<item name>",<amount>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'delitem2', but deletes items from the player's
|
|
cart, storage, or guild storage.
|
|
|
|
If no cart is mounted, 'cartdelitem2' will return -1.
|
|
If player is not in a guild or storage is open, 'guildstoragedelitem2' will return -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*countitem(<item id>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*countitem("<item name>"{,<accountID>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of items for the specified item ID that the
|
|
invoking character has in the inventory.
|
|
|
|
mes "[Item Checker]";
|
|
mes "Hmmm, it seems you have " + countitem(502) + " apples";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Like 'getitem', this function will also accept an 'english name' from the
|
|
database as an argument.
|
|
|
|
If you want to state the number at the end of a sentence, you can do it by
|
|
adding up strings:
|
|
|
|
mes "[Item Checker]";
|
|
mes "Hmmm, the total number of apples you are holding is " + countitem("APPLE");
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cartcountitem(<item id>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*cartcountitem("<item name>"{,<accountID>})
|
|
*storagecountitem(<item id>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*storagecountitem("<item name>"{,<accountID>})
|
|
*guildstoragecountitem(<nameID>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*guildstoragecountitem("<item name>"{,<accountID>})
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'countitem', but counts items from the player's
|
|
cart, storage, or guild storage.
|
|
|
|
If no cart is mounted, 'cartcountitem' will return -1.
|
|
If player is not in a guild or storage is open, 'guildstoragecountitem' will return -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*countitem2(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*countitem2("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*countitem3(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*countitem3("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*countitem4(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*countitem4("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
|
|
Expanded version of 'countitem' function, used for created/carded/forged items.
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of items for the specified item ID and
|
|
other parameters that the invoking character has in the inventory.
|
|
See 'getitem2' for an explanation of the expanded parameters.
|
|
|
|
'countitem3' is advance version of 'countitem2' that also use Item Random Option as criteria.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'countitem4' is advance version of 'countitem3' that also use the grade as criteria.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cartcountitem2(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*cartcountitem2("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*storagecountitem2(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*storagecountitem2("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*guildstoragecountitem2(<nameID>,<Identified>,<Refine>,<Attribute>,<Card0>,<Card1>,<Card2>,<Card3>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*guildstoragecountitem2("<item name>",<Identified>,<Refine>,<Attribute>,<Card0>,<Card1>,<Card2>,<Card3>{,<accountID>})
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'countitem2', but counts items from the player's
|
|
cart, storage, or guild storage.
|
|
|
|
If no cart is mounted, 'cartcountitem2' will return -1.
|
|
If player is not in a guild or storage is open, 'guildstoragecountitem2' will return -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*rentalcountitem(<item id>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*rentalcountitem("<item name>"{,<accountID>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of rental items for the specified item ID that the
|
|
invoking character has in the inventory.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*rentalcountitem2(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*rentalcountitem2("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*rentalcountitem3(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*rentalcountitem3("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*rentalcountitem4(<item id>,<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
*rentalcountitem4("<item name>",<identify>,<refine>,<attribute>,<card1>,<card2>,<card3>,<card4>,<grade>,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>{,<accountID>})
|
|
|
|
Expanded version of 'rentalcountitem' function, used for created/carded/forged items.
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of rental items for the specified item ID and
|
|
other parameters that the invoking character has in the inventory.
|
|
See 'getitem2' for an explanation of the expanded parameters.
|
|
|
|
'rentalcountitem3' is advance version of 'rentalcountitem2' that also use Item Random Option as criteria.
|
|
<RandomIDArray> : Array variable of ID for item random option, see db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_db.yml
|
|
<RandomValueArray> : Array variable of item random option's value.
|
|
<RandomParamArray> : Array variable of item random option's param.
|
|
|
|
'rentalcountitem4' is advance version of 'rentalcountitem3' that also use the grade as criteria.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*countbound({<bound type>{,<char_id>}})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the number of different bounded items in the character's
|
|
inventory, and sets the arrays @bound_items[] and @bound_amount[] containing all item IDs of the
|
|
counted items and their respective amount. If a bound type is specified, only those items will be counted.
|
|
|
|
For a list of bound types see 'getitembound'.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@total_type = countbound();
|
|
mes "You currently have " + .@total_type + " different type of bounded items.";
|
|
next;
|
|
mes "The list of bounded items include:";
|
|
for(.@i = 0; .@i < .@total_type; .@i++)
|
|
mes "x" + @bound_amount[.@i] + " " + getitemname(@bound_items[.@i]);
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*groupranditem <group id>{,<sub_group>};
|
|
|
|
Returns the item_id of a random item picked from the group specified. The
|
|
different groups and their group number are specified in 'db/(pre-)re/item_group_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
When used in conjunction with other functions, you can get a random item. For
|
|
example, for a random pet lure:
|
|
|
|
getitem groupranditem(IG_Taming),1;
|
|
|
|
'sub_group' is used to get the available random items of item group from specified random
|
|
group. 0 for 'must' item group, and random item group is 1 until 5 (MAX_ITEMGROUP_RANDGROUP+1).
|
|
|
|
More info, see doc/item_group.txt.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getrandgroupitem <group_id>{,<quantity>{,<sub_group>{,<identify>{,<char_id>}}}};
|
|
|
|
Similar to the above example, this command allows players to obtain the specified
|
|
quantity of a random item from the group "<group id>". The different groups and
|
|
their group number are specified in db/(pre-)re/item_group_db.yml
|
|
|
|
If 'quantity' is not defined or 0, it will uses defined amount from Item Group list.
|
|
|
|
If 'sub_group' is not defined the value will be 1 (since random group is 1 ~ 5, and 0 is
|
|
'must' item group).
|
|
|
|
For item with type IT_WEAPON, IT_ARMOR, IT_PETARMOR, and IT_SHADOWGEAR will be given
|
|
as unidentified item (as defined by itemdb_isidentified in src/map/itemdb.cpp) except
|
|
if 'identify' is defined with value 1.
|
|
|
|
More info, see doc/item_group.txt.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getgroupitem <group_id>{,<identify>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
|
|
Gives item(s) to the attached player based on item group contents.
|
|
This is not working like 'getrandgroupitem' which only give 1 item for specified
|
|
item group & sub_group.
|
|
|
|
For item with type IT_WEAPON, IT_ARMOR, IT_PETARMOR, and IT_SHADOWGEAR will be given
|
|
as unidentified item (as defined by itemdb_isidentified in src/map/itemdb.cpp) except
|
|
if 'identify' is defined with value 1.
|
|
|
|
More info, see doc/item_group.txt.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*enable_items;
|
|
*disable_items;
|
|
|
|
These commands toggle the ability to change equipment while interacting with
|
|
an NPC. To avoid possible exploits, the commands affect the particular script
|
|
instance only. Note that if a different script also calls enable_items, it
|
|
will override the last call (so you may want to call this command at the start
|
|
of your script without assuming it is still in effect).
|
|
|
|
The default setting, 'item_enabled_npc', is defined in 'conf/battle/items.conf'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*itemskill <skill id>,<skill level>{,<keep requirement>};
|
|
*itemskill "<skill name>",<skill level>{,<keep requirement>};
|
|
|
|
This command is meant for item scripts to replicate single-use skills in usable
|
|
items. It will not work properly if there is a visible dialog window or menu or if the item is not type 'Delayconsume'.
|
|
If the skill is self or auto-targeting, it will be used immediately; otherwise a
|
|
target cursor is shown.
|
|
|
|
If <keep requirement> parameter is set to true, the skill's requirements will be checked.
|
|
By default, the requirements for item skills are not checked, and therefore the default value is false.
|
|
|
|
// When Anodyne is used, it will cast Endure (8), Level 1, as if the actual skill has been used from skill tree.
|
|
- Id: 605
|
|
AegisName: Anodyne
|
|
Name: Anodyne
|
|
Type: Delayconsume
|
|
Buy: 2000
|
|
Weight: 100
|
|
Flags:
|
|
BuyingStore: true
|
|
Script: |
|
|
itemskill "SM_ENDURE",1;
|
|
|
|
// When Sienna_Execrate_Scroll_1_5 is used, it will cast Sienna Execrate Level 5 and consume 2 Red_Gemstones.
|
|
- Id: 23194
|
|
AegisName: Sienna_Execrate_Scroll_1_5
|
|
Name: Level 5 Sienna Execrate
|
|
Type: Delayconsume
|
|
Buy: 10
|
|
Weight: 10
|
|
Script: |
|
|
itemskill "WL_SIENNAEXECRATE",5,true;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*consumeitem <item id>{,<char_id>};
|
|
*consumeitem "<item name>"{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will run the item script of the specified item on the invoking
|
|
character. The character does not need to possess the item, and the item will
|
|
not be deleted. While this command is intended for usable items, it will run
|
|
for any item type.
|
|
|
|
This command does not currently work with the 'itemskill' script command.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*produce <item level>;
|
|
|
|
This command will open a crafting window on the client connected to the invoking
|
|
character. The 'item level' is a number which determines what kind of a crafting
|
|
window will pop-up.
|
|
|
|
You can see the full list of such item levels in 'db/produce_db.txt' which determines
|
|
what can actually be produced. The window will not be empty only if the invoking
|
|
character can actually produce the items of that type and has the appropriate raw
|
|
materials in their inventory.
|
|
|
|
The success rate to produce the item is the same as the success rate of the skill
|
|
associated with the item level. If there is no skill id, the success rate will be 50%.
|
|
|
|
Valid item levels are:
|
|
|
|
1 - Level 1 Weapons
|
|
2 - Level 2 Weapons
|
|
3 - Level 3 Weapons
|
|
21 - Blacksmith's Stones and Metals
|
|
22 - Alchemist's Potions, Holy Water, Assassin Cross's Deadly Poison
|
|
23 - Elemental Converters
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cooking <dish level>;
|
|
|
|
This command will open a produce window on the client connected to the invoking
|
|
character. The 'dish level' is the number which determines what kind of dish
|
|
level you can produce. You can see the full list of dishes that can be produced in
|
|
'db/produce_db.txt'.
|
|
|
|
The window will be shown empty if the invoking character does not have enough of
|
|
the required incredients to cook a dish.
|
|
|
|
Valid dish levels are:
|
|
|
|
11 - Level 1 Dish
|
|
12 - Level 2 Dish
|
|
13 - Level 3 Dish
|
|
14 - Level 4 Dish
|
|
15 - Level 5 Dish
|
|
16 - Level 6 Dish
|
|
17 - Level 7 Dish
|
|
18 - Level 8 Dish
|
|
19 - Level 9 Dish
|
|
20 - Level 10 Dish
|
|
|
|
Although it's required to set a dish level, it doesn't matter if you set it to 1
|
|
and you want to cook a level 10 dish, as long as you got the required incredients
|
|
to cook the dish the command works.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*makerune <% success bonus>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will open a rune crafting window on the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character. Since this command is officially used in rune ores, a bonus
|
|
success rate must be specified (which adds to the base formula).
|
|
|
|
You can see the full list of runes that can be produced in 'db/produce_db.txt'.
|
|
The window will not be empty only if the invoking character can actually produce
|
|
a rune and has the appropriate raw materials in their inventory.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*successremovecards <equipment slot>;
|
|
|
|
This command will remove all cards of the cards slots defined in db/item_db.yml
|
|
from the item found in the specified equipment slot of the invoking character,
|
|
create new card items and give them to the character.
|
|
If any cards were removed in this manner, it will also show a success effect.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*failedremovecards <equipment slot>,<type>;
|
|
|
|
This command will remove all cards from the item found in the specified
|
|
equipment slot of the invoking character. 'type' determines what happens to the
|
|
item and the cards:
|
|
|
|
0 - will destroy both the item and the cards.
|
|
1 - will keep the item, but destroy the cards.
|
|
2 - will keep the cards, but destroy the item.
|
|
|
|
Whatever the type is, it will also show a failure effect on screen.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*repair <broken item number>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command repairs a broken piece of equipment, using the same list of broken
|
|
items as available through 'getbrokenid'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*repairall {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command repairs all broken equipment in the attached player's inventory.
|
|
A repair effect will be shown if any items are repaired, else the command will
|
|
end silently.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*successrefitem <equipment slot>{,<count>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will refine an item in the specified equipment slot of the invoking
|
|
character by +1, or a count if given. For a list of equipment slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
This command will also display a 'refine success' effect on the character and put
|
|
appropriate messages into their chat window. It will also give the character fame
|
|
points if a weapon reached +10 this way, even though these will only take effect for
|
|
blacksmith who will later forge a weapon.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*failedrefitem <equipment slot>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will fail to refine an item in the specified equipment slot of the
|
|
invoking character. The item will be destroyed. This will also display a 'refine
|
|
failure' effect on the character and put appropriate messages into their chat
|
|
window.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*downrefitem <equipment slot>{,<count>{,<char_id>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will downgrade an item in the specified equipment slot of the invoking
|
|
character by -1, or a count if given. For a list of equipment slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
This command will also display a 'refine failure' effect on the character and put
|
|
appropriate messages into their chat window.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unequip <equipment slot>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will unequip whatever is currently equipped in the invoking
|
|
character's specified equipment slot. For a full list of possible equipment
|
|
slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
If an item occupies several equipment slots, it will get unequipped from all of
|
|
them.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delequip <equipment slot>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will destroy whatever is currently equipped in the invoking
|
|
character's specified equipment slot. For a full list of possible equipment
|
|
slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
This command will return 1 if an item was deleted and 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*breakequip <equipment slot>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will break and unequip whatever is currently equipped in the
|
|
invoking character's specified equipment slot. For a full list of possible
|
|
equipment slots see 'getequipid'.
|
|
|
|
This command will return 1 if an item was broken and 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*clearitem {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will destroy all items the invoking character has in their
|
|
inventory (including equipped items). It will not affect anything else, like
|
|
storage or cart.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*equip <item id>{,<char_id>};
|
|
*autoequip <item id>,<option>;
|
|
|
|
These commands are to equip a equipment on the attached character.
|
|
The equip function will equip the item ID given when the player has
|
|
this item in his/her inventory, while the autoequip function will
|
|
equip the given item ID when this is looted. The option parameter of
|
|
the autoequip is 1 or 0, 1 to turn it on, and 0 to turn it off.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
//This will equip a 1104 (falchion) on the character if this is in the inventory.
|
|
equip 1104;
|
|
|
|
//The invoked character will now automatically equip a falchion when it's looted.
|
|
autoequip 1104,1;
|
|
|
|
//The invoked character will no longer automatically equip a falchion.
|
|
autoequip 1104,0;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*buyingstore <slots>;
|
|
|
|
Invokes buying store preparation window like the skill 'Open Buying Store',
|
|
without the item requirement. Amount of slots is limited by the server to
|
|
a maximum of 5 slots by default.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// Gives the player opportunity to buy 4 different kinds of items.
|
|
buyingstore 4;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*searchstores <uses>,<effect>{,"<map name>"};
|
|
|
|
Invokes the store search window, which allows to search for both vending
|
|
and buying stores.
|
|
|
|
Parameter <uses> indicates how many searches can be started
|
|
before the window has to be reopened.
|
|
|
|
Parameter <effect> affects what happens when a result item is double-clicked
|
|
and can be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
SEARCHSTORE_EFFECT_NORMAL : Shows the store's position on the mini-map and highlights the
|
|
shop sign with yellow color, when the store is on same map
|
|
as the invoking player.
|
|
SEARCHSTORE_EFFECT_REMOTE : Directly opens the shop, regardless of distance.
|
|
|
|
Optional parameter <map name> indicates the name of map where the stores will be searched.
|
|
If not set, the search will be on the map the invoking character is currently on.
|
|
Special values for <map name> are:
|
|
|
|
"this" : Will search for stores on the map where the invoking character is currently on. (default)
|
|
"all" : Will search for stores on all maps.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Item Vending_Search_Scroll (10 uses, effect: show mark on minimap, current map)
|
|
searchstores 10, SEARCHSTORE_EFFECT_NORMAL;
|
|
|
|
// Search stores (1 use, effect: open shop, all maps on the server)
|
|
searchstores 1, SEARCHSTORE_EFFECT_REMOTE, "all";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*enable_command;
|
|
*disable_command;
|
|
|
|
These commands toggle the ability to use atcommand while interacting with an NPC.
|
|
|
|
The default setting, 'atcommand_disable_npc', is defined in 'conf/battle/gm.conf'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
4,1.- End of item-related commands
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*openstorage;
|
|
|
|
This will open character's Kafra storage window on the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character. It can be used from any kind of NPC or item script, not just
|
|
limited to Kafra Staff.
|
|
|
|
The storage window opens regardless of whether there are open NPC dialogs or
|
|
not, but it is preferred to close the dialog before displaying the storage
|
|
window, to avoid any disruption when both windows overlap.
|
|
|
|
mes "Close this window to open your storage.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
openstorage;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*openstorage2 <storage_id>,<mode>{,<account_id>};
|
|
|
|
Just like the 'openstorage' command, except this command can open additional storages
|
|
by the specified <storage_id>. For <storage_id>, please read the conf/inter_server.yml
|
|
for storage groups.
|
|
|
|
Values for <mode> are:
|
|
STOR_MODE_NONE : Player only can read the storage entries.
|
|
STOR_MODE_GET : Player can get items from the storage.
|
|
STOR_MODE_PUT : Player can put items in the storage.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
if (vip_status(VIP_STATUS_ACTIVE)) {
|
|
mes "I will open your Premium storage.";
|
|
mes "Thank you for using our service.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
openstorage2 1,STOR_MODE_GET|STOR_MODE_PUT;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Sorry, your Premium status is expired.";
|
|
mes "Storage will be opened but you can't put any item into it.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
openstorage2 1,STOR_MODE_GET;
|
|
}
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*openmail({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This will open a character's Mail window on the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character.
|
|
|
|
This command is not supported for PACKETVER 20150513 or newer.
|
|
|
|
mes "Close this window to open your mail inbox.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
openmail;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mail <destination id>,"<sender name>","<title>","<body>"{,<zeny>{,<item id array>,<item amount array>{,refine{,bound{,<item card0 array>{,<item card1 array>{,<item card2 array>{,<item card3 array>
|
|
{,<random option id0 array>, <random option value0 array>, <random option paramter0 array>{,<random option id1 array>, <random option value1 array>, <random option paramter1 array>
|
|
{,<random option id2 array>, <random option value2 array>, <random option paramter2 array>{,<random option id3 array>, <random option value3 array>, <random option paramter3 array>
|
|
{,<random option id4 array>, <random option value4 array>, <random option paramter4 array>}}}}}}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will send mail to the <destination id> which is a character ID.
|
|
A <sender name> can be specified but does not have to be from the direct creator
|
|
of the mail and is limited to NAME_LENGTH (24) characters. Mail <title> is limited
|
|
to MAIL_TITLE_LENGTH (40) characters. Mail <body> is limited to MAIL_BODY_LENGTH
|
|
(200) characters for PACKETVER < 20150513 or 500 characters for later clients.
|
|
|
|
Optional <zeny> and item data can be added to the mail as well. PACKETVER < 20150513
|
|
is limited to 1 item while later clients are limited to MAIL_MAX_ITEM (5).
|
|
|
|
The <item id array>, <item amount array>, <item card0 array>, <item card1 array>,
|
|
<item card2 array>, and <item card3 array> should all be integer arrays.
|
|
|
|
For random options there can be 5 arrays in pairs of 3 (ids, values, parameters) right after the cards.
|
|
All of these arrays shall be integer arrays as well.
|
|
|
|
Example of sending mail with zeny:
|
|
.@charid = getcharid(0);
|
|
.@sender$ = "Poring";
|
|
.@title$ = "Welcome";
|
|
.@body$ = "Hi! I'm a simple Poring from the Prontera fields! Welcome to Ragnarok!";
|
|
.@zeny = 5000;
|
|
mail .@charid, .@sender$, .@title$, .@body$, .@zeny;
|
|
|
|
Example of sending mail with items:
|
|
.@charid = getcharid(0);
|
|
.@sender$ = "Angeling";
|
|
.@title$ = "Welcome";
|
|
.@body$ = "Hi! I'm a simple Angeling from the Prontera fields! Welcome to Ragnarok!";
|
|
.@zeny = 0;
|
|
setarray .@mailitem[0], 504, 505, 2220, 1214; // White Potion, Blue Potion, Hat, Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailamount[0], 10, 5, 1, 1; // 10 White Potions, 5 Blue Potions, 1 Hat, 1 Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailrefine[0], 0, 0, 3, 10; // +3 Hat, +10 Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailbound[0], 0, 0, Bound_Account, Bound_Char; // Account bounded Hat, Char bounded Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard0[0], 0, 0, 4198, 4092; // Attach Maya Purple Card to the Hat, Attach Skeleton Worker Card to Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard1[0], 0, 0, 0, 4092; // Attach Skeleton Worker Card to Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard2[0], 0, 0, 0, 4092; // Attach Skeleton Worker Card to Dagger
|
|
mail .@charid, .@sender$, .@title$, .@body$, .@zeny, .@mailitem, .@mailamount, .@mailrefine, .@mailbound, .@mailcard0, .@mailcard1, .@mailcard2;
|
|
|
|
Example of sending mail with items and random options:
|
|
.@charid = getcharid(0);
|
|
.@sender$ = "Angeling";
|
|
.@title$ = "Welcome";
|
|
.@body$ = "Hi! I'm a simple Angeling from the Prontera fields! Welcome to Ragnarok!";
|
|
.@zeny = 0;
|
|
setarray .@mailitem[0], 504, 505, 2220, 1214; // White Potion, Blue Potion, Hat, Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailamount[0], 10, 5, 1, 1; // 10 White Potions, 5 Blue Potions, 1 Hat, 1 Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailrefine[0], 0, 0, 3, 10; // +3 Hat, +10 Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailbound[0], 0, 0, Bound_Account, Bound_Char; // Account bounded Hat, Char bounded Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard0[0], 0, 0, 4198, 4092; // Attach Maya Purple Card to the Hat, Attach Skeleton Worker Card to Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard1[0], 0, 0, 0, 4092; // Attach Skeleton Worker Card to Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard2[0], 0, 0, 0, 4092; // Attach Skeleton Worker Card to Dagger
|
|
setarray .@mailcard3[0], 0, 0, 0, 0; // Empty last slot
|
|
setarray .@mailrndopt_id0[0], 0, 0, 0, RDMOPT_VAR_MAXHPAMOUNT; // Enchant the Dagger with increased HP option
|
|
setarray .@mailrndopt_val0[0], 0, 0, 0, 1000; // Enchant the Dagger with increased HP option by 1000 points
|
|
setarray .@mailrndopt_prm0[0], 0, 0, 0, 0; // Enchant the Dagger with increased HP option - does not need any parameter
|
|
mail .@charid, .@sender$, .@title$, .@body$, .@zeny, .@mailitem, .@mailamount, .@mailrefine, .@mailbound, .@mailcard0, .@mailcard1, .@mailcard2, .@mailcard3, .@mailrndopt_id0, .@mailrndopt_val0, .@mailrndopt_prm0;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*openauction({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This will open the Auction window on the client connected to the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
mes "Close this window to open the Auction window.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
openauction;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
4,2.- Guild-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guildopenstorage()
|
|
|
|
This function works the same as 'openstorage' but will open a guild storage
|
|
window instead for the guild storage of the guild the invoking character belongs
|
|
to.
|
|
|
|
Return values:
|
|
GSTORAGE_OPEN - Successfully opened.
|
|
GSTORAGE_STORAGE_ALREADY_OPEN - Player storage is already open.
|
|
GSTORAGE_ALREADY_OPEN - Guild storage is already open.
|
|
GSTORAGE_NO_GUILD - Player is not in a guild.
|
|
GSTORAGE_NO_STORAGE - Guild hasn't invested in the Guild Storage Expansion skill (only if OFFICIAL_GUILD_STORAGE is enabled).
|
|
GSTORAGE_NO_PERMISSION - Player doesn't have permission to use the guild storage.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guildopenstorage_log({<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Opens the guild storage log window for the attached character or the given character id.
|
|
|
|
Possible return values:
|
|
GUILDSTORAGE_LOG_FINAL_SUCCESS Window was opened successfully.
|
|
GUILDSTORAGE_LOG_EMPTY Window was not opened, because no entries exist.
|
|
GUILDSTORAGE_LOG_FAILED Some database error occurred.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guild_has_permission(<permission>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Checks if the attached player or the player with the given character id has the given permission(s).
|
|
Permission can be a bitmask and allows to use multiple values at the same time.
|
|
Returns true if the player has all of the given permissions or false if the player does at least
|
|
miss one of the given permissions or is not in a guild at all.
|
|
|
|
Available permissions are:
|
|
GUILD_PERM_INVITE If a player is allowed to invite other players.
|
|
GUILD_PERM_EXPEL If a player is allowed to expel other guild members.
|
|
GUILD_PERM_STORAGE If a player is allowed to access the guild storage.
|
|
GUILD_PERM_ALL A combination of all permissions above.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guildchangegm(<guild id>,<new master's name>)
|
|
|
|
This function will change the Guild Master of a guild. The ID is the guild's
|
|
id, and the new guild master's name must be passed.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guildgetexp <amount>;
|
|
|
|
This will give the specified amount of guild experience points to the guild the
|
|
invoking character belongs to. It will silently fail if they do not belong to
|
|
any guild.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guildskill <skill id>,<level>
|
|
*guildskill "<skill name>",<level>
|
|
|
|
This command will bump up the specified guild skill by the specified number of
|
|
levels. This refers to the invoking character and will only work if the invoking
|
|
character is a member of a guild AND its guild master, otherwise no failure
|
|
message will be given and no error will occur, but nothing will happen - same
|
|
about the guild skill trying to exceed the possible maximum. The full list of
|
|
guild skills is available in 'db/(pre-)re/skill_db.yml', these are all the GD_ skills at
|
|
the end.
|
|
|
|
// This would give your character's guild one level of Approval (GD_APPROVAL ID
|
|
// 10000). Notice that if you try to add two levels of Approval, or add
|
|
// Approval when the guild already has it, it will only have one level of
|
|
// Approval afterwards.
|
|
guildskill 10000,1,0;
|
|
|
|
You might want to make a quest for getting a certain guild skill, make it hard
|
|
enough that all the guild needs to help or something. Doing this for the Glory
|
|
of the Guild skill, which allows your guild to use an emblem, is a good idea for
|
|
a fun quest.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
4,2 End of guild-related commands.
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*resetlvl <action type>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This is a character reset command, meant mostly for rebirth script supporting
|
|
Advanced jobs, which will reset the invoking character's stats and level
|
|
depending on the action type given. Valid action types are:
|
|
|
|
1 - Base level 1, Job level 1, 0 skill points, 0 base exp, 0 job exp, wipes the
|
|
status effects (only the ones settable by 'setoption'), sets all stats to 1.
|
|
If the new job is 'Novice High', give 100 status points, give First Aid and
|
|
Play Dead skills.
|
|
2 - Base level 1, Job level 1, 0 skill points, 0 base exp, 0 job exp.
|
|
Skills and attribute values are not altered.
|
|
3 - Base level 1, base exp 0. Nothing else is changed.
|
|
4 - Job level 1, job exp 0. Nothing else is changed.
|
|
|
|
In all cases everything the character has on will be unequipped.
|
|
|
|
Even though it doesn't return a value, it is used as a function in the official
|
|
rebirth scripts. Ask AppleGirl why.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*resetstatus({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This is a character reset command, which will reset the stats on the invoking
|
|
character and give back all the stat points used to raise them previously.
|
|
Nothing will happen to any other numbers about the character.
|
|
|
|
Used in reset NPC's (duh!)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*resetskill({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command takes off all the skill points on the invoking character, so they
|
|
only have Basic Skill blanked out (lvl 0) left, and returns the points for them
|
|
to spend again. Nothing else will change but the skills. Quest skills will also
|
|
reset if 'quest_skill_reset' option is set to Yes in 'battle_athena.conf'. If
|
|
the 'quest_skill_learn' option is set in there, the points in the quest skills
|
|
will also count towards the total.
|
|
|
|
Used in reset NPC's (duh!)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*resetfeel({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command will reset the Star Gladiator's designated maps on the invoking character.
|
|
Only works on Star Gladiator and Star Emperor classes.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*resethate({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command will reset the Star Gladiator's designated monsters on the invoking character.
|
|
Only works on Star Gladiator and Star Emperor classes.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*sc_start <effect type>,<ticks>,<value 1>{,<rate>,<flag>{,<GID>}};
|
|
*sc_start2 <effect type>,<ticks>,<value 1>,<value 2>{,<rate>,<flag>{,<GID>}};
|
|
*sc_start4 <effect type>,<ticks>,<value 1>,<value 2>,<value 3>,<value 4>{,<rate>,<flag>{,<GID>}};
|
|
*sc_end <effect type>{,<GID>};
|
|
*sc_end_class {<char_id>{,<job_id>}};
|
|
|
|
These commands will bestow a status effect on a character.
|
|
|
|
The <effect type> determines which status is invoked. This can be either a number
|
|
or constant, with the common statuses (mostly negative) found in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp'
|
|
with the 'SC_' prefix. A full list is located in 'src/map/status.hpp', though
|
|
they are not currently documented.
|
|
|
|
The duration of the status is given in <ticks>, or milleseconds.
|
|
Use INFINITE_TICK for infinite duration.
|
|
|
|
Certain status changes take an additional parameter <value 1>, which typically
|
|
modifies player stats by the given number or percentage. This differs for each
|
|
status, and is sometimes zero.
|
|
|
|
Optional value <rate> is the chance that the status will be invoked (100 = 1%).
|
|
This is used primarily in item scripts. When used in an NPC script, a flag MUST
|
|
be defined for the rate to work.
|
|
|
|
Optional value <flag> is how the status change start will be handled (a bitmask).
|
|
SCSTART_NOAVOID : Status change cannot be avoided.
|
|
SCSTART_NOTICKDEF : Tick cannot be reduced by stats (default).
|
|
SCSTART_LOADED : sc_data loaded, so no value will be altered.
|
|
SCSTART_NORATEDEF : Rate cannot be reduced.
|
|
SCSTART_NOICON : Status icon won't be sent to client
|
|
|
|
If a <GID> is given, the status change will be invoked on the specified character
|
|
instead of the one attached to the script. This can only be defined after setting
|
|
a rate and flag.
|
|
|
|
'sc_start2' and 'sc_start4' allow extra parameters to be passed, and are used only
|
|
for effects that require them. The meaning of the extra values vary depending on the
|
|
effect type. For more infos, read status_change.txt containing a list of all Status Changes
|
|
and theirs val1, val2, val3, and val4 usage in source.
|
|
|
|
'sc_end' will remove a specified status effect. If SC_ALL (-1) is given, it will
|
|
perform a complete removal of all statuses (although permanent ones will re-apply).
|
|
|
|
'sc_end_class' works like 'sc_end' but will remove all status effects from any learned
|
|
skill on the invoking character. If <job_id> is provided it will end the effect for that job.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// This will poison the invoking character for 10 minutes at 50% chance.
|
|
sc_start SC_POISON,600000,0,5000;
|
|
|
|
// This will bestow the effect of Level 10 Blessing.
|
|
sc_start SC_BLESSING,240000,10;
|
|
|
|
// Adjust element resistance by percentage. Sample with Resist_Fire item script:
|
|
// val1: Water resistance
|
|
// val2: Earth resistance
|
|
// val3: Fire resistance
|
|
// val4: Wind resistance
|
|
sc_start4 SC_ARMOR_ELEMENT,1200000,-15,0,20,0;
|
|
|
|
// This will end the Freezing status for the invoking character.
|
|
sc_end SC_FREEZE;
|
|
|
|
// This will end the effect of any learned skill for the invoking character.
|
|
sc_end_class;
|
|
|
|
// This will end the effect of any learned skill for the character with the <char_id> 150000.
|
|
// val1: <char_id>
|
|
sc_end_class(150000);
|
|
|
|
// This will end the effect of any Arch Bishop skill for the invoking character.
|
|
// val1: <char_id>
|
|
// val2: <job_id> of Arch Bishop
|
|
sc_end_class(getcharid(0),Job_Arch_Bishop);
|
|
|
|
Note: to use SC_NOCHAT you should alter Manner
|
|
set Manner, -5; // Will mute a user for 5 minutes
|
|
set Manner, 0; // Will unmute a user
|
|
set Manner, 5; // Will unmute a user and prevent the next use of 'Manner'
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getstatus(<effect type>{,<type>{,<char_id>}})
|
|
|
|
Retrieve information about a specific status effect when called. Depending on <type>
|
|
specified the function will return different information.
|
|
|
|
Possible <type> values:
|
|
- 0 or undefined: whether the status is active
|
|
- 1: the val1 of the status
|
|
- 2: the val2 of the status
|
|
- 3: the val3 of the status
|
|
- 4: the val4 of the status
|
|
- 5: the amount of time in milliseconds that the status has remaining
|
|
|
|
If <type> is not defined or is set to 0, then the script function will either
|
|
return 1 if the status is active, or 0 if the status is not active. If the status
|
|
is not active when any of the <type> fields are provided, this script function
|
|
will always return 0.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*skilleffect <skill id>,<number>{,<game ID>};
|
|
*skilleffect "<skill name>",<number>{,<game ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command displays visual and aural effects of given skill on currently
|
|
attached character or, when defined, on any unit with the given ID.
|
|
The number parameter is for skill whose visual effect
|
|
involves displaying of a number (healing or damaging). Note, that this command
|
|
will not actually use the skill, it is intended for scripts, which simulate
|
|
skill usage by the NPC, such as buffs, by setting appropriate status and
|
|
displaying the skill's effect.
|
|
|
|
mes "Be blessed!";
|
|
// Heal of 2000 HP
|
|
heal 2000,0;
|
|
skilleffect 28,2000;
|
|
// Blessing Level 10
|
|
sc_start SC_BLESSING,240000,10;
|
|
skilleffect 34,0;
|
|
// Increase AGI Level 5
|
|
sc_start SC_INCREASEAGI,140000,5;
|
|
skilleffect 29,0;
|
|
|
|
This will heal the character with 2000 HP, buff it with Blessing Lv 10 and
|
|
Increase AGI Lv 5, and display appropriate effects.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcskilleffect <skill id>,<number>,<x>,<y>;
|
|
*npcskilleffect "<skill name>",<number>,<x>,<y>;
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'skilleffect', however, ground type skill
|
|
effects will be centered at the map coordinates given on the same map as the
|
|
attached character and all other skill types will be centered on the attached
|
|
character.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*specialeffect <effect number>{,<send_target>{,"<NPC Name>"}};
|
|
|
|
This command will display special effect with the given number, centered on the
|
|
specified NPCs coordinates, if any. For a full list of special effect numbers
|
|
known see 'doc/effect_list.txt'. Some effect numbers are known not to work in
|
|
some client releases. (Notably, rain is absent from any client executables
|
|
released after April 2005.)
|
|
|
|
<NPC name> parameter will display <effect number> on another NPC. If the NPC
|
|
specified does not exist, the command will do nothing. When specifying an NPC,
|
|
<send_target> must be specified when specifying an <NPC Name>, specifying AREA
|
|
will retain the default behavior of the command.
|
|
|
|
// this will make the NPC "John Doe#1"
|
|
// show the effect "EF_HIT1" specified by
|
|
// Jane Doe. I wonder what John did...
|
|
mes "[Jane Doe]";
|
|
mes "Well, I never!";
|
|
specialeffect EF_HIT1,AREA,"John Doe#1";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*specialeffect2 <effect number>{,<send_target>{,"<Player Name>"}};
|
|
|
|
This command behaves identically to 'specialeffect', but the effect will be
|
|
centered on the invoking character's sprite.
|
|
|
|
<Player name> parameter will display <effect number> on another Player than the
|
|
one currently attached to the script. Like with specialeffect, when specifying
|
|
a player, <send_target> must be supplied, specifying AREA will retain the default
|
|
behavior of the command.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*removespecialeffect <effect number>{,<send_target>{,"<NPC Name>"}};
|
|
|
|
Work for 2018-10-02+
|
|
This command behaves parameter same as 'specialeffect', but use for remove effect with <effect number>
|
|
from invoking NPC.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*removespecialeffect2 <effect number>{,<send_target>{,"<Player Name>"}};
|
|
|
|
Work for 2018-10-02+
|
|
This command behaves parameter same as 'specialeffect2', but use for remove effect with <effect number>
|
|
from invoking character.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*statusup <stat>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will change a specified stat of the invoking character up by one
|
|
permanently. Stats are to be given as number, but you can use these constants to
|
|
replace them:
|
|
|
|
bStr - Strength
|
|
bVit - Vitality
|
|
bInt - Intelligence
|
|
bAgi - Agility
|
|
bDex - Dexterity
|
|
bLuk - Luck
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*statusup2 <stat>,<amount>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will change a specified stat of the invoking character by the
|
|
specified amount permanently. The amount can be negative. See 'statusup'.
|
|
|
|
// This will decrease a character's Vit forever.
|
|
statusup2 bVit,-1;
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*traitstatusup <stat>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will change a specified trait stat of the invoking character up by one
|
|
permanently. Trait stats are to be given as number, but you can use these constants to
|
|
replace them:
|
|
|
|
bPow - Power
|
|
bSta - Stamina
|
|
bWis - Wisdom
|
|
bSpl - Spell
|
|
bCon - Concentration
|
|
bCrt - Creative
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*traitstatusup2 <stat>,<amount>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will change a specified trait stat of the invoking character by the
|
|
specified amount permanently. The amount can be negative. See 'statusup'.
|
|
|
|
// This will decrease a character's Sta forever.
|
|
traitstatusup2 bSta,-1;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bonus <bonus type>,<val1>;
|
|
*bonus2 <bonus type>,<val1>,<val2>;
|
|
*bonus3 <bonus type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>;
|
|
*bonus4 <bonus type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>,<val4>;
|
|
*bonus5 <bonus type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>,<val4>,<val5>;
|
|
|
|
These commands are meant to be used in item scripts. They will probably work
|
|
outside item scripts, but the bonus will not persist for long. They, as
|
|
expected, refer only to an invoking character.
|
|
|
|
You can find the full list of possible bonuses and which command to use for each
|
|
kind in 'doc/item_bonus.txt'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*autobonus <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>{,<flag>,{<other script>}};
|
|
*autobonus2 <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>{,<flag>,{<other script>}};
|
|
*autobonus3 <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>,<skill id>,{<other script>};
|
|
*autobonus3 <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>,"<skill name>",{<other script>};
|
|
|
|
These commands are meant to be used in item scripts only! See 'petautobonus' for pet usage.
|
|
|
|
What these commands do is 'attach' a script to the player which will get
|
|
executed on attack (or when attacked in the case of autobonus2).
|
|
|
|
Rate is the trigger rate of the script (1000 = 100%).
|
|
|
|
Duration is the time in milliseconds that the bonus will last for since the script has triggered.
|
|
|
|
Skill ID/skill name the skill which will be used as trigger to start the bonus. (autobonus3)
|
|
|
|
The optional argument 'flag' is used to classify the type of attack where the script
|
|
can trigger (it shares the same flags as the bAutoSpell bonus script):
|
|
|
|
Range criteria:
|
|
BF_SHORT: Trigger on melee attack
|
|
BF_LONG: Trigger on ranged attack
|
|
Default: BF_SHORT+BF_LONG
|
|
Attack type criteria:
|
|
BF_WEAPON: Trigger on weapon skills
|
|
BF_MAGIC: Trigger on magic skills
|
|
BF_MISC: Trigger on misc skills
|
|
Default: BF_WEAPON
|
|
Skill criteria:
|
|
BF_NORMAL: Trigger on normal attacks
|
|
BF_SKILL: Trigger on skills
|
|
default: If the attack type is BF_WEAPON (only) BF_NORMAL is used,
|
|
otherwise BF_SKILL+BF_NORMAL is used.
|
|
|
|
The difference between the optional argument 'other script' and the 'bonus script' is that,
|
|
the former one triggers only when attacking(or attacked) and the latter one runs on
|
|
status calculation as well, which makes sure, within the duration, the "bonus" that get
|
|
lost on status calculation is restored. So, 'bonus script' is technically supposed to accept
|
|
"bonus" command only. And we usually use 'other script' to show visual effects.
|
|
|
|
In all cases, when the script triggers, the attached player will be the one
|
|
who holds the bonus. There is currently no way of knowing within this script
|
|
who was the other character (the attacker in autobonus2, or the target in
|
|
autobonus and autobonus3).
|
|
|
|
//Grants a 1% chance of starting the state "all stats +10" for 10 seconds when
|
|
//using weapon or misc attacks (both melee and ranged skills) and shows a special
|
|
//effect when the bonus is active.
|
|
autobonus "{ bonus bAllStats,10; }",10,10000,BF_WEAPON|BF_MISC,"{ specialeffect2 EF_FIRESPLASHHIT; }";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bonus_script "<script code>",<duration>{,<flag>{,<type>{,<status_icon>{,<char_id>}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will attach a script to a player for a given duration, in seconds.
|
|
After that time, the script will automatically expire. The same bonus cannot be
|
|
stacked. By default, this bonus will be stored on `bonus_script` table when player
|
|
logs out.
|
|
|
|
Flags (bitmask):
|
|
1 : Remove when dead.
|
|
2 : Removable by Dispell.
|
|
4 : Removable by Clearance.
|
|
8 : Remove when player logs out.
|
|
16 : Removeable by Banishing Buster.
|
|
32 : Removable by Refresh.
|
|
64 : Removable by Lux Anima.
|
|
128 : Remove when Madogear is activated or deactivated.
|
|
256 : Remove when receive damage.
|
|
512 : Script is permanent, cannot be cleared by bonus_script_clear.
|
|
1024: Force to replace duplicated script by expanding the duration.
|
|
2048: Force to add duplicated script. This flag cannot be stacked with 1024,
|
|
if both are defined, 1024 will be checked first and ignore this flag.
|
|
|
|
Types:
|
|
This will be used to decide negative or positive buff for 'debuff_on_logout'.
|
|
0: Ignore the buff type and won't be removed if the flag is not &8 (Default)
|
|
1: Buff
|
|
2: Debuff
|
|
|
|
Status_icon: See "Status Icon" section in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp'. Default is SI_BLANK (-1).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
- Id: 512
|
|
AegisName: Apple
|
|
Name: Apple
|
|
Type: Healing
|
|
Buy: 15
|
|
Weight: 20
|
|
Flags:
|
|
BuyingStore: true
|
|
Script: |
|
|
bonus_script "{ bonus bStr,5; }",60;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bonus_script_clear {<flag>,{<char_id>}};
|
|
|
|
Removes attached bonus_script from player. If no 'char_id' given, it will removes
|
|
from the invoker.
|
|
|
|
If 'flag' is 1, means will clears all scripts even it's Permanent effect. By default,
|
|
it just removes non-permanent script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*plagiarizeskill <skill_id>,<level>;
|
|
|
|
Enable the player to plagiarize specific skills that are copyable.
|
|
Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
- Plagiarism only able to copy skill while SC_PRESERVE is not active and skill is copyable by Plagiarism.
|
|
- Reproduce can copy skill if SC__REPRODUCE is active and the skill is copyable by Reproduce.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*plagiarizeskillreset <flag>;
|
|
|
|
Remove a plagiarized skill from the player.
|
|
Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
Flag constants:
|
|
1 - Use for Plagiarism Skill
|
|
2 - Use for Reproduce Skill
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*skill <skill id>,<level>{,<flag>};
|
|
*skill "<skill name>",<level>{,<flag>};
|
|
*addtoskill <skill id>,<level>{,<flag>};
|
|
*addtoskill "<skill name>",<level>{,<flag>};
|
|
|
|
These commands will give the invoking character a specified skill. This is also
|
|
used for item scripts.
|
|
|
|
Level is obvious. Skill id is the ID number of the skill in question as per
|
|
'db/(pre-)re/skill_db.yml'. It is not known for certain whether this can be used to give
|
|
a character a monster's skill, but you're welcome to try with the numbers given
|
|
in 'db/(pre-)re/mob_skill_db.txt'.
|
|
|
|
Flag is 0 if the skill is given permanently (will get written with the character
|
|
data) or 1 if it is temporary (will be lost eventually, this is meant for card
|
|
item scripts usage.). The flag parameter is optional, and defaults to 1 in
|
|
'skill' and to 2 in 'addtoskill'.
|
|
|
|
Flag 2 means that the level parameter is to be interpreted as a stackable
|
|
additional bonus to the skill level. If the character did not have that skill
|
|
previously, they will now at 0+the level given.
|
|
|
|
Flag 3 is the same as flag 1 in that it saves to the database. However, these skills
|
|
are ignored when any action is taken that adjusts the skill tree (reset/job change).
|
|
|
|
Flag constants:
|
|
0 - SKILL_PERM
|
|
1 - SKILL_TEMP
|
|
2 - SKILL_TEMPLEVEL
|
|
3 - SKILL_PERM_GRANT
|
|
|
|
// This will permanently give the character Stone Throw (TF_THROWSTONE,152), at
|
|
// level 1.
|
|
skill 152,1,0;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*nude {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will unequip anything equipped on the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
It is not required to do this when changing jobs since 'jobchange' will unequip
|
|
everything not equippable by the new job class anyway.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*sit {"<character name>"};
|
|
*stand {"<character name>"};
|
|
|
|
These commands will make a character sit or stand.
|
|
If no character is specified, the command will run for the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
Additionnally Sitting constant is true when the character is sitting, false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*disguise <Monster ID>{,<char_id>};
|
|
*undisguise {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command disguises the current player with a monster sprite.
|
|
The disguise lasts until 'undisguise' is issued or the player logs out.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
disguise 1002; // Disguise character as a Poring.
|
|
next;
|
|
undisguise; // Return to normal character sprite.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*transform <monster ID>,<duration>{,<sc type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>,<val4>};
|
|
*transform "<monster name>",<duration>{,<sc type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>,<val4>};
|
|
*active_transform <monster ID>,<duration>{,<sc type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>,<val4>};
|
|
*active_transform "<monster name>",<duration>{,<sc type>,<val1>,<val2>,<val3>,<val4>};
|
|
|
|
This command will turn a player into a monster for a given duration and can grant
|
|
a SC attribute effect while transformed. Note that players cannot be transformed
|
|
during War of Emperium or if already disguised.
|
|
Can only be removed when you die or the duration ends.
|
|
|
|
'transform' and 'active_transform' can stack on each other but using 'transform' or
|
|
'active_transform' twice will not stack (it will cancel the previous bonus for the new).
|
|
'active_transform' will take priority over transform for its duration.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
4,3 Marriage-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*marriage("<spouse name>");
|
|
|
|
This function will marry two characters, the invoking character and the one
|
|
referred to by name given, together, setting them up as each other's marriage
|
|
partner. No second function call has to be issued (in current SVN at least) to
|
|
make sure the marriage works both ways. The function returns 1 upon success, or
|
|
0 if the marriage could not be completed, either because the other character
|
|
wasn't found or because one of the two characters is already married.
|
|
|
|
This will do nothing else for the marriage except setting up the spouse ID for
|
|
both of these characters. No rings will be given and no effects will be shown.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*wedding;
|
|
|
|
This command will call up wedding effects - the music and confetti - centered on
|
|
the invoking character. Example can be found in the wedding script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*divorce({<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will "un-marry" the invoking character from whoever they were
|
|
married to. Both will no longer be each other's marriage partner, (at least in
|
|
current SVN, which prevents the cases of multi-spouse problems). It will return
|
|
1 upon success or 0 if the character was not married at all.
|
|
|
|
This function will also destroy both wedding rings and send a message to both
|
|
players, telling them they are now divorced.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*adopt("<parent_name>","<baby_name>");
|
|
*adopt(<parent_id>,<baby_id>);
|
|
|
|
This function will send the client adoption request to the specified baby
|
|
character. The parent value can be either parent. Both parents and the baby
|
|
need to be online in order for adoption to work.
|
|
|
|
Return values:
|
|
ADOPT_ALLOWED - Sent message to Baby to accept or deny.
|
|
ADOPT_ALREADY_ADOPTED - Character is already adopted.
|
|
ADOPT_MARRIED_AND_PARTY - Parents need to be married and in a party with the baby.
|
|
ADOPT_EQUIP_RINGS - Parents need wedding rings equipped.
|
|
ADOPT_NOT_NOVICE - Baby is not a Novice.
|
|
ADOPT_CHARACTER_NOT_FOUND - A parent or Baby was not found.
|
|
ADOPT_MORE_CHILDREN - You cannot adopt more than 1 child. (client message)
|
|
ADOPT_LEVEL_70 - Parents need to be at least level 70 in order to adopt someone. (client message)
|
|
ADOPT_MARRIED - You cannot adopt a married person. (client message)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
4,3.- End of marriage-related commands
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pcfollow <id>,<target id>;
|
|
*pcstopfollow <id>;
|
|
|
|
Makes a character follow or stop following someone. This command does the same
|
|
as the @follow command. The main difference is that @follow can use character
|
|
names, and this commands needs the account ID for the target.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// This will make Aaron follow Bullah, when both of these characters are online.
|
|
pcfollow getCharID(3,"Aaron"),getCharID(3,"Bullah");
|
|
|
|
// Makes Aaron stop following whoever he is following.
|
|
pcstopfollow getCharID(3,"Aaron");
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pcblockmove <id>,<option>;
|
|
*unitblockmove <id>,<option>;
|
|
|
|
Prevents the given GID from moving when the option is 1, and enables the ID to
|
|
move again when the option is 0. This command will run for the attached unit
|
|
if the given GID is zero.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Prevents the current char from moving away.
|
|
pcblockmove getcharid(3),1;
|
|
|
|
// Enables the current char to move again.
|
|
pcblockmove getcharid(3),0;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pcblockskill <id>,<option>;
|
|
*unitblockskill <id>,<option>;
|
|
|
|
Prevents the given GID from casting skills when the option is 1, and enables
|
|
the ID to cast skills again when the option is 0. This command will run for
|
|
the attached unit if the given GID is zero.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Prevents the current char from casting skills.
|
|
pcblockskill getcharid(3),1;
|
|
|
|
// Enables the current char to cast skills again.
|
|
pcblockskill getcharid(3),0;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setpcblock <type>,<state>{,<account ID>};
|
|
*getpcblock {<account ID>};
|
|
|
|
'setpcblock' command prevents/allows the player from doing the given <type> of action according
|
|
to the <state> during the player session (note: @reloadscript removes all <type> except PCBLOCK_IMMUNE).
|
|
The <type> values are bit-masks, multiples of <type> can be added to change the player action.
|
|
|
|
The action is blocked when the <state> is true, while false allows the action again.
|
|
|
|
'getpcblock' command return the bit-mask value of the currently
|
|
enabled block flags.
|
|
|
|
Available <type>:
|
|
PCBLOCK_MOVE Prevent the player from moving.
|
|
PCBLOCK_ATTACK Prevent the player from attacking.
|
|
PCBLOCK_SKILL Prevent the player from using skills/itemskills.
|
|
PCBLOCK_USEITEM Prevent the player from using usable items.
|
|
PCBLOCK_CHAT Prevent the player from sending global/guild/party/whisper messages.
|
|
PCBLOCK_IMMUNE Prevent the player from being hit by monsters.
|
|
PCBLOCK_SITSTAND Prevent the player from sitting/standing.
|
|
PCBLOCK_COMMANDS Prevent the player from using atcommands/charcommands.
|
|
PCBLOCK_NPCCLICK Prevent the player from clicking/touching any NPC/shop/warp.
|
|
PCBLOCK_EMOTION Prevent the player from using emotions.
|
|
PCBLOCK_EQUIP Prevent the player from replacing equipment.
|
|
PCBLOCK_NPC Simulate NPC interaction. Useful for NPC with no mes window. Sum of PCBLOCK_MOVE|PCBLOCK_SKILL|PCBLOCK_USEITEM|PCBLOCK_COMMANDS|PCBLOCK_NPCCLICK|PCBLOCK_EQUIP.
|
|
PCBLOCK_ALL Sum of all the flags.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
// Make the attached player invulnerable to monster (same as @monsterignore)
|
|
setpcblock PCBLOCK_IMMUNE, true;
|
|
|
|
// Prevents the attached player from attacking and using skills
|
|
setpcblock PCBLOCK_ATTACK|PCBLOCK_SKILL, true;
|
|
|
|
// Re-enables attack, skills and item use
|
|
setpcblock PCBLOCK_ATTACK|PCBLOCK_SKILL|PCBLOCK_USEITEM, false;
|
|
|
|
// getpcblock related checks
|
|
if (getpcblock() & PCBLOCK_IMMUNE)
|
|
mes "You are invulnerable!";
|
|
|
|
if (getpcblock() & (PCBLOCK_MOVE|PCBLOCK_SITSTAND))
|
|
mes "You can't walk or sit.";
|
|
|
|
if ((getpcblock() & (PCBLOCK_ATTACK|PCBLOCK_SKILL)) == 0)
|
|
mes "You can attack and use skills.";
|
|
|
|
if (getpcblock() & PCBLOCK_CHAT)
|
|
mes "You can't chat.";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*macro_detector({<account ID>});
|
|
*macro_detector({"<character name>"});
|
|
|
|
This command will display the captcha UI challenge onto the invoking character or the given <account ID>/<character name>.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// Use 'getareaunits' to gather an area of players to test.
|
|
// Build an int array of the account IDs.
|
|
.@num = getareaunits(BL_PC, "prontera", 150, 150, 160, 160, .@array[0]);
|
|
|
|
mes "The number of Players in Prontera in between 150x150 and 160x160 is " + .@num + " .";
|
|
mes "Players to challenge:";
|
|
freeloop(1); // If the list is too big
|
|
for(.@i = 0; .@i < getarraysize(.@array); .@i++) {
|
|
mes (.@i + 1) + " " + convertpcinfo(.@array[.@i], CPC_NAME);
|
|
macro_detector .@array[.@i];
|
|
}
|
|
freeloop(0);
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*permission_check(<permission>{,<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command will return true if the attached character has the specified permission, false otherwise.
|
|
If <char_id> is given, it will check the permission for that character instead.
|
|
|
|
A full list of the player permission constants (with the 'PC_PERM' prefix) along with the
|
|
full permissions documentation can be found in 'doc/permissions.txt'.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
if (permission_check(PC_PERM_TRADE)) {
|
|
mes "You have permission to trade!";
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
mes "You do not have permission to trade!";
|
|
}
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*permission_add(<permission>{,<char_id>});
|
|
*permission_remove(<permission>{,<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
These commands will temporarily add or remove the specified permission to the attached character,
|
|
or the given <char_id> until the player logs out.
|
|
|
|
A full list of the player permission constants (with the 'PC_PERM' prefix) along with the
|
|
full permissions documentation can be found in 'doc/permissions.txt'.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Adds the 'can_trade' permission to the attached character,
|
|
// allowing them to trade, drop, sell, store and mail items.
|
|
permission_add(PC_PERM_TRADE);
|
|
|
|
// Removes the 'can_party' permission from the attached character,
|
|
// preventing them from joining or creating parties.
|
|
permission_remove(PC_PERM_PARTY);
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
==================================
|
|
|5.- Mob / NPC -related commands.|
|
|
==================================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*monster "<map name>",<x>,<y>,"<name to show>",<mob id>,<amount>{,"<event label>",<size>,<ai>};
|
|
*monster "<map name>",<x>,<y>,"<name to show>","<mob name>",<amount>{,"<event label>",<size>,<ai>};
|
|
*areamonster "<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,"<name to show>",<mob id>,<amount>{,"<event label>",<size>,<ai>};
|
|
*areamonster "<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,"<name to show>","<mob name>",<amount>{,"<event label>",<size>,<ai>};
|
|
|
|
This command will spawn <amount> monsters with <mob id> or <mob name> on the specified
|
|
coordinates on the specified map. If the script is invoked by a character, a special
|
|
<map name>, "this", will be recognized to mean the name of the map the invoking character
|
|
is located at. This command works fine in item scripts.
|
|
|
|
The same command arguments mean the same things as described above in the
|
|
beginning of this document when talking about permanent monster spawns. Monsters
|
|
spawned in this manner will not respawn upon being killed.
|
|
|
|
Unlike the permanent monster spawns, if the mob id is -1, a random monster will
|
|
be picked from the entire database according to the rules configured in the
|
|
server for dead branches. This will work for all other kinds of non-permanent
|
|
monster spawns.
|
|
|
|
The only very special thing about this command is an event label, which is an
|
|
optional parameter. This label is written like '<NPC object name>::<label name>'
|
|
and upon the monster being killed, it will execute the script inside of the
|
|
specified NPC object starting from the label given. The RID of the player
|
|
attached at this execution will be the RID of the killing character.
|
|
The variable 'killedrid' is set to the Class (mob ID) of the monster killed.
|
|
The variable 'killedgid' is set to the ID (unique mob game ID) of the monster killed.
|
|
|
|
<size> can be:
|
|
Size_Small (0) (default)
|
|
Size_Medium (1)
|
|
Size_Large (2)
|
|
|
|
<ai> can be:
|
|
AI_NONE (0) (default)
|
|
AI_ATTACK (1) (attack/friendly)
|
|
AI_SPHERE (2) (Alchemist skill)
|
|
AI_FLORA (3) (Alchemist skill)
|
|
AI_ZANZOU (4) (Kagerou/Oboro skill)
|
|
AI_LEGION (5) (Sera skill)
|
|
AI_FAW (6) (Mechanic skill)
|
|
AI_WAVEMODE (7) Normal monsters will ignore attack from AI_WAVEMODE monsters
|
|
|
|
monster "place",60,100,"Poring",1002,1,"NPCNAME::OnLabel";
|
|
|
|
The coordinates of 0,0 will spawn the monster on a random place on the map.
|
|
|
|
The 'areamonster' command works much like the 'monster' command and is not
|
|
significantly different, but spawns the monsters within a square defined by
|
|
x1/y1-x2/y2.
|
|
|
|
Returned value is an array with the game ID of the spawned monster(s) depending
|
|
on the amount spawned. Array is stored in $@mobid[].
|
|
|
|
Simple monster killing script:
|
|
|
|
<Normal NPC object definition. Let's assume you called him NPCNAME.>
|
|
mes "[Summon Man]";
|
|
mes "Want to start the Poring hunt?";
|
|
next;
|
|
if (select("Yes.:No.") == 2) {
|
|
mes "[Summon Man]";
|
|
mes "Come back later.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Summon 10 Porings.
|
|
// Using coordinates 0,0 will spawn them in a random location.
|
|
monster "prontera",0,0,"Quest Poring",1002,10,"NPCNAME::OnPoringKilled";
|
|
|
|
mes "[Summon Man]";
|
|
mes "Now go and kill all the Porings I summoned.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
OnPoringKilled:
|
|
$PoringKilled++;
|
|
if ($PoringKilled >= 10) {
|
|
announce "Summon Man: Well done. All the Porings are dead!",3;
|
|
$PoringKilled = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
For more good examples see just about any official 2-1 or 2-2 job quest script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*areamobuseskill "<map name>",<x>,<y>,<range>,<mob id>,<skill id>,<skill level>,<cast time>,<cancelable>,<emotion>,<target type>;
|
|
*areamobuseskill "<map name>",<x>,<y>,<range>,<mob id>,"<skill name>",<skill level>,<cast time>,<cancelable>,<emotion>,<target type>;
|
|
*areamobuseskill "<map name>",<x>,<y>,<range>,"<mob name>",<skill id>,<skill level>,<cast time>,<cancelable>,<emotion>,<target type>;
|
|
*areamobuseskill "<map name>",<x>,<y>,<range>,"<mob name>","<skill name>",<skill level>,<cast time>,<cancelable>,<emotion>,<target type>;
|
|
|
|
This command will make all monsters of the specified <mob id> or <mob name> in the specified
|
|
area use the specified skill. <map name>, <x>, and <y> define the center of the area,
|
|
which extending <range> cells in each direction (ex: a range of 3 would create
|
|
a 7x7 square). The skill can be specified by <skill id> or <skill name>. <cast time> is in
|
|
milliseconds (1000 = 1 second), and the rest should be self-explanatory.
|
|
|
|
<target type> can be:
|
|
0 = self
|
|
1 = the mob's current target
|
|
2 = the mob's master
|
|
3 = random target
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
// spawn 1 Shining Plant in the 5x5 area centered on (155,188)
|
|
areamonster "prontera",153,186,157,190,"Shining Plant",1083,1;
|
|
// make the plant cast level 10 Cold Bolt on a random target
|
|
areamobuseskill "prontera",155,188,2,1083,"MG_COLDBOLT",10,3000,1,ET_KEK,3;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*killmonster "<map name>","<event label>"{,<type>};
|
|
|
|
This command will kill all monsters that were spawned with 'monster' or
|
|
'addmonster' and have a specified event label attached to them. Commonly used to
|
|
get rid of remaining quest monsters once the quest is complete.
|
|
|
|
If the label is given as "All", all monsters which have their respawn times set
|
|
to -1 (like all the monsters summoned with 'monster' or 'areamonster' script
|
|
command, and all monsters summoned with GM commands, but no other ones - that
|
|
is, all non-permanent monsters) on the specified map will be killed regardless
|
|
of the event label value.
|
|
|
|
As of r12876 killmonster now supports an optional argument type. Using 1 for type
|
|
will make the command fire "OnMyMobDead" events from any monsters that do die
|
|
as a result of this command.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*killmonsterall "<map name>"{,<type>};
|
|
|
|
This command will kill all monsters on a specified map name, regardless of how
|
|
they were spawned or what they are. As of r12873, The behavior has changed slightly.
|
|
In light of a label behavior fix for mob spawning commands that will now allow the label to
|
|
trigger when there is no player, killmonsterall has also been modified to support this.
|
|
|
|
Using this the normal/old way means labels don't trigger when a player didn't
|
|
attack/kill a monster. This is because it breaks compatibility with older scripts if
|
|
forced to use the new method. However, if you wish to use the new label type with this
|
|
command, simply use 1 for type. Any other number won't be recognized.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*strmobinfo(<type>,<monster id>);
|
|
|
|
This function will return information about a monster record in the database, as
|
|
per 'db/(pre-)re/mob_db.yml'. Type is the kind of information returned. Valid types are:
|
|
It will return 0 if there is no such monster (or the type value is invalid),
|
|
or an empty string if you requested the monster's name.
|
|
|
|
1 - 'english name' field in the database, a string.
|
|
2 - 'japanese name' field in the database, a string.
|
|
All other returned values are numbers:
|
|
3 - Level.
|
|
4 - Maximum HP.
|
|
5 - Maximum SP.
|
|
6 - Experience reward.
|
|
7 - Job experience reward.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mobcount("<map name>","<event label>")
|
|
|
|
This function will count all the monsters on the specified map that have a given
|
|
event label and return the number or 0 if it can't find any. Naturally, only
|
|
monsters spawned with 'monster' and 'areamonster' script commands can have non-empty
|
|
event label.
|
|
If you pass this function an empty string for the event label, it will return
|
|
the total count of monster without event label, including permanently spawning monsters.
|
|
With the dynamic mobs system enabled, where mobs are not kept
|
|
in memory for maps with no actual people playing on them, this will return a 0
|
|
for any such map.
|
|
If the event label is given as "all", all monsters will be counted, regardless of
|
|
having any event label attached.
|
|
|
|
If the map name is given as "this", the map the invoking character is on will
|
|
be used. If the map is not found, or the invoker is not a character while the map
|
|
is "this", it will return -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*clone "<map name>",<x>,<y>,"<event>",<char id>{,<master_id>{,<mode>{,<flag>,<duration>}}}
|
|
|
|
This command creates a monster which is a copy of another player. The first
|
|
four arguments serve the same purpose as in the monster script command, The
|
|
<char id> is the character id of the player to clone (player must be online).
|
|
If <master id> is given, the clone will be a 'slave/minion' of it. Master_id
|
|
must be a character id of another online player.
|
|
|
|
The mode can be specified to determine the behavior of the clone. Its
|
|
values are the same as the ones used for the mode field in the mob_db. The
|
|
default mode is aggressive, assists, can move, can attack.
|
|
|
|
Flag can be either zero or one currently. If zero, the clone is a normal
|
|
monster that'll target players, if one, it is considered a summoned monster,
|
|
and as such, it'll target other monsters. Defaults to zero.
|
|
|
|
The duration specifies how long the clone will live before it is auto-removed.
|
|
Specified in seconds, defaults to no limit (zero).
|
|
|
|
Returned value is the monster ID of the spawned clone. If command fails,
|
|
returned value is zero.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*summon "monster name",<monster id>{,<Time Out>{,"event label"}};
|
|
|
|
This command will summon a monster. (see also 'monster') Unlike monsters spawned
|
|
with other commands, this one will set up the monster to fight to protect the
|
|
invoking character. Monster name and mob id obey the same rules as the one given
|
|
at the beginning of this document for permanent monster spawns with the
|
|
exceptions mentioned when describing 'monster' command.
|
|
|
|
The effect for the skill 'Call Homunculus' will be displayed centered on the
|
|
invoking character.
|
|
|
|
Timeout is the time in milliseconds the summon lives, and is set default
|
|
to 60000 (1 minute). Note that also the value 0 will set the timer to default,
|
|
and it is not possible to create a spawn that lasts forever.
|
|
If an event label is given, upon the monster being killed, the event label will
|
|
run as if by 'donpcevent'.
|
|
|
|
Returned value is the game ID of the spawned monster.
|
|
|
|
// Will summon a dead branch-style monster to fight for the character.
|
|
summon "--ja--",-1;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*addmonsterdrop <monster id>,<item id>,<rate>,{<steal protected>,{<random option group id>}};
|
|
*addmonsterdrop "<monster name>",<item id>,<rate>,{<steal protected>,{<random option group id>}};
|
|
*delmonsterdrop <monster id>,<item id>;
|
|
*delmonsterdrop "<monster name>",<item id>;
|
|
|
|
These commands will temporarily add or delete a monster drop, which will be reset
|
|
when the mob database reloads or the server shuts down. They return true upon success, false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
If the monster already drops the specified item, its drop rate will be updated with
|
|
the given rate (100 = 1%).
|
|
|
|
If <steal protected> is true the item will be protected from TF_STEAL (default false).
|
|
<random option group id> binds the item with the given random option group Id (default 0).
|
|
The Id must be valid, like defined in db/[pre-]re/item_randomopt_group.yml
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Makes Owl Baron drop Honey at an 80% rate.
|
|
addmonsterdrop 1295,518,8000;
|
|
|
|
// Makes Owl Baron drop Knife_ at an 80% rate, protected from TF_STEAL and with random option group Id 5.
|
|
addmonsterdrop 1295,1202,8000,true,5;
|
|
|
|
// Deletes Executioner's Mitten from Rybio.
|
|
delmonsterdrop 1201,7017;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mob_setidleevent <GID>,<event>;
|
|
|
|
This command will attach an event label to the monster with the given <GID> which will execute
|
|
when the <GID> is idle.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
monster "prontera",0,0,"Quest Poring",1002,1;
|
|
mob_setidleevent $@mobid[0], "NPC NAME::OnIdle";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
OnIdle:
|
|
mobchat getattachedrid(),0,0x00FF00,"I'm IDLE!";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*disablenpc {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
*enablenpc {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
|
|
These two commands will disable and enable, respectively, an NPC object
|
|
specified by name. The disabled NPC will disappear from sight and will no longer
|
|
be triggerable in the normal way. It is not clear whether it will still be
|
|
accessible through 'donpcevent' and other triggering commands, but it probably
|
|
will be. You can disable even warp NPCs if you know their object names, which is
|
|
an easy way to make a map only accessible through walking half the time. Then
|
|
you 'enablenpc' them back.
|
|
|
|
You can also use these commands to create the illusion of an NPC switching
|
|
between several locations, which is often better than actually moving the NPC -
|
|
create one NPC object with a visible and a hidden part to their name, make a few
|
|
copies, and then disable all except one.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*hideonnpc {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
*hideoffnpc {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
|
|
These commands will make the NPC object specified display as hidden/visible,
|
|
even though not actually disabled per se. Hidden as in thief Hide skill, but
|
|
unfortunately, not detectable by Ruwach or Sight.
|
|
|
|
As they are now, these commands are pointless, it is suggested to use
|
|
'disablenpc'/'enablenpc', because these two commands actually unload the NPC
|
|
sprite location and other accompanying data from memory when it is not used.
|
|
However, you can use these for some quest ideas (such as cloaking NPCs talking
|
|
while hidden then revealing.... you can wonder around =P
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unloadnpc "<NPC object name>";
|
|
|
|
This command will fully unload a NPC object and all of it's duplicates.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*duplicate "<NPC name>","<map>",<x>,<y>{,"<Duplicate NPC name>"{,<sprite>{,<dir>{,<xs>{,<xy>}}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will duplicate the NPC with the given <NPC name> on <map> at <x>/<y>.
|
|
If <Duplicate NPC name>, <sprite>, <dir>, <xs> or <ys> is not provided the value of the original NPC will be used.
|
|
The Unique name of the new duplicated NPC is returned on success. An empty string is returned on failure.
|
|
|
|
NOTE:
|
|
Duplicates will always have the same NPC variables as the original NPC.
|
|
Editing a NPC variable in a duplicate or the original NPC will change it for the others.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*duplicate_dynamic("<NPC name>"{,<character ID>});
|
|
|
|
This command will duplicate the NPC with the given <NPC name> near the attached player or the player with the given <character ID>.
|
|
The Unique name of the new duplicated NPC is returned on success. An empty string is returned on failure.
|
|
|
|
NOTE:
|
|
Duplicates will always have the same NPC variables as the original NPC.
|
|
Editing a NPC variable in a duplicate or the original NPC will change it for the others.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cloakonnpc {"<NPC object name>"{,<character ID>}};
|
|
*cloakoffnpc {"<NPC object name>"{,<character ID>}};
|
|
|
|
These commands will make the NPC object specified display as cloaked/uncloaked,
|
|
even though not actually disabled.
|
|
The player can interact with a NPC cloaked (via NPC click, monster event..)
|
|
but the NPC trigger area is disabled.
|
|
|
|
If <character ID> is given then the NPC will only display to the specified
|
|
player until he/she leaves the map, logs out, or the npc option is changed.
|
|
If no <character ID> is specified it will display to the area.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cloakonnpcself {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
*cloakoffnpcself {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
|
|
Same command as above, but an attached player is required. The NPC will only display to the attached player.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isnpccloaked {"<NPC object name>"{,<character ID>}};
|
|
|
|
Returns true if the NPC has been cloaked to the attached player or given
|
|
<character ID>, false otherwise. This works in association with cloakonnpc
|
|
when it is targetting a specific character.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*doevent "<NPC object name>::<event label>";
|
|
|
|
This command will start a new execution thread in a specified NPC object at the
|
|
specified label. The execution of the script running this command will not stop,
|
|
and the event called by the 'doevent' command will not run until the invoking
|
|
script has terminated. No parameters may be passed with a doevent call.
|
|
|
|
The script of the NPC object invoked in this manner will run as if it's been
|
|
invoked by the RID that was active in the script that issued a 'doevent'. As
|
|
such, the command will not work if an RID is not attached.
|
|
|
|
place,100,100,1%TAB%script%TAB%NPC%TAB%53,{
|
|
mes "This is what you will see when you click me";
|
|
close;
|
|
OnLabel:
|
|
mes "This is what you will see if the doevent is activated";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
....
|
|
|
|
doevent "NPC::OnLabel";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*donpcevent "<NPC object name>::<event label>";
|
|
|
|
This command invokes the event label code within an another NPC or NPCs. It
|
|
starts a separate instance of execution, and the invoking NPC will resume
|
|
execution its immediately.
|
|
|
|
If the supplied event label has the form "NpcName::OnLabel", then only given
|
|
NPC's event label will be invoked (much like 'goto' into another NPC). If the
|
|
form is "::OnLabel" (NPC name omitted), the event code of all NPCs with given
|
|
label will be invoked, one after another. In both cases the invoked script
|
|
will run without an attached RID, whether or not the invoking script was
|
|
attached to a player. The event label name is required to start with "On".
|
|
|
|
This command can be used to make other NPCs act, as if they were responding to
|
|
the invoking NPC's actions, such as using an emotion or talking.
|
|
|
|
place,100,100,1%TAB%script%TAB%NPC1%TAB%53,{
|
|
mes "NPC2 copies my actions!";
|
|
close2;
|
|
donpcevent "NPC2::OnEmote";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnEmote:
|
|
emotion rand(1,30);
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
place,102,100,1%TAB%script%TAB%NPC2%TAB%53,{
|
|
mes "NPC1 copies my actions!";
|
|
close2;
|
|
donpcevent "NPC1::OnEmote";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnEmote:
|
|
emotion rand(1,30);
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Whichever of the both NPCs is talked to, both will show a random emotion at the
|
|
same time.
|
|
|
|
As of r16564, command now returns 1 or 0 on success and failure.
|
|
A debug message also shows on the console when no events are triggered.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cmdothernpc "<npc name>","<command>";
|
|
|
|
This is simply "donpcevent <npc name>::OnCommand<command>".
|
|
It is an approximation of official server script language's 'cmdothernpc'.
|
|
|
|
Returns true if the command was executed on the other NPC successfully, false if not.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npctalk "<message>"{,"<NPC name>",<flag>{,<color>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will display a message as if the NPC object running it was a player
|
|
talking - that is, above their head and in the chat window.
|
|
The display name of the NPC won't get appended in front of the message.
|
|
If the <NPC name> option is given and not empty, then that NPC will display the message,
|
|
else the attached NPC will display the message,
|
|
the color format is in RGB (0xRRGGBB). The color is White by default.
|
|
|
|
Target for <flag>:
|
|
- bc_all : Broadcast message is sent server-wide (only in the chat window).
|
|
- bc_map : Message is sent to everyone in the same map as the source of the npc.
|
|
- bc_area : Message is sent to players in the vicinity of the source (default value).
|
|
- bc_self : Message is sent only to player attached.
|
|
|
|
// This will make everyone in the area see the NPC greet the character
|
|
// who just invoked it.
|
|
npctalk "Hello " + strcharinfo(0) + ", how are you?";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*chatmes "<message>"{,"<NPC name>"};
|
|
|
|
This command will display a message in the waitingroom (chat) of the NPC.
|
|
If the <NPC name> option is given, then that NPC will display the message, else
|
|
the attached NPC will display the message.
|
|
If the NPC is not in a waitingroom, nothing happens.
|
|
|
|
// Everyone in the waitingroom will see this message:
|
|
chatmes "Waiting 5 minutes until the next match will start";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setnpcdisplay("<npc name>", "<display name>", <class id>, <size>)
|
|
*setnpcdisplay("<npc name>", "<display name>", <class id>)
|
|
*setnpcdisplay("<npc name>", "<display name>")
|
|
*setnpcdisplay("<npc name>", <class id>)
|
|
|
|
Changes the display name and/or display class of the target NPC.
|
|
Returns 0 is successful, 1 if the NPC does not exist.
|
|
Size is 0 = normal 1 = small 2 = big.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
5,1.- Time-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*addtimer <ticks>,"NPC::OnLabel";
|
|
*deltimer "NPC::OnLabel";
|
|
*addtimercount <ticks>,"NPC::OnLabel";
|
|
|
|
These commands will create, destroy, and delay a countdown timer - 'addtimer' to
|
|
create, 'deltimer' to destroy and 'addtimercount' to delay it by the specified
|
|
number of ticks. For all three cases, the event label given is the identifier of
|
|
that timer. The timer runs on the character object that is attached to the script,
|
|
and can have multiple instances. When the label is run, it is run as if the player that
|
|
the timer runs on has clicked the NPC.
|
|
|
|
When this timer runs out, a new execution thread will start in the specified NPC
|
|
object at the specified label.
|
|
|
|
The ticks are given in 1/1000ths of a second.
|
|
|
|
One more thing. These timers are stored as part of player data. If the player
|
|
logs out, all of these get immediately deleted, without executing the script.
|
|
If this behavior is undesirable, use some other timer mechanism (like 'sleep').
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
<NPC Header> {
|
|
dispbottom "Starting a 5 second timer...";
|
|
addtimer 5000, strnpcinfo(3) + "::On5secs";
|
|
end;
|
|
On5secs:
|
|
dispbottom "5 seconds have passed!";
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*initnpctimer{ "<NPC name>" {, <Attach Flag>} } |
|
|
{ "<NPC name>" | <Attach Flag> };
|
|
*stopnpctimer{ "<NPC name>" {, <Detach Flag>} } |
|
|
{ "<NPC name>" | <Detach Flag> };
|
|
*startnpctimer{ "<NPC name>" {, <Attach Flag>} } |
|
|
{ "<NPC name>" | <Attach Flag> };
|
|
*setnpctimer <tick>{,"<NPC name>"};
|
|
*getnpctimer(<type of information>{,"<NPC name>"})
|
|
*attachnpctimer {"<character name>"};
|
|
*detachnpctimer {"<NPC name>"};
|
|
|
|
This set of commands and functions will create and manage an NPC-based timer.
|
|
The NPC name may be omitted, in which case the calling NPC is used as target.
|
|
|
|
Contrary to addtimer/deltimer commands which let you have many different timers
|
|
referencing different labels in the same NPC, each with their own countdown,
|
|
'initnpctimer' can only have one per NPC object. But it can trigger many labels
|
|
and let you know how many were triggered already and how many still remain.
|
|
|
|
This timer is counting up from 0 in ticks of 1/1000ths of a second each. Upon
|
|
creating this timer, the execution will not stop, but will happily continue
|
|
onward. The timer will then invoke new execution threads at labels
|
|
"OnTimer<time>:" in the NPC object it is attached to.
|
|
|
|
To create the timer, use the 'initnpctimer', which will start it running.
|
|
'stopnpctimer' will pause the timer, without clearing the current tick, while
|
|
'startnpctimer' will let the paused timer continue.
|
|
|
|
By default timers do not have a RID attached, which lets them continue even
|
|
if the player that started them logs off. To attach a RID to a timer, you can
|
|
either use the optional "attach flag" when using 'initnpctimer/startnpctimer',
|
|
or do it manually by using 'attachnpctimer'. Likewise, the optional flag of
|
|
stopnpctimer lets you detach any RID after stopping the timer, and by using
|
|
'detachnpctimer' you can detach a RID at any time.
|
|
|
|
Normally there is only a single timer per NPC, but as an exception, as long as
|
|
you attach a player to the timer, you can have multiple timers running at once,
|
|
because these will get stored on the players instead of the NPC.
|
|
NOTE: You need to attach the RID before the timer _before_ you start it to
|
|
get a player-attached timer. Otherwise it'll stay a NPC timer (no effect).
|
|
|
|
If the player that is attached to the npctimer logs out, the "OnTimerQuit:"
|
|
event label of that NPC will be triggered, so you can do the appropriate
|
|
cleanup (the player is still attached when this event is triggered).
|
|
|
|
The 'setnpctimer' command will explicitly set the timer to a given tick.
|
|
'getnpctimer' provides timer information. Its parameter defines what type:
|
|
|
|
0 - Will return the current tick count of the timer.
|
|
1 - Will return 1 if there are remaining "OnTimer<ticks>:" labels in the
|
|
specified NPC waiting for execution.
|
|
2 - Will return the number of times the timer has triggered and will trigger
|
|
an "OnTimer<tick>:" label in the specified NPC.
|
|
|
|
Example 1:
|
|
|
|
<NPC Header> {
|
|
// We need to use attachnpctimer because the mes command below needs RID attach
|
|
attachnpctimer;
|
|
initnpctimer;
|
|
npctalk "I cant talk right now, give me 10 seconds";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnTimer5000:
|
|
npctalk "Ok 5 seconds more";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnTimer6000:
|
|
npctalk "4";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnTimer7000:
|
|
npctalk "3";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnTimer8000:
|
|
npctalk "2";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnTimer9000:
|
|
npctalk "1";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnTimer10000:
|
|
stopnpctimer;
|
|
mes "[Man]";
|
|
mes "Ok we can talk now";
|
|
detachnpctimer;
|
|
// and remember attachnpctimer and detachnpctimer can only use while the NPC timer is not running !
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Example 2:
|
|
|
|
OnTimer15000:
|
|
npctalk "Another 15 seconds have passed.";
|
|
|
|
// You have to use 'initnpctimer' instead of 'setnpctimer 0'.
|
|
// This is equal to 'setnpctimer 0' + 'startnpctimer'.
|
|
// Alternatively, you can also insert another 'OnTimer15001' label so that the timer won't stop. */
|
|
initnpctimer;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
// This OnInit label will run when the script is loaded, so that the timer
|
|
// is initialized immediately as the server starts. It is dropped back to 0
|
|
// every time the NPC says something, so it will cycle continuously.
|
|
OnInit:
|
|
initnpctimer;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
Example 3:
|
|
|
|
mes "[Man]";
|
|
mes "I have been waiting " + (getnpctimer(0)/1000) + " seconds for you.";
|
|
// We divide the timer returned by 1000 to convert milliseconds to seconds.
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
Example 4:
|
|
|
|
mes "[Man]";
|
|
mes "Ok, I will let you have 30 more seconds...";
|
|
close2;
|
|
setnpctimer (getnpctimer(0)-30000);
|
|
// Notice the 'close2'. If there were a 'next' there the timer would be
|
|
// changed only after the player pressed the 'next' button.
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*sleep {<milliseconds>};
|
|
*sleep2 {<milliseconds>};
|
|
*awake "<NPC name>";
|
|
|
|
These commands are used to control the pause of a NPC.
|
|
sleep and sleep2 will pause the script for the given amount of milliseconds.
|
|
Awake is used to cancel a sleep. When awake is called on a NPC it will run as
|
|
if the sleep timer ran out, and thus making the script continue. Sleep and sleep2
|
|
basically do the same, but the main difference is that sleep will not keep the rid,
|
|
while sleep2 does. Also sleep2 will stop the script if there is no unit attached.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
sleep 10000; //pause the script for 10 seconds and ditch the RID (so no player is attached anymore)
|
|
sleep2 5000; //pause the script for 5 seconds, and continue with the RID attached.
|
|
awake "NPC"; //Cancels any running sleep timers on the NPC 'NPC'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*progressbar "<color>",<seconds>;
|
|
|
|
This command works almost like sleep2, but displays a progress bar
|
|
above the head of the currently attached character (like cast bar).
|
|
Once the given amount of seconds passes, the script resumes. If the
|
|
character moves while the progress bar progresses, it is aborted and
|
|
the script ends. The color format is in RGB (RRGGBB). The color is
|
|
currently ignored by the client and appears always green.
|
|
|
|
NOTE:
|
|
Ragexe clients are known to randomly crash if a message window is still open.
|
|
If possible make sure to close all message windows before triggering the progressbar command.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*progressbar_npc "<color>",<seconds>{,<"NPC Name">};
|
|
|
|
This command works like progressbar, but displays a progress bar
|
|
above the head of the currently attached (or given) NPC. Once the
|
|
given amount of seconds passes, the script resumes. The color format
|
|
is in RGB (RRGGBB). The color is currently ignored by the client and
|
|
appears always green.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
5,1.- End of time-related commands
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*announce "<text>",<flag>{,<fontColor>{,<fontType>{,<fontSize>{,<fontAlign>{,<fontY>{,<char_id>}}}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will broadcast a message to all or most players, similar to
|
|
@kami/@kamib GM commands.
|
|
|
|
announce "This will be shown to everyone at all in yellow.",0;
|
|
|
|
The region the broadcast is heard in (target), source of the broadcast
|
|
and the color the message will come up as is determined by the flags.
|
|
|
|
The flag values are coded as constants in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp' to make them easier to use.
|
|
|
|
Target flags:
|
|
- bc_all: Broadcast message is sent server-wide (default).
|
|
- bc_map: Message is sent to everyone in the same map as the source of the broadcast (see below).
|
|
- bc_area: Message is sent to players in the vicinity of the source.
|
|
- bc_self: Message is sent only to current player , if the source flag is bc_pc it also can
|
|
be used to send the Message to the character id if it's provided.
|
|
You cannot use more than one target flag.
|
|
|
|
Source flags:
|
|
- bc_pc: Broadcast source is the attached player or the character id if it's provided (default).
|
|
- bc_npc: Broadcast source is the NPC, not the player attached to the script
|
|
(useful when a player is not attached or the message should be sent to those
|
|
nearby the NPC).
|
|
You cannot use more than one source flag.
|
|
|
|
Special flags:
|
|
- bc_yellow: Broadcast will be displayed in yellow color (default).
|
|
- bc_blue: Broadcast will be displayed in blue color.
|
|
- bc_woe: Indicates that this broadcast is 'WoE Information' that can be disabled client-side.
|
|
Due to the way client handles broadcasts, it is impossible to set both bc_blue and bc_woe.
|
|
|
|
The optional parameters allow usage of broadcasts in custom colors, font-weights, sizes etc.
|
|
If any of the optional parameters is used, special flag is ignored.
|
|
Optional parameters may not work well (or at all) depending on a game client used.
|
|
|
|
The color parameter is a single number which can be in hexadecimal notation.
|
|
For example:
|
|
announce "This will be shown to everyone at all in green.",bc_all,0x00FF00;
|
|
Will display a global announce in green. The color format is in RGB (0xRRGGBB).
|
|
|
|
In official scripts only two font-weights (types) are used:
|
|
- normal (FW_NORMAL = 400, default),
|
|
- bold (FW_BOLD = 700).
|
|
|
|
Default font size is 12.
|
|
|
|
Using this for private messages to players is probably not that good an idea,
|
|
but it can be used instead in NPCs to "preview" an announce.
|
|
|
|
// This will be a private message to the player using the NPC that made the
|
|
// announcement
|
|
announce "This is my message just for you",bc_blue|bc_self;
|
|
|
|
// This will be shown on everyones screen that is in sight of the NPC.
|
|
announce "This is my message just for you people here",bc_npc|bc_area;
|
|
|
|
// This will be a private message to the player with character id 150000
|
|
announce "This is my message just for char id 150000",bc_self,0xFFF618,FW_NORMAL,12,0,0,150000;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mapannounce "<map name>","<text>",<flag>{,<fontColor>{,<fontType>{,<fontSize>{,<fontAlign>{,<fontY>}}}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will work like 'announce' but will only broadcast to characters
|
|
currently residing on the specified map. The flag and optional parameters
|
|
parameters are the same as in 'announce', but target and source flags are ignored.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*areaannounce "<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,"<text>",<flag>{,<fontColor>{,<fontType>{,<fontSize>{,<fontAlign>{,<fontY>}}}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command works like 'announce' but will only broadcast to characters
|
|
residing in the specified x1/y1-x2/y2 rectangle on the map given. The flags and
|
|
optional parameters are the same as in 'announce', but target and source flags are ignored.
|
|
|
|
areaannounce "prt_church",0,0,350,350,"God's in his heaven, all right with the world",0;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*callshop "<name>"{,<option>};
|
|
|
|
These are a series of commands used to create dynamic shops.
|
|
The 'callshop' function calls an invisible shop (view -1) as if the player clicked on it.
|
|
|
|
The options are:
|
|
0 = The normal window (buy, sell and cancel) (default)
|
|
1 = The buy window
|
|
2 = The sell window
|
|
|
|
Note: The <option> parameter only works on the 'shop' type NPC.
|
|
|
|
A shop called with this command will trigger the labels "OnBuyItem" and "OnSellItem"
|
|
(as long as an npcshop* command is executed from that NPC, see note below). These
|
|
labels, if used, will replace how the shop handles the buying and selling of items,
|
|
allowing for the creation of dynamic shops.
|
|
|
|
The label "OnBuyItem" sets the following arrays:
|
|
@bought_nameid - item ID bought
|
|
@bought_quantity - amount bought
|
|
|
|
The label "OnSellItem" sets the following arrays:
|
|
@sold_nameid - item ID sold
|
|
@sold_quantity - amount sold
|
|
@sold_refine - refine count
|
|
@sold_attribute - if the item is broken (1) or not (0)
|
|
@sold_identify - if the item is identified (1) or not (0)
|
|
@sold_enchantgrade - enchantgrade
|
|
@sold_card1 - card slot 1
|
|
@sold_card2 - card slot 2
|
|
@sold_card3 - card slot 3
|
|
@sold_card4 - card slot 4
|
|
@sold_option_id1 - random option ID 1
|
|
@sold_option_val1 - random option value 1
|
|
@sold_option_param1 - random option param 1
|
|
@sold_option_id2 - random option ID 2
|
|
@sold_option_val2 - random option value 2
|
|
@sold_option_param2 - random option param 2
|
|
@sold_option_id3 - random option ID 3
|
|
@sold_option_val3 - random option value 3
|
|
@sold_option_param3 - random option param 3
|
|
@sold_option_id4 - random option ID 4
|
|
@sold_option_val4 - random option value 4
|
|
@sold_option_param4 - random option param 4
|
|
@sold_option_id5 - random option ID 5
|
|
@sold_option_val5 - random option value 5
|
|
@sold_option_param5 - random option param 5
|
|
|
|
Note: These labels will only be triggered if an npcshop* command is executed because these
|
|
commands set a special data on the shop NPC, named master_nd in the source. The above labels
|
|
are triggered in the NPC whose master_nd is given in the shop.
|
|
|
|
A full example of a dynamic shop can be found in doc/sample/npc_dynamic_shop.txt.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcshopitem "<name>",<item id>,<price>{,<item id>,<price>{,<item id>,<price>{,...}}};
|
|
*npcshopitem "<name>",<item id>,<price>,<stock>{,<item id>,<price>,<stock>{,<item id>,<price>,<stock>{,...}}};
|
|
|
|
This command lets you override the contents of an existing NPC shop or cashshop. The
|
|
current sell list will be wiped, and only the items specified with the price
|
|
specified will be for sale.
|
|
|
|
The function returns 1 if shop was updated successfully, or 0 on failure.
|
|
|
|
NOTES:
|
|
- That you cannot use -1 to specify default selling price for cashshops, pointshops, or itemshops.
|
|
- If the attached shop type is a market shop, notice that there is an extra parameter after price, <stock>. Make sure to not add duplicate items! For unlimited stock use -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcshopadditem "<name>",<item id>,<price>{,<item id>,<price>{,<item id>,<price>{,...}}};
|
|
*npcshopadditem "<name>",<item id>,<price>,<stock>{,<item id>,<price>,<stock>{,<item id>,<price>,<stock>{,...}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will add more items at the end of the selling list for the
|
|
specified NPC shop or cashshop. If you specify an item already for sell, that item will
|
|
appear twice on the sell list.
|
|
|
|
The function returns 1 if shop was updated successfully, or 0 on failure.
|
|
|
|
NOTES:
|
|
- That you cannot use -1 to specify default selling price for cashshops, pointshops, or itemshops.
|
|
- If attached shop type is market shop, need an extra param after price, it's <stock>
|
|
and make sure don't add duplication item! For unlimited stock use -1.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcshopdelitem "<name>",<item id>{,<item id>{,<item id>{,...}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will remove items from the specified NPC shop or cashshop.
|
|
If the item to remove exists more than once on the shop, all instances will be
|
|
removed.
|
|
|
|
Note that the function returns 1 even if no items were removed. The return
|
|
value is only to confirm that the shop was indeed found.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcshopattach "<name>"{,<flag>};
|
|
|
|
This command will attach the current script to the given NPC shop.
|
|
When a script is attached to a shop, the events "OnBuyItem" and "OnSellItem"
|
|
of your script will be executed whenever a player buys/sells from the shop.
|
|
Additionally, the arrays @bought_nameid[], @bought_quantity[] or @sold_nameid[]
|
|
and @sold_quantity[] will be filled up with the items and quantities
|
|
bought/sold.
|
|
|
|
The optional parameter specifies whether to attach ("1") or detach ("0") from
|
|
the shop (the default is to attach). Note that detaching will detach any NPC
|
|
attached to the shop, even if it's from another script, while attaching will
|
|
override any other script that may be already attached.
|
|
|
|
The function returns 0 if the shop was not found, 1 otherwise.
|
|
|
|
NOTES:
|
|
- If attached shop type is market shop, will be default to call the 'buy' window.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcshopupdate "<name>",<item_id>,<price>{,<stock>}
|
|
|
|
Update an entry from a shop. If the price is 0 it won't be changed. May also be used for
|
|
marketshop to update the stock quantity. For unlimited stock, use -1.
|
|
For other shop types, the stock value has no effect.
|
|
|
|
If the price is -1, it sets it to the default buy price.
|
|
|
|
The function returns 1 if shop was updated successfully, or 0 on failure.
|
|
|
|
NOTES:
|
|
- That you cannot use -1 to specify default selling price for cashshops, pointshops, or itemshops.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*waitingroom "<chatroom name>",<limit>{,"<event label>"{,<trigger>{,<required zeny>{,<min lvl>{,<max lvl>}}}}};
|
|
|
|
This command will create a chat room, owned by the NPC object running this
|
|
script and displayed above the NPC sprite.
|
|
The maximum length of a chat room name is 60 letters.
|
|
|
|
The limit is the maximum number of people allowed to enter the chat room.
|
|
The attached NPC is included in this count. If the optional event and trigger
|
|
parameters are given, the event label ("<NPC object name>::<label name>")
|
|
will be invoked as if with a 'doevent' upon the number of people in the chat
|
|
room reaching the given triggering amount.
|
|
|
|
// The NPC will just show a box above its head that says "Hello World", clicking
|
|
// it will do nothing, since the limit is zero.
|
|
waitingroom "Hello World",0;
|
|
|
|
// The NPC will have a box above its head, it will say "Disco - Waiting Room"
|
|
// and will have 8 waiting slots. Clicking this will enter the chat room, where
|
|
// the player will be able to wait until 7 players accumulate. Once this happens,
|
|
// it will cause the NPC "Bouncer" run the label "OnStart".
|
|
|
|
waitingroom "Disco - Waiting Room",8,"Bouncer::OnStart",7;
|
|
|
|
// The NPC will have a box above its head, it will say "Party - Waiting Room"
|
|
// and will have 8 waiting slots. Clicking this will allow a player who has
|
|
// 5000 zeny and lvl 50~99 to enter the chat room, where the player will be
|
|
// able to wait until 7 players accumulate. Once this happens, it will cause
|
|
// the NPC "Bouncer" run the label "OnStart".
|
|
|
|
waitingroom "Party - Waiting Room",8,"Bouncer::OnStart",7,5000,50,99;
|
|
|
|
Creating a waiting room does not stop the execution of the script and it will
|
|
continue to the next line.
|
|
|
|
For more examples see the 2-1 and 2-2 job quest scripts which make extensive use
|
|
of waiting rooms.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delwaitingroom {"<NPC object name"};
|
|
|
|
This command will delete a waiting room. If no parameter is given, it will
|
|
delete a waiting room attached to the NPC object running this command, if it is,
|
|
it will delete a waiting room owned by another NPC object. This is the only way
|
|
to get rid of a waiting room, nothing else will cause it to disappear.
|
|
|
|
It's not clear what happens to a waiting room if the NPC is disabled with
|
|
'disablenpc', by the way.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*enablewaitingroomevent {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
*disablewaitingroomevent {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
*enablearena;
|
|
*disablearena;
|
|
|
|
This will enable and disable triggering the waiting room event (see
|
|
'waitingroom') respectively. Optionally giving an NPC object name will do that
|
|
for a specified NPC object. The chat room will not disappear when triggering is
|
|
disabled and enabled in this manner and players will not be kicked out of it.
|
|
Enabling a chat room event will also cause it to immediately check whether the
|
|
number of users in it exceeded the trigger amount and trigger the event
|
|
accordingly.
|
|
|
|
Normally, whenever a waiting room was created to make sure that only one
|
|
character is, for example, trying to pass a job quest trial, and no other
|
|
characters are present in the room to mess up the script.
|
|
|
|
The 'enablearena'/'disablearena' commands are just aliases with no parameter.
|
|
These are supposedly left here for compatibility with official server scripts,
|
|
but no rAthena script uses these at the moment.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getwaitingroomstate(<information type>{,"<NPC object name>"})
|
|
|
|
This function will return information about the waiting room state for the
|
|
attached waiting room or for a waiting room attached to the specified NPC if
|
|
any.
|
|
|
|
The valid information types are:
|
|
|
|
0 - Number of users currently chatting.
|
|
1 - Maximum number of users allowed.
|
|
2 - Will return 1 if the waiting room has a trigger set.
|
|
0 otherwise.
|
|
3 - Will return 1 if the waiting room is currently disabled.
|
|
0 otherwise.
|
|
4 - The Title of the waiting room (string)
|
|
5 - Password of the waiting room, if any. Pointless, since there is no way to
|
|
set a password on a waiting room right now.
|
|
16 - Event name of the waiting room (string)
|
|
32 - Whether or not the waiting room is full.
|
|
33 - Whether the amount of users in the waiting room is higher than the trigger
|
|
number.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*warpwaitingpc "<map name>",<x>,<y>{,<number of people>};
|
|
|
|
This command will warp the amount of characters equal to the trigger number of
|
|
the waiting room chat attached to the NPC object running this command to the
|
|
specified map and coordinates, kicking them out of the chat. Those waiting the
|
|
longest will get warped first. It can also do a random warp on the same map
|
|
("Random" instead of map name) and warp to the save point ("SavePoint").
|
|
|
|
The list of characters to warp is taken from the list of the chat room members.
|
|
Those not in the chat room will not be considered even if they are talking to
|
|
the NPC in question. If the number of people is given, exactly this much people
|
|
will be warped.
|
|
|
|
This command can also keep track of who just got warped. It does this by setting
|
|
special variables:
|
|
|
|
$@warpwaitingpc[] is an array containing the account_id numbers of the
|
|
characters who were just warped.
|
|
$@warpwaitingpcnum contains the number of the character it just warped.
|
|
|
|
See also 'getpartymember' for advice on what to do with those variables.
|
|
|
|
The obvious way of using this effectively would be to set up a waiting room for
|
|
two characters to be warped onto a random PVP map for a one-on-one duel, for
|
|
example.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*waitingroomkick "<NPC object name>" , "<character name>";
|
|
|
|
This command kicks the given character from the waiting room attached to the given NPC.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getwaitingroomusers "<NPC object name>";
|
|
|
|
This command get all the characters in the waiting room of the given NPC and stores
|
|
their gids in the array .@waitingroom_users[]. Also, stores the number of characters
|
|
in the variable .@waitingroom_usercount.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*kickwaitingroomall {"<NPC object name>"};
|
|
|
|
This command kicks everybody out of a specified waiting room chat.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setmapflagnosave "<map name>","<alternate map name>",<x>,<y>;
|
|
|
|
This command sets the 'nosave' flag for the specified map and also gives an
|
|
alternate respawn-upon-relogin point.
|
|
|
|
It does not make a map impossible to make a save point on as you would normally
|
|
think, 'savepoint' will still work. It will, however, make the specified map
|
|
kick the reconnecting players off to the alternate map given to the coordinates
|
|
specified.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setmapflag "<map name>",<flag>{,<zone>{,<type>}};
|
|
|
|
This command marks a specified map with the given map flag, which will alter the
|
|
behavior of the map. A full list of mapflags is located in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp' with
|
|
the 'mf_' prefix, and documentation can be found in 'doc/mapflags.txt'.
|
|
|
|
The map flags alter the behavior of the map regarding teleporting (mf_nomemo,
|
|
mf_noteleport, mf_nowarp, mf_nogo), storing location when disconnected
|
|
(mf_nosave), dead branch usage (mf_nobranch), penalties upon death
|
|
(mf_nopenalty, mf_nozenypenalty), PVP behavior (mf_pvp, mf_pvp_noparty,
|
|
mf_pvp_noguild), WoE behavior (mf_gvg,mf_gvg_noparty), ability to use
|
|
skills or open up trade deals (mf_notrade, mf_novending, mf_noskill, mf_noicewall),
|
|
current weather effects (mf_snow, mf_fog, mf_sakura, mf_leaves, mf_rain, mf_clouds,
|
|
mf_fireworks) and whether night will be in effect on this map (mf_nightenabled).
|
|
|
|
The optional parameter <zone> is used to set the zone for 'restricted' mapflags,
|
|
GM level bypass for 'nocommand', base/job experience for 'bexp'/'jexp', and
|
|
flag for 'battleground'.
|
|
|
|
For 'skill_damage' mapflag:
|
|
- Setting the flag here will adjust the global (all skills) damage on the map.
|
|
- <zone> is the -100 to 100000 damage adjustment value of the skills.
|
|
- See 'getmapflag' for the different <type> values.
|
|
For 'skill_duration' mapflag:
|
|
- <zone> is the skill ID to adjust.
|
|
- <type> is the percentage of adjustment from 0 to 100000.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*removemapflag "<map name>",<flag>{,<zone>};
|
|
|
|
This command removes a mapflag from a specified map.
|
|
See 'setmapflag' for a list of mapflags.
|
|
|
|
The optional parameter 'zone' is used to remove the zone from restricted mapflags.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmapflag("<map name>",<flag>{,<type>})
|
|
|
|
This command checks the status of a given mapflag and returns the mapflag's state.
|
|
0 means OFF, and 1 means ON. See 'setmapflag' for a list of mapflags.
|
|
|
|
For MF_RESTRICTED, the zone value of the map is returned.
|
|
|
|
The optional parameter 'type' is used in the 'skill_damage' mapflag:
|
|
SKILLDMG_MAX: if mapflag is set (default)
|
|
SKILLDMG_PC: damage against players
|
|
SKILLDMG_MOB: damage against mobs
|
|
SKILLDMG_BOSS: damage against bosses
|
|
SKILLDMG_OTHER: damage against other
|
|
SKILLDMG_CASTER: caster type
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setbattleflag "<battle flag>",<value>{,<reload>};
|
|
*getbattleflag("<battle flag>")
|
|
|
|
Sets or gets the value of the given battle flag.
|
|
Battle flags are the flags found in the battle / *.conf files and is also used in Lupus' variable rates script.
|
|
If the reload value is given then the server will attempt to reload monster data
|
|
to properly apply the new rates. This applies to EXP/Drop type configs. The server
|
|
will only attempt to reload specific configs.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
// Will set the base experience rate to 20x (2000%) - Monster data will continue to use previous rates at server start
|
|
setBattleFlag "base_exp_rate",2000;
|
|
|
|
// Will set the base experience rate to 20x (2000%) - Monster data will be reloaded to new value
|
|
setBattleFlag "base_exp_rate",2000,true;
|
|
|
|
// Will return the value of the base experience rate (when used after the above example, it would print 2000).
|
|
mes getBattleFlag("base_exp_rate");
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*warpportal <source x>,<source y>,"<map name>",<target x>,<target y>;
|
|
|
|
Creates a warp portal identical to the Acolyte "Warp Portal" skill.
|
|
The source coordinates specify the portal's location on the map of the invoking NPC.
|
|
The target map and coordinates determine the destination of the portal.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
// Will create a warp portal on the NPC's map at 150,150 leading to prontera, coords 150,180.
|
|
warpportal 150,150,"prontera",150,180;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mapwarp "<from map>","<to map>",<x>,<y>{,<type>,<ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will collect all characters located on the From map and warp them
|
|
wholesale to the same point on the To map, or randomly distribute them there if
|
|
the coordinates are zero. "Random" is understood as a special To map name and
|
|
will mean randomly shuffling everyone on the same map.
|
|
|
|
Optionally, a type and ID can be specified. Available types are:
|
|
|
|
0 - Everyone
|
|
1 - Guild
|
|
2 - Party
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
// Will warp all members of guild with ID 63 on map prontera to map alberta.
|
|
mapwarp "prontera","alberta",150,150,1,63;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
5,2.- Guild-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*maprespawnguildid "<map name>",<guild id>,<flag>;
|
|
|
|
This command goes through the specified map and for each player and monster
|
|
found there does stuff.
|
|
|
|
Flag is a bit-mask (add up numbers to get effects you want)
|
|
1 - warp all guild members to their save points.
|
|
2 - warp all non-guild members (including guildless players) to their save points.
|
|
4 - remove all monsters which are not guardian or Emperium.
|
|
|
|
Flag 7 will, therefore, mean 'wipe all mobs but guardians and the Emperium and
|
|
kick all characters out', which is what the official scripts do upon castle
|
|
surrender. Upon start of WoE, the scripts do 2 (warp all intruders out).
|
|
|
|
For examples, check the WoE scripts in the distribution.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*agitstart;
|
|
*agitend;
|
|
*agitstart2;
|
|
*agitend2;
|
|
*agitstart3;
|
|
*agitend3;
|
|
|
|
These commands will start and end War of Emperium FE, War of Emperium SE,
|
|
or War of Emperium TE.
|
|
|
|
This is a bit more complex than it sounds, since the commands themselves won't
|
|
actually do anything interesting, except causing all 'OnAgitStart:' and
|
|
'OnAgitEnd:', 'OnAgitStart2:' and 'OnAgitEnd2:', or 'OnAgitStart3:' and
|
|
'OnAgitEnd3:' in the case of latter two commands, events to run everywhere,
|
|
respectively. They are used as simple triggers to run a lot of complex scripts
|
|
all across the server, and they, in turn, are triggered by clock with an
|
|
'OnClock<time>:' time-triggering label.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*gvgon "<map name>";
|
|
*gvgoff "<map name>";
|
|
|
|
These commands will turn GVG mode for the specified maps on and off, setting up
|
|
appropriate map flags. In GVG mode, maps behave as if during the time of WoE,
|
|
even though WoE itself may or may not actually be in effect.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*gvgon3 "<map name>";
|
|
*gvgoff3 "<map name>";
|
|
|
|
Theses commands behave identically to gvgon/gvgoff, but apply GVG_TE mapflag.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*flagemblem <guild id>;
|
|
|
|
This command only works when run by the NPC objects which have sprite id 722,
|
|
which is a 3D guild flag sprite. If it isn't, the data will change, but nothing
|
|
will be seen by anyone. If it is invoked in that manner, the emblem of the
|
|
specified guild will appear on the flag, though, if any players are watching it
|
|
at this moment, they will not see the emblem change until they move out of sight
|
|
of the flag and return.
|
|
|
|
This is commonly used in official guildwar scripts with a function call which
|
|
returns a guild id:
|
|
|
|
// This will change the emblem on the flag to that of the guild that owns
|
|
// "guildcastle"
|
|
|
|
flagemblem GetCastleData("guildcastle",1);
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guardian "<map name>",<x>,<y>,"<name to show>",<mob id>{,"<event label>"{,<guardian index>}};
|
|
|
|
This command is roughly equivalent to 'monster', but is meant to be used with
|
|
castle guardian monsters and will only work with them. It will set the guardian
|
|
characteristics up according to the castle's investment values and otherwise
|
|
set the things up that only castle guardians need.
|
|
|
|
Since trunk r12524:
|
|
Returns the id of the mob or 0 if an error occurred.
|
|
When 'guardian index' isn't supplied it produces a temporary guardian.
|
|
Temporary guardians are not saved with the castle and can't be accessed by guardianinfo.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*guardianinfo("<map name>", <guardian number>, <type>);
|
|
|
|
This function will return various info about the specified guardian, or -1
|
|
if it fails for some reason. It is primarily used in the castle manager NPC.
|
|
|
|
Map name and guardian number (value between 0 and 7) define the target.
|
|
Type indicates what information to return:
|
|
0 - visibility (whether the guardian is installed or not)
|
|
1 - max. hp
|
|
2 - current hp
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getguildalliance(<guild id1>, <guild id2>);
|
|
|
|
This command will return the relation between 2 guilds.
|
|
|
|
NOTE: This should be used in collaboration with 'requestguildinfo' as the
|
|
map-server needs to request for information from the char-server.
|
|
|
|
Return values:
|
|
-2 - Guild ID1 does not exist
|
|
-1 - Guild ID2 does not exist
|
|
0 - Both guilds have no relation OR guild ID aren't given
|
|
1 - Both guilds are allies
|
|
2 - Both guilds are antagonists
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
//
|
|
5,2.- End of guild-related commands
|
|
//
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcspeed( <speed value> {,"<npc name>"} );
|
|
*npcwalkto( <x>,<y> {,"<npc name>"} } );
|
|
*npcstop( {"<npc name>", {"<flag>"}});
|
|
|
|
These commands will make the NPC object in question move around the map.
|
|
|
|
'npcspeed' will permanently set the NPCs walking speed to a specified value. As in the
|
|
@speed GM command, MAX_WALK_SPEED (1000) is the slowest possible speed while MIN_WALK_SPEED (20) is the fastest
|
|
possible (instant motion). DEFAULT_NPC_WALK_SPEED (200) is the default NPC walking speed.
|
|
|
|
'npcwalkto' will start the NPC sprite moving towards the specified coordinates
|
|
on the same map it is currently on. The script proceeds immediately after the
|
|
NPC begins moving.
|
|
|
|
'npcstop' will stop the motion.
|
|
|
|
The <flag> value in npcstop affects how the unit is stopped. The following flags are bitwise values (can be combined using the pipe operator):
|
|
USW_NONE = Unit will keep walking to their original destination.
|
|
USW_FIXPOS = Issue a fixpos packet afterwards.
|
|
USW_MOVE_ONCE = Force the unit to move one cell if it hasn't yet.
|
|
USW_MOVE_FULL_CELL = Enable moving to the next cell when unit was already half-way there (may cause on-touch/place side-effects, such as a scripted map change).
|
|
USW_FORCE_STOP = Force stop moving.
|
|
Default: USW_FIXPOS | USW_MOVE_FULL_CELL | USW_FORCE_STOP
|
|
|
|
While in transit, the NPC will be clickable, but invoking it will cause it to
|
|
stop moving, which will make its coordinates different from what the client
|
|
computed based on the speed and motion coordinates.
|
|
|
|
Only a few NPC sprites have walking animations, and those that do, do not get
|
|
the animation invoked when moving the NPC, due to the problem in the NPC walking
|
|
code, which looks a bit silly. You might have better success by defining a job-
|
|
sprite based sprite id in 'db/mob_avail.yml' with this.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*movenpc "<NPC name>",<x>,<y>{,<dir>};
|
|
|
|
This command looks like the NPCWalkToxy function,but is a little different.
|
|
|
|
While NPCWalkToXY just makes the NPC 'walk' to the coordinates given (which
|
|
sometimes gives problems if the path isn't a straight line without objects),
|
|
this command just moves the NPC. It basically warps out and in on the current
|
|
and given spot. Direction can be used to change the NPC's facing direction.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
// This will move Bugga from it's old coordinates to the new coordinates at 100,20 (if those coordinates are legit).
|
|
moveNPC "Bugga",100,20;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
=====================
|
|
|6.- Other commands.|
|
|
=====================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*debugmes "<message>";
|
|
|
|
This command will send a debug message to the server console (map-server window). It
|
|
will not be displayed anywhere else.
|
|
|
|
// Displays "NAME has clicked me!" in the map-server window.
|
|
debugmes strcharinfo(0) + " has clicked me!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*errormes "<message>";
|
|
|
|
This command will send an error message to the server console (map-server window). It
|
|
will not be displayed anywhere else.
|
|
|
|
// Displays "NAME has clicked me!" in the map-server window.
|
|
errormes strcharinfo(0) + " has clicked me!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*logmes "<message>";
|
|
|
|
This command will write the message given to the map server NPC log file, as
|
|
specified in 'conf/log_athena.conf'. In the TXT version of the server, the log
|
|
file is 'log/npclog.log' by default. In the SQL version, if SQL logging is
|
|
enabled, the message will go to the 'npclog' table, otherwise, it will go to the
|
|
same log file.
|
|
|
|
If logs are not enabled, nothing will happen.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*globalmes "<message>"{,"<NPC name>"};
|
|
|
|
This command will send a message to the chat window of all currently connected
|
|
characters.
|
|
|
|
If NPC name is specified, the message will be sent as if the sender would be
|
|
the NPC with the said name.
|
|
The display name of the NPC won't get appended in front of the message.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*rand(<number>{,<number>});
|
|
|
|
This function returns a number ...
|
|
(if you specify one) ... randomly positioned between 0 and the number you specify -1.
|
|
(if you specify two) ... randomly positioned between the two numbers you specify.
|
|
|
|
rand(10) would result in 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 or 9
|
|
rand(0,9) would result in 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 or 9
|
|
rand(2,5) would result in 2,3,4 or 5
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*viewpoint <action>,<x>,<y>,<point number>,<color>{,<Char ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will mark places on the mini map in the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character. It uses the normal X and Y coordinates from the main map.
|
|
The colors of the marks are defined using a hexadecimal number, same as the ones
|
|
used to color text in 'mes' output, but are written as hexadecimal numbers in C.
|
|
(They look like 0x<six numbers>.)
|
|
|
|
Action is what you want to do with a point, 1 will set it, while 2 will clear
|
|
it. 0 will also set it, but automatically removes the point after 15 seconds.
|
|
Point number is the number of the point - you can have several. If more than
|
|
one point is drawn at the same coordinates, they will cycle, which can be used
|
|
to create flashing marks.
|
|
|
|
// This command will show a mark at coordinates X 30 Y 40, is mark number 1,
|
|
// and will be red.
|
|
|
|
viewpoint 1,30,40,1,0xFF0000;
|
|
|
|
This will create three points:
|
|
|
|
viewpoint 1,30,40,1,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpoint 1,35,45,2,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpoint 1,40,50,3,0xFF0000;
|
|
|
|
And this is how you remove them:
|
|
|
|
viewpoint 2,30,40,1,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpoint 2,35,45,2,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpoint 2,40,50,3,0xFF0000;
|
|
|
|
The client determines what it does with the points entirely, the server keeps no
|
|
memory of where the points are set whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*viewpointmap "<map name>",<action>,<x>,<y>,<point number>,<color>;
|
|
|
|
This command will mark places on the mini map in the client for all players currently
|
|
on the defined map. It uses the normal X and Y coordinates from the main map.
|
|
The colors of the marks are defined using a hexadecimal number, same as the ones
|
|
used to color text in 'mes' output, but are written as hexadecimal numbers in C.
|
|
(They look like 0x<six numbers>.)
|
|
|
|
Action is what you want to do with a point, 1 will set it, while 2 will clear
|
|
it. 0 will also set it, but automatically removes the point after 15 seconds.
|
|
Point number is the number of the point - you can have several. If more than
|
|
one point is drawn at the same coordinates, they will cycle, which can be used
|
|
to create flashing marks.
|
|
|
|
// This command will show a mark at coordinates X 30 Y 40, is mark number 1,
|
|
// and will be red for all players currently on the map Prontera.
|
|
|
|
viewpointmap "prontera",1,30,40,1,0xFF0000;
|
|
|
|
This will create three points:
|
|
.@map$ = "prontera";
|
|
viewpointmap .@map$,1,30,40,1,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpointmap .@map$,1,35,45,2,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpointmap .@map$,1,40,50,3,0xFF0000;
|
|
|
|
And this is how you remove them:
|
|
.@map$ = "prontera";
|
|
viewpointmap .@map$,2,30,40,1,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpointmap .@map$,2,35,45,2,0xFF0000;
|
|
viewpointmap .@map$,2,40,50,3,0xFF0000;
|
|
|
|
The client determines what it does with the points entirely, the server keeps no
|
|
memory of where the points are set whatsoever.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cutin "<filename>",<position>;
|
|
|
|
This command will display a picture, usually an NPC illustration, also called
|
|
cutin, for the currently attached client. The position parameter determines the
|
|
placement of the illustration and takes following values:
|
|
|
|
0 bottom left corner
|
|
1 bottom middle
|
|
2 bottom right corner
|
|
3 middle of screen in a movable window with an empty title bar
|
|
4 middle of screen without the window header, but still movable
|
|
255 clear all displayed cutins
|
|
|
|
The picture is read from data\texture\유저인터페이스\illust, from both the GRF archive
|
|
and data folder, and is required to be a bitmap. The file extension .bmp can be
|
|
omitted. Magenta color (#ff00ff) is considered transparent. There is no limit
|
|
placed on the size of the illustrations by the client, although loading of large
|
|
pictures (about 700x700 and larger) causes the client to freeze shortly (lag).
|
|
Typically the size is about 320x480. New illustrations can be added by just
|
|
putting the new file into the location above.
|
|
|
|
The client is able to display only one cutin at the same time and each new one
|
|
will cause the old one to disappear. To delete the currently displayed
|
|
illustration without displaying a new one, an empty file name and position 255
|
|
must be used.
|
|
|
|
// Displays the Comodo Kafra illustration in lower right corner.
|
|
cutin "kafra_07",2;
|
|
|
|
// Typical way to end a script, which displayed an illustration during a
|
|
// dialog with a player.
|
|
mes "See you.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
cutin "",255;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*emotion <emotion number>{,<target>};
|
|
|
|
This command makes an object display an emotion sprite above their own as
|
|
if they were doing that emotion. For a full list of emotion numbers,
|
|
see 'src/map/script_constants.hpp' under 'ET_'. The not so obvious ones are 'ET_QUESTION'
|
|
(a question mark) and 'ET_SURPRISE' (the exclamation mark).
|
|
|
|
The optional target parameter specifies who will get the emotion on top of
|
|
their head. Use the target Game ID (GID).
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*misceffect <effect number>;
|
|
|
|
This command, if run from an NPC object that has a sprite, will call up a
|
|
specified effect number, centered on the NPC sprite. If the running code does
|
|
not have an object ID (a 'floating' NPC) or is not running from an NPC object at
|
|
all (an item script) the effect will be centered on the character who's RID got
|
|
attached to the script, if any. For usable item scripts, this command will
|
|
create an effect centered on the player using the item.
|
|
|
|
A full list of known effects is found in 'doc/effect_list.txt'. The list of
|
|
those that actually work may differ greatly between client versions.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*soundeffect "<effect filename>",<type>;
|
|
*soundeffectall "<effect filename>",<type>{,"<map name>"}{,<x0>,<y0>,<x1>,<y1>};
|
|
|
|
These two commands will play a sound effect to either the invoking character
|
|
only ('soundeffect') or multiple characters ('soundeffectall'). If the running
|
|
code does not have an object ID (a 'floating' NPC) or is not running from an NPC
|
|
object at all (an item script) the sound will be centered on the character who's
|
|
RID got attached to the script, if any. If it does, it will be centered on that
|
|
object. (an NPC sprite)
|
|
|
|
Effect filename is the filename in a GRF. It must have the .wav extension.
|
|
|
|
It's not quite certain what the 'type' actually does, it is sent to the client
|
|
directly. It probably determines which directory to play the effect from.
|
|
It's certain that giving 0 for the number will play sound files from '\data\wav\',
|
|
but where the other numbers will read from is unclear.
|
|
|
|
The sound files themselves must be in the PCM format, and file names should also
|
|
have a maximum length of 23 characters including the .wav extension:
|
|
|
|
soundeffect "1234567890123456789.wav", 0; // this will play the soundeffect
|
|
soundeffect "12345678901234567890.wav", 0; // throw gravity error
|
|
|
|
You can add your own effects this way, naturally.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*playBGM "<BGM filename>";
|
|
*playBGMall "<BGM filename>"{,"<map name>"{,<x0>,<y0>,<x1>,<y1>}};
|
|
|
|
These two commands will play a Background Music to either the invoking character
|
|
only ('playBGM') or multiple characters ('playBGMall').
|
|
|
|
BGM filename is the filename in /BGM/ folder. It has to be in .mp3 extension.
|
|
|
|
It's not required to specify the extension inside the script.
|
|
If coordinates are omitted, BGM will be broadcasted on the entire map. If the map name
|
|
is omitted as well the BGM will be played for the entire server.
|
|
|
|
You can add your own BGMs this way, naturally.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pvpon "<map name>";
|
|
*pvpoff "<map name>";
|
|
|
|
These commands will turn PVP mode for the specified maps on and off. Beside
|
|
setting the flags referred to in 'setmapflag', 'pvpon' will also create a PVP
|
|
timer and ranking as will @pvpon GM command do.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*atcommand "<command>";
|
|
|
|
This command will run the given command line exactly as if it was typed in from
|
|
the keyboard by the player connected to the invoking character, and that
|
|
character belonged to an account which had GM level 99.
|
|
|
|
// This will ask the invoker for a character name and then use the '@nuke'
|
|
// GM command on them, killing them mercilessly.
|
|
input .@player$;
|
|
atcommand "@nuke " + .@player$;
|
|
|
|
Note that for atcommands bound using 'bindatcmd', this command will execute the
|
|
original atcommand, not the script-bound atcommand.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*charcommand "<command>";
|
|
|
|
This command will run the given command line exactly as if it was typed in from
|
|
the keyboard from a character that belonged to an account which had GM level 99.
|
|
|
|
The commands can also run without an attached rid.
|
|
|
|
// This would do the same as above, but now
|
|
// it doesn't need a player attached by default.
|
|
charcommand "#option 0 0 0 Roy";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bindatcmd "<command>","<NPC object name>::<event label>"{,<atcommand level>,<charcommand level>};
|
|
|
|
This command will bind a NPC event label to an atcommand. Upon execution of the
|
|
atcommand, the user will invoke the NPC event label. Each atcommand is only allowed
|
|
one binding. If you rebind, it will override the original binding.
|
|
Note: The default level for atcommand is 0 while the default level for charcommand is 100.
|
|
|
|
The following variables are set upon execution:
|
|
.@atcmd_command$ = The name of the @command used.
|
|
.@atcmd_parameters$[] = Array containing the given parameters, starting from an index of 0.
|
|
.@atcmd_numparameters = The number of parameters defined.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
When a user types the command "@test", an angel effect will be shown.
|
|
|
|
- script atcmd_example -1,{
|
|
OnInit:
|
|
bindatcmd "test",strnpcinfo(3) + "::OnAtcommand";
|
|
end;
|
|
OnAtcommand:
|
|
specialeffect2 EF_ANGEL2;
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unbindatcmd "<command>";
|
|
|
|
This command will unbind a NPC event label from an atcommand.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*useatcmd "<command>";
|
|
|
|
This command will execute a script-bound atcommand for the attached RID. If the
|
|
supplied command is not bound to any script, this command will act like 'atcommand'
|
|
and attempt to execute a source-defined command.
|
|
|
|
The three .@atcmd_***** variables will NOT be set when invoking script-bound atcommands
|
|
in this way.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*camerainfo <range>,<rotation>,<latitude>{,<char id>};
|
|
|
|
This command will update the client's camera information with the given values where
|
|
the client can be the attached character or the player given by the char id parameter.
|
|
Note: This requires 2016-05-25aRagexeRE or newer.
|
|
|
|
The values given will be divided by 100 and transmitted as floating-point number.
|
|
|
|
range The zoomfactor of the camera.
|
|
Default: 230000 (230.0) when fully zoomed in
|
|
Maximum: 400000 (400.0) when fully zoomed out
|
|
|
|
rotation The rotation of the camera.
|
|
Default: 0 (0.0) when no rotation is applied
|
|
Maximum: 360000 (360.0°) when fully rotated
|
|
|
|
latitude The angle of the camera.
|
|
Default: -50000 (-50.0)
|
|
Maximum: -75000 (-75.0)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*refineui({<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Opens the refine UI for the attached player or the given character id.
|
|
|
|
This feature requires 2016-10-12aRagexeRE or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*openstylist({<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Opens the stylist UI for the attached player or the given character id.
|
|
|
|
This feature requires packet version 2015-11-04 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*laphine_synthesis({<item id>})
|
|
*laphine_synthesis({<"item name">})
|
|
|
|
Opens the laphine synthesis UI for <item ID> or <item name> for the attached player.
|
|
If run from within an item script <item ID> or <item name> is optional.
|
|
|
|
This feature requires packet version 2016-06-01 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*laphine_upgrade()
|
|
|
|
Opens the laphine upgrade UI for the attached player.
|
|
|
|
This feature requires packet version 2017-07-26 or newer.
|
|
|
|
This function is intended for use in item scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*openbank({<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Opens the Bank UI for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
|
|
This command requires packet version 2015-12-02 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*enchantgradeui {<char id>};
|
|
|
|
Opens the enchantgrade UI for the attached character or the player given by the char ID parameter.
|
|
|
|
This command requires packet version 2020-07-24 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*set_reputation_points(<type>,<points>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Sets the reputation points via <points> for reputation group <type> for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
<type> is the client side index as stored in the Id field of the reputation.yml database files.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*get_reputation_points(<type>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Gets the reputation points for reputation group <type> for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
<type> is the client side index as stored in the Id field of the reputation.yml database files.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*add_reputation_points(<type>,<points>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Adds the reputation points via <points> for reputation group <type> for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
<type> is the client side index as stored in the Id field of the reputation.yml database files.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*item_reform({<item id>{,<char id>}})
|
|
*item_reform({<"item name">{,<char id>}})
|
|
|
|
Opens the item reform UI for <item ID> or <item name> for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
If run from within an item script <item ID> or <item name> is optional.
|
|
|
|
This feature requires packet version 2021-11-03 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*item_enchant(<client side LUA index>{,<char ID>});
|
|
|
|
Opens the enchant UI for the attached character or the player given by the <char ID> parameter.
|
|
If the player exceeds 70% weight the client will not open the enchant UI and will trigger an
|
|
error message instead.
|
|
|
|
This command requires packet version 2021-11-03 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*opentips({<Tip ID>,{<char ID>}});
|
|
|
|
Opens the tip box UI for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
|
|
This command requires packet version 2017-11-22 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*specialpopup(<popup ID>);
|
|
|
|
Open popup and/or show text by ID from list defined in the client spopup.lub file.
|
|
Popup and text is only visible if the player warped from one map to another map.
|
|
|
|
This command requires packet version 2022-10-05 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
6,1.- Unit-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitwalk <GID>,<x>,<y>{,"<event label>"};
|
|
*unitwalkto <GID>,<Target GID>{,"<event label>"};
|
|
|
|
This command will tell a <GID> to walk to a position, defined either as a set of
|
|
coordinates or another object. The command returns a 1 for success and 0 upon failure.
|
|
|
|
If coordinates are passed, the <GID> will walk to the given x,y coordinates on the
|
|
unit's current map. While there is no way to move across an entire map with 1 command
|
|
use, this could be used in a loop to move long distances.
|
|
|
|
If an object ID is passed, the initial <GID> will walk to the <Target GID> (similar to
|
|
walking to attack). This is based on the distance from <GID> to <Target ID>. This command
|
|
uses a hard walk check, so it will calculate a walk path with obstacles. Sending a bad
|
|
target ID will result in an error.
|
|
|
|
An optional Event Label can be passed as well which will execute when the <GID> has reached
|
|
the given coordinates or <Target GID>.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
// Makes player walk to the coordinates (150,150).
|
|
unitwalk getcharid(3),150,150;
|
|
|
|
// Performs a conditional check with the command and reports success or failure to the player.
|
|
if (unitwalk(getcharid(3),150,150))
|
|
dispbottom "Walking you there...";
|
|
else
|
|
dispbottom "That's too far away, man.";
|
|
|
|
// Makes player walk to another character named "WalkToMe".
|
|
unitwalkto getcharid(3),getcharid(3,"WalkToMe");
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitattack <GID>,<Target ID>{,<action type>};
|
|
*unitattack <GID>,"<Target Name>"{,<action type>};
|
|
|
|
This command will make a <GID> attack the specified target. It returns true upon
|
|
success and false for all failures.
|
|
|
|
If <GID> is a player and a non-zero <action type> is given, the unit will perform a
|
|
continuous attack instead of a single attack.
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
Using unitattack with <GID> 0 means that it will use the currently attached unit.
|
|
For players any attack requests will fail, because talking to an NPC prevents attacking a monster.
|
|
Therefore you need to detach the player from the NPC before using this command.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitkill <GID>;
|
|
|
|
This command will kill a <GID>.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitwarp <GID>,"<map name>",<x>,<y>;
|
|
|
|
This command will warp a <GID> to the specified map and coordinates.
|
|
|
|
If <GID> is zero, the command runs for the unit that invoked the script. This can be
|
|
used with "OnTouch" to warp monsters:
|
|
|
|
OnTouch:
|
|
unitwarp 0,"this",-1,-1;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitstopattack <GID>;
|
|
|
|
This command will make a <GID> stop attacking.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitstopwalk <GID>{,<flag>};
|
|
|
|
This command will make a <GID> stop moving.
|
|
|
|
Note: If this is called from OnTouch, then the walktimer attached to the unit is
|
|
removed from OnTouch which causes this command to not stop the unit from walking.
|
|
Suggest to use 'unitblockmove' to forcefully stop the unit with OnTouch.
|
|
|
|
The <flag> value affects how the unit is stopped. The following flags are bitwise
|
|
values (can be combined using the pipe operator):
|
|
USW_NONE = Unit will keep walking to their original destination.
|
|
USW_FIXPOS = Issue a fixpos packet afterwards.
|
|
USW_MOVE_ONCE = Force the unit to move one cell if it hasn't yet.
|
|
USW_MOVE_FULL_CELL = Enable moving to the next cell when unit was already half-way there (may cause on-touch/place side-effects, such as a scripted map change).
|
|
USW_FORCE_STOP = Force stop moving.
|
|
|
|
This command will also remove the state tracking used for 'unitwalk' and 'unitwalkto'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unittalk <GID>,"<text>"{,flag};
|
|
|
|
This command will make a <GID> say a message. The display name of the <GID> won't get appended in front of the message.
|
|
flag: Specify target
|
|
bc_area - Message is sent to players in the vicinity of the source (default).
|
|
bc_self - Message is sent only to player attached.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitskilluseid <GID>,<skill id>,<skill lvl>{,<target id>,<casttime>,<cancel>,<Line_ID>,<ignore_range>};
|
|
*unitskilluseid <GID>,"<skill name>",<skill lvl>{,<target id>,<casttime>,<cancel>,<Line_ID>,<ignore_range>};
|
|
*unitskillusepos <GID>,<skill id>,<skill lvl>,<x>,<y>{,<casttime>,<cancel>,<Line_ID>,<ignore_range>};
|
|
*unitskillusepos <GID>,"<skill name>",<skill lvl>,<x>,<y>{,<casttime>,<cancel>,<Line_ID>,<ignore_range>};
|
|
|
|
This is the replacement of the older commands, these use the same values for
|
|
GID as the other unit* commands (See 'GID').
|
|
|
|
Skill ID is the ID of the skill, skill level is the level of the skill.
|
|
Cast time is the amount of seconds to add or remove from the skill. Use a positive value to
|
|
add and negative value to subtract. Using 0 or no value will use the default skill cast time.
|
|
For the position, the x and y are given in the UnitSkillUsePos.
|
|
|
|
<cancel> defines if the cast can be interrupted when hit (true/false).
|
|
CastCancel from skill_db.yml is the default value of <cancel>.
|
|
|
|
If <Line_ID> is defined (positive number, default 0) the monster will say the message from 'Line_ID'
|
|
in mob_chat_db.yml when casting the skill.
|
|
|
|
If <ignore_range> is true, the unit will ignore the skill range defined by the database. The default value is false.
|
|
Attention! this setting does not work for all skills.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*unitexists <GID>;
|
|
|
|
Checks if the given Game ID exists. Returns false if the object doesn't exist, or true if
|
|
it does.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getunittype <GID>;
|
|
|
|
Returns the type of object from the given Game ID. Returns -1 if the given GID does not
|
|
exist.
|
|
|
|
Return values:
|
|
BL_PC - Character object
|
|
BL_MOB - Monster object
|
|
BL_PET - Pet object
|
|
BL_HOM - Homunculus object
|
|
BL_MER - Mercenary object
|
|
BL_NPC - NPC object
|
|
BL_ELEM - Elemental object
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getunitname <GID>;
|
|
|
|
Gets the name of the given unit. Supported types are monster, homunculus, pet, and NPC.
|
|
Mercenary and Elemental don't support custom names.
|
|
|
|
Returns "Unknown" if unit is not found.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setunitname <GID>,"<new name>";
|
|
|
|
Changes the name of the given unit to the new name given. Supported types are monster,
|
|
homunculus, and pet. To change an NPC's name, see 'setnpcdisplay'. Mercenary and
|
|
Elemental don't support custom names.
|
|
|
|
Changing a homunculus or pet name will be permanent.
|
|
|
|
Returns "Unknown" if unit is not found.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setunittitle <GID>,<title>;
|
|
|
|
Apply a <title> to the given <GID>.
|
|
|
|
Note: This only works on non-player types. It also will only work on mobs if battle_config.show_mob_info is not enabled.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getunittitle <GID>;
|
|
|
|
Returns the title of the given <GID>.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getunitdata <GID>,<arrayname>;
|
|
*setunitdata <GID>,<parameter>,<new value>;
|
|
|
|
This is used to get and set special data related to the unit.
|
|
With getunitdata, the array given will be filled with the current data. In setunitdata
|
|
the indexes in the array would be used to set that data on the unit.
|
|
|
|
Both getunitdata and setunitdata will return -1 if the given GID does not exist.
|
|
|
|
Note: When adjusting a unit's stat (STR, AGI, etc) the unit's respective statuses are
|
|
recalculated (HIT, FLEE, etc) automatically. Keep in mind that some stats don't
|
|
affect a unit's status and will have to directly be modified.
|
|
|
|
Parameters (indexes) for monsters are:
|
|
UMOB_SIZE
|
|
UMOB_LEVEL
|
|
UMOB_HP
|
|
UMOB_MAXHP
|
|
UMOB_MASTERAID
|
|
UMOB_MAPID
|
|
UMOB_X
|
|
UMOB_Y
|
|
UMOB_SPEED
|
|
UMOB_MODE
|
|
UMOB_AI
|
|
UMOB_SCOPTION
|
|
UMOB_SEX
|
|
UMOB_CLASS
|
|
UMOB_HAIRSTYLE
|
|
UMOB_HAIRCOLOR
|
|
UMOB_HEADBOTTOM
|
|
UMOB_HEADMIDDLE
|
|
UMOB_HEADTOP
|
|
UMOB_CLOTHCOLOR
|
|
UMOB_SHIELD
|
|
UMOB_WEAPON
|
|
UMOB_LOOKDIR
|
|
UMOB_CANMOVETICK
|
|
UMOB_STR
|
|
UMOB_AGI
|
|
UMOB_VIT
|
|
UMOB_INT
|
|
UMOB_DEX
|
|
UMOB_LUK
|
|
UMOB_SLAVECPYMSTRMD
|
|
UMOB_DMGIMMUNE
|
|
UMOB_ATKRANGE
|
|
UMOB_ATKMIN
|
|
UMOB_ATKMAX
|
|
UMOB_MATKMIN
|
|
UMOB_MATKMAX
|
|
UMOB_DEF
|
|
UMOB_MDEF
|
|
UMOB_HIT
|
|
UMOB_FLEE
|
|
UMOB_PDODGE
|
|
UMOB_CRIT
|
|
UMOB_RACE
|
|
UMOB_ELETYPE
|
|
UMOB_ELELEVEL
|
|
UMOB_AMOTION
|
|
UMOB_ADELAY
|
|
UMOB_DMOTION
|
|
UMOB_TARGETID
|
|
UMOB_ROBE
|
|
UMOB_BODY2
|
|
UMOB_GROUP_ID
|
|
UMOB_IGNORE_CELL_STACK_LIMIT
|
|
UMOB_RES
|
|
UMOB_MRES
|
|
UMOB_DAMAGETAKEN
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
Parameter (indexes) for homunculi are:
|
|
UHOM_SIZE
|
|
UHOM_LEVEL
|
|
UHOM_HP
|
|
UHOM_MAXHP
|
|
UHOM_SP
|
|
UHOM_MAXSP
|
|
UHOM_MASTERCID
|
|
UHOM_MAPID
|
|
UHOM_X
|
|
UHOM_Y
|
|
UHOM_HUNGER
|
|
UHOM_INTIMACY
|
|
UHOM_SPEED
|
|
UHOM_LOOKDIR
|
|
UHOM_CANMOVETICK
|
|
UHOM_STR
|
|
UHOM_AGI
|
|
UHOM_VIT
|
|
UHOM_INT
|
|
UHOM_DEX
|
|
UHOM_LUK
|
|
UHOM_DMGIMMUNE
|
|
UHOM_ATKRANGE
|
|
UHOM_ATKMIN
|
|
UHOM_ATKMAX
|
|
UHOM_MATKMIN
|
|
UHOM_MATKMAX
|
|
UHOM_DEF
|
|
UHOM_MDEF
|
|
UHOM_HIT
|
|
UHOM_FLEE
|
|
UHOM_PDODGE
|
|
UHOM_CRIT
|
|
UHOM_RACE
|
|
UHOM_ELETYPE
|
|
UHOM_ELELEVEL
|
|
UHOM_AMOTION
|
|
UHOM_ADELAY
|
|
UHOM_DMOTION
|
|
UHOM_TARGETID
|
|
UHOM_GROUP_ID
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
Parameter (indexes) for pets are:
|
|
UPET_SIZE
|
|
UPET_LEVEL
|
|
UPET_HP
|
|
UPET_MAXHP
|
|
UPET_MASTERAID
|
|
UPET_MAPID
|
|
UPET_X
|
|
UPET_Y
|
|
UPET_HUNGER
|
|
UPET_INTIMACY
|
|
UPET_SPEED
|
|
UPET_LOOKDIR
|
|
UPET_CANMOVETICK
|
|
UPET_STR
|
|
UPET_AGI
|
|
UPET_VIT
|
|
UPET_INT
|
|
UPET_DEX
|
|
UPET_LUK
|
|
UPET_DMGIMMUNE
|
|
UPET_ATKRANGE
|
|
UPET_ATKMIN
|
|
UPET_ATKMAX
|
|
UPET_MATKMIN
|
|
UPET_MATKMAX
|
|
UPET_DEF
|
|
UPET_MDEF
|
|
UPET_HIT
|
|
UPET_FLEE
|
|
UPET_PDODGE
|
|
UPET_CRIT
|
|
UPET_RACE
|
|
UPET_ELETYPE
|
|
UPET_ELELEVEL
|
|
UPET_AMOTION
|
|
UPET_ADELAY
|
|
UPET_DMOTION
|
|
UPET_GROUP_ID
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
Parameter (indexes) for mercenaries are:
|
|
UMER_SIZE
|
|
UMER_HP
|
|
UMER_MAXHP
|
|
UMER_MASTERCID
|
|
UMER_MAPID
|
|
UMER_X
|
|
UMER_Y
|
|
UMER_KILLCOUNT
|
|
UMER_LIFETIME
|
|
UMER_SPEED
|
|
UMER_LOOKDIR
|
|
UMER_CANMOVETICK
|
|
UMER_STR
|
|
UMER_AGI
|
|
UMER_VIT
|
|
UMER_INT
|
|
UMER_DEX
|
|
UMER_LUK
|
|
UMER_DMGIMMUNE
|
|
UMER_ATKRANGE
|
|
UMER_ATKMIN
|
|
UMER_ATKMAX
|
|
UMER_MATKMIN
|
|
UMER_MATKMAX
|
|
UMER_DEF
|
|
UMER_MDEF
|
|
UMER_HIT
|
|
UMER_FLEE
|
|
UMER_PDODGE
|
|
UMER_CRIT
|
|
UMER_RACE
|
|
UMER_ELETYPE
|
|
UMER_ELELEVEL
|
|
UMER_AMOTION
|
|
UMER_ADELAY
|
|
UMER_DMOTION
|
|
UMER_TARGETID
|
|
UMER_GROUP_ID
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
Parameter (indexes) for elementals are:
|
|
UELE_SIZE
|
|
UELE_HP
|
|
UELE_MAXHP
|
|
UELE_SP
|
|
UELE_MAXSP
|
|
UELE_MASTERCID
|
|
UELE_MAPID
|
|
UELE_X
|
|
UELE_Y
|
|
UELE_LIFETIME
|
|
UELE_MODE
|
|
UELE_SPEED
|
|
UELE_LOOKDIR
|
|
UELE_CANMOVETICK
|
|
UELE_STR
|
|
UELE_AGI
|
|
UELE_VIT
|
|
UELE_INT
|
|
UELE_DEX
|
|
UELE_LUK
|
|
UELE_DMGIMMUNE
|
|
UELE_ATKRANGE
|
|
UELE_ATKMIN
|
|
UELE_ATKMAX
|
|
UELE_MATKMIN
|
|
UELE_MATKMAX
|
|
UELE_DEF
|
|
UELE_MDEF
|
|
UELE_HIT
|
|
UELE_FLEE
|
|
UELE_PDODGE
|
|
UELE_CRIT
|
|
UELE_RACE
|
|
UELE_ELETYPE
|
|
UELE_ELELEVEL
|
|
UELE_AMOTION
|
|
UELE_ADELAY
|
|
UELE_DMOTION
|
|
UELE_TARGETID
|
|
UELE_GROUP_ID
|
|
|
|
-----
|
|
|
|
Parameter (indexes) for NPCs are:
|
|
UNPC_LEVEL
|
|
UNPC_HP
|
|
UNPC_MAXHP
|
|
UNPC_MAPID
|
|
UNPC_X
|
|
UNPC_Y
|
|
UNPC_LOOKDIR
|
|
UNPC_STR
|
|
UNPC_AGI
|
|
UNPC_VIT
|
|
UNPC_INT
|
|
UNPC_DEX
|
|
UNPC_LUK
|
|
UNPC_PLUSALLSTAT
|
|
UNPC_DMGIMMUNE
|
|
UNPC_ATKRANGE
|
|
UNPC_ATKMIN
|
|
UNPC_ATKMAX
|
|
UNPC_MATKMIN
|
|
UNPC_MATKMAX
|
|
UNPC_DEF
|
|
UNPC_MDEF
|
|
UNPC_HIT
|
|
UNPC_FLEE
|
|
UNPC_PDODGE
|
|
UNPC_CRIT
|
|
UNPC_RACE
|
|
UNPC_ELETYPE
|
|
UNPC_ELELEVEL
|
|
UNPC_AMOTION
|
|
UNPC_ADELAY
|
|
UNPC_DMOTION
|
|
UNPC_SEX
|
|
UNPC_CLASS
|
|
UNPC_HAIRSTYLE
|
|
UNPC_HAIRCOLOR
|
|
UNPC_HEADBOTTOM
|
|
UNPC_HEADMIDDLE
|
|
UNPC_HEADTOP
|
|
UNPC_CLOTHCOLOR
|
|
UNPC_SHIELD
|
|
UNPC_WEAPON
|
|
UNPC_ROBE
|
|
UNPC_BODY2
|
|
UNPC_DEADSIT
|
|
UNPC_GROUP_ID
|
|
|
|
*Notes:
|
|
- *_SIZE: small (0); medium (1); large (2)
|
|
- *_MAPID: this refers to the map_data index (from src/map/map.cpp), not the mapindex_db index (from src/common/mapindex.cpp)
|
|
-- For 'setunitdata', map name can also be passed in as a valid value instead of map ID
|
|
- *_SPEED: 20 - 1000
|
|
- *_MODE: see doc/mob_db_mode_list.txt
|
|
- *_LOOKDIR: north (0), northwest (1), west (2), etc
|
|
- *_CANMOVETICK: seconds * 1000 the unit will be unable to move
|
|
- *_DMGIMMUNE: unit will be immune to damage (1), or will receive damage (0)
|
|
- *_HUNGER: 0 - 100
|
|
- *_INTIMACY: 0 - 1000
|
|
- *_LIFETIME: seconds * 1000 the unit will be 'alive' for
|
|
- *_AMOTION: see doc/mob_db.txt
|
|
- *_ADELAY: see doc/mob_db.txt
|
|
- *_DMOTION: see doc/mob_db.txt
|
|
- *_BODY2: enable (1) the alternate display, or disable (0)
|
|
- *_TARGETID: when set to 0 the unit will release the target and stop attacking
|
|
|
|
- UMOB_AI: none (0); attack (1); marine sphere (2); flora (3); zanzou (4); legion (5); faw (6)
|
|
- UMOB_SCOPTION: see the 'Variables' section at the top of this document
|
|
- UMOB_SLAVECPYMSTRMD: make the slave copy the master's mode (1), or not (0)
|
|
|
|
- UNPC_PLUSALLSTAT: same as 'bAllStats'; increases/decreases all stats by given amount
|
|
- UNPC_DEADSIT: stand (0), dead (1), sit (2)
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// Spawn some Porings and save the Game ID.
|
|
// - Keep in mind, when the 'monster' script command is used,
|
|
// - all the spawned monster GID's are stored in an array
|
|
// - called $@mobid[].
|
|
monster "prontera",149,190,"Poring",1002,10;
|
|
.GID = $@mobid[9]; // Store and modify the 10th Poring spawned to make him stronger!
|
|
|
|
// Save the strong Poring's mob data in the .@por_arr[] variable. (.@por_arr[1] being level, .@por_arr[13] being class, etc.)
|
|
// With this data we can have the NPC display or manipulate it how we want. This does not have to be ran before 'setunitdata'.
|
|
getunitdata .GID,.@por_arr;
|
|
|
|
// Set the max HP of the Poring to 1000 (current HP will also get updated to 1000).
|
|
setunitdata .GID,UMOB_MAXHP,1000;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*geteleminfo <type>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Get info of elemental of attached player or player by char_id.
|
|
Other info can be obtained by 'getunitdata' command.
|
|
|
|
Valid types are:
|
|
ELEMINFO_ID Elemental ID (ID unique to elementals unit type)
|
|
ELEMINFO_GAMEID Elemental Game ID
|
|
ELEMINFO_CLASS Elemental Class (ID defined in elemental_db.yml)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
\\
|
|
6,1.- End of unit-related commands
|
|
\\
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*npcskill <skill id>,<skill lvl>,<stat point>,<NPC level>;
|
|
*npcskill "<skill name>",<skill lvl>,<stat point>,<NPC level>;
|
|
|
|
This command causes the attached NPC object to cast a skill on the attached
|
|
player. The skill will have no cast time or cooldown. The player must be
|
|
within the default skill range or the command will fail silently.
|
|
|
|
The "stat point" parameter temporarily sets all NPC stats to the given value,
|
|
and "NPC level" is the temporary level of the NPC (used in some skills).
|
|
Neither value can be greater than the max level defined in config, and will
|
|
not work properly if the NPC has a mob sprite.
|
|
|
|
Before using skills, NPCs must have basic stats applied to them depending on the
|
|
skill being used: UNPC_ATKMIN, UNPC_ATKMAX, UNPC_MATKMIN, UNPC_MATKMAX, UNPC_STR,
|
|
UNPC_AGI, UNPC_VIT, UNPC_INT, UNPC_DEX, UNPC_LUK.
|
|
See 'setunitdata' for more information on usage.
|
|
|
|
// Casts Level 10 Heal on the attached player, calculated with
|
|
// all stats 99 and base level 60.
|
|
npcskill "AL_HEAL",10,99,60;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*day;
|
|
*night;
|
|
|
|
These two commands will switch the entire server between day and night mode
|
|
respectively. If your server is set to cycle between day and night by
|
|
configuration, it will eventually return to that cycle.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
- script DayNight -1,{
|
|
OnClock0600:
|
|
day;
|
|
end;
|
|
OnInit:
|
|
// setting correct mode upon server start-up
|
|
if (gettime(DT_HOUR)>=6 && gettime(DT_HOUR)<18) end;
|
|
OnClock1800:
|
|
night;
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
This script allows to emulate the day/night cycle as the server does, but also
|
|
allows triggering additional effects upon change, like announces, gifts, etc.
|
|
The day/night cycle set by configuration should be disabled when this script is used.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*defpattern <set number>,"<regular expression pattern>","<event label>";
|
|
*activatepset <set number>;
|
|
*deactivatepset <set number>;
|
|
*deletepset <set number>;
|
|
|
|
This set of commands is only available if the server is compiled with regular
|
|
expressions library enabled. Default compilation and most binary distributions
|
|
aren't, which is probably bad, since these, while complex to use, are quite
|
|
fascinating.
|
|
|
|
They will make the NPC object listen for text spoken publicly by players and
|
|
match it against regular expression patterns, then trigger labels associated
|
|
with these regular expression patterns.
|
|
|
|
Patterns are organized into sets, which are referred to by a set number. You can
|
|
have multiple sets patterns, and multiple patterns may be active at once.
|
|
Numbers for pattern sets start at 1.
|
|
|
|
'defpattern' will associate a given regular expression pattern with an event
|
|
label. This event will be triggered whenever something a player says is matched
|
|
by this regular expression pattern, if the pattern is currently active.
|
|
|
|
'activatepset' will make the pattern set specified active. An active pattern
|
|
will enable triggering labels defined with 'defpattern', which will not happen
|
|
by default.
|
|
'deactivatepset' will deactivate a specified pattern set. Giving -1 as a pattern
|
|
set number in this case will deactivate all pattern sets defined.
|
|
|
|
'deletepset' will delete a pattern set from memory, so you can create a new
|
|
pattern set in its place.
|
|
|
|
Using regular expressions is high wizardry. But with this high wizardry comes
|
|
unparalleled power of text manipulation. For an explanation of what a regular
|
|
expression pattern is, see a few web pages:
|
|
|
|
http://www.regular-expressions.info/
|
|
http://www.weitz.de/regex-coach/
|
|
|
|
For an example of this in use, see doc/sample/npc_test_pcre.txt
|
|
|
|
With this you could, for example, automatically punish players for asking for
|
|
Zeny in public places, or alternatively, automatically give them Zeny instead if
|
|
they want it so much.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pow(<number>,<power>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the result of the calculation.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@i = pow(2,3); // .@i will be 8
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*sqrt(<number>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the square-root of a number.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@i = sqrt(25); // .@i will be 5
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*distance(<x0>,<y0>,<x1>,<y1>)
|
|
|
|
Returns distance between 2 points.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@i = distance(100,200,101,202);
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*min(<number or array>{,<number or array>,...})
|
|
*minimum(<number or array>{,<number or array>,...})
|
|
*max(<number or array>{,<number or array>,...})
|
|
*maximum(<number or array>{,<number or array>,...})
|
|
|
|
Returns the smallest (or biggest) from the set of given parameters.
|
|
These parameters have to be either numbers or number arrays.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@minimum = min( 1, -6, -2, 8, 2 ); // .@minimum will be equal to -6
|
|
.@maximum = max( 0, 5, 10, 4 ); // .@maximum will be equal to 10
|
|
.@level = min( BaseLevel, 70 ); // .@level will be the character's base level, capped to 70
|
|
|
|
setarray .@testarray, 4, 5, 12, 6, 7, 3, 8, 9, 10;
|
|
|
|
.@minimum = min( .@testarray ); // .@minimum will be equal to 3
|
|
.@maximum = max( .@testarray ); // .@maximum will be equal to 12
|
|
|
|
.@minimum = min( -6, 1, 2, 3, .@testarray ); // .@minimum will be equal to -6
|
|
.@maximum = max( -6, 1, 2, 3, .@testarray ); // .@maximum will be equal to 12
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*cap_value(<number>, <min>, <max>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the number but capped between <min> and <max>.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// capped between 0 ~ 100
|
|
.@value = cap_value(10, 0, 100); // .@value will be equal to 10
|
|
.@value = cap_value(1000, 0, 100); // .@value will be equal to 100
|
|
.@value = cap_value(-10, 3, 100); // .@value will be equal to 3
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*round(<number>,<precision>);
|
|
*ceil(<number>,<precision>);
|
|
*floor(<number>,<precision>);
|
|
|
|
Returns <number> rounded to multiple of <precision>.
|
|
|
|
`round` function will round the <number> up if its division with <precision> yield a remainder
|
|
with a value equals to or more than half of <precision>. Otherwise, it rounds the <number> down.
|
|
`ceil` always round the <number> up.
|
|
`floor` always round the <number> down.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*md5("<string>")
|
|
|
|
Returns the md5 checksum of a number or string.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
mes md5(12345);
|
|
mes md5("12345"); // Will both display 827ccb0eea8a706c4c34a16891f84e7b
|
|
mes md5("qwerty"); // Will display d8578edf8458ce06fbc5bb76a58c5ca4
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*query_sql("your MySQL query"{, <array variable>{, <array variable>{, ...}}});
|
|
*query_logsql("your MySQL query"{, <array variable>{, <array variable>{, ...}}});
|
|
|
|
Executes an SQL query. A 'select' query can fill array variables with up to 2 billion rows of
|
|
values, and will return the number of rows (i.e. array size) or -1 on failure.
|
|
|
|
Note that 'query_sql' runs on the main database while 'query_logsql' runs on the log database.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@nb = query_sql("select name,fame from `char` ORDER BY fame DESC LIMIT 5", .@name$, .@fame);
|
|
mes "Hall Of Fame: TOP5";
|
|
mes "1." + .@name$[0] + "(" + .@fame[0] + ")"; // largest fame value.
|
|
mes "2." + .@name$[1] + "(" + .@fame[1] + ")";
|
|
mes "3." + .@name$[2] + "(" + .@fame[2] + ")";
|
|
mes "4." + .@name$[3] + "(" + .@fame[3] + ")";
|
|
mes "5." + .@name$[4] + "(" + .@fame[4] + ")";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*escape_sql(<value>)
|
|
|
|
Converts the value to a string and escapes special characters so that it is safe to
|
|
use in query_sql(). Returns the escaped form of the given value.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@name$ = "John's Laptop";
|
|
.@esc_str$ = escape_sql(.@name$); // Escaped string: John\'s Laptop
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setiteminfo(<item id>,<type>,<value>)
|
|
*setiteminfo(<aegis item name>,<type>,<value>)
|
|
|
|
This function will set some value of an item.
|
|
Returns the new value on success, or -1 on fail (item_id not found or invalid type).
|
|
|
|
Valid types are:
|
|
ITEMINFO_BUY (0) - Buy Price
|
|
ITEMINFO_SELL (1) - Sell Price
|
|
ITEMINFO_TYPE (2) - Type
|
|
ITEMINFO_MAXCHANCE (3) - maxchance (max drop chance of this item, e.g. 1 = 0.01%)
|
|
if = 0, then monsters don't drop it at all (rare or a quest item)
|
|
if = 10000, then this item is sold in NPC shops only
|
|
ITEMINFO_GENDER (4) - Gender
|
|
ITEMINFO_LOCATIONS (5) - Location(s)
|
|
ITEMINFO_WEIGHT (6) - Weight
|
|
ITEMINFO_ATTACK (7) - ATK
|
|
ITEMINFO_DEFENSE (8) - DEF
|
|
ITEMINFO_RANGE (9) - Range
|
|
ITEMINFO_SLOT (10) - Slot
|
|
ITEMINFO_VIEW (11) - View
|
|
ITEMINFO_EQUIPLEVELMIN (12) - equipment LV
|
|
ITEMINFO_WEAPONLEVEL (13) - weapon LV
|
|
ITEMINFO_ALIASNAME (14) - AliasName
|
|
ITEMINFO_EQUIPLEVELMAX (15) - equipment LV Max
|
|
ITEMINFO_MAGICATTACK (16) - matk if RENEWAL is defined
|
|
ITEMINFO_ARMORLEVEL (19) - armor LV
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
setiteminfo 7049,ITEMINFO_WEIGHT,9990; // Stone now weighs 999.0
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setitemscript(<item id>,<"{ new item script }">{,<type>});
|
|
|
|
Set a new script bonus to the Item. Very useful for game events.
|
|
You can remove an item's itemscript by leaving the itemscript argument empty.
|
|
Returns 1 on success, or 0 on fail (item_id not found or new item script is invalid).
|
|
Type can optionally be used indicates which script to set (default is 0):
|
|
0 - Script
|
|
1 - EquipScript
|
|
2 - UnEquipScript
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
setitemscript 2637,"{ if (isequipped(2236) == 0)end; if (getskilllv(26)){skill 40,1;}else{skill 26,1+isequipped(2636);} }";
|
|
setitemscript 2637,"";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*atoi("<string>")
|
|
*axtoi("<string>")
|
|
*strtol("<string>", base)
|
|
|
|
These commands are used to convert strings to numbers. 'atoi' will interpret
|
|
given string as a decimal number (base 10), while 'axtoi' interprets strings as
|
|
hexadecimal numbers (base 16). 'strtol' lets the user specify a base (valid range
|
|
is between 2 and 36 inclusive, or the special value0, which means auto-detection).
|
|
|
|
The 'atoi' and 'strtol' functions conform to the C functions with the same names,
|
|
and 'axtoi' is the same as strtol, with a base of 16. Results are clamped to signed
|
|
32 bit int range (INT_MIN ~ INT_MAX).
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
.@var = atoi("11"); // Sets .@var to 11
|
|
.@var = axtoi("FF"); // Sets .@var to 255
|
|
mes axtoi("11"); // Displays 17 (1 = 1, 10 = 16)
|
|
.@var = strtol("11", 10); // Sets .@var to 11 (11 base 10)
|
|
.@var = strtol("11", 16); // Sets .@var to 17 (11 base 16)
|
|
.@var = strtol("11", 0); // Sets .@var to 11 (11 base 10, auto-detected)
|
|
.@var = strtol("0x11", 0); // Sets .@var to 17 (11 base 16, auto-detected because of the "0x" prefix)
|
|
.@var = strtol("011", 0); // Sets .@var to 9 (11 base 8, auto-detected because of the "0" prefix)
|
|
.@var = strtol("11", 2); // Sets .@var to 3 (binary 11)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*compare("<string>","<substring>")
|
|
|
|
This command returns 1 or 0 when the substring is in the main string (1) or not (0).
|
|
This command is not case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
//dothis; will be executed ('Bloody Murderer' contains 'Blood').
|
|
if (compare("Bloody Murderer","Blood"))
|
|
dothis;
|
|
|
|
//dothat; will not be executed ('Blood butterfly' does not contain 'Bloody').
|
|
if (compare("Blood Butterfly","Bloody"))
|
|
dothat;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*strcmp("<string>","<string>")
|
|
|
|
This command compares two strings are returns a value:
|
|
1: string 1 > string 2
|
|
0: strings are equal
|
|
-1: string 1 < string 2
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getstrlen("<string>")
|
|
|
|
This function will return the length of the string given as an argument. It is
|
|
useful to check if anything input by the player exceeds name length limits and
|
|
other length limits and asking them to try to input something else.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*charisalpha("<string>",<position>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return 1 if the character number Position in the given string
|
|
is a letter, 0 if it isn't a letter but a digit or a space.
|
|
The first letter is position 0.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*charat(<string>,<index>)
|
|
|
|
Returns char at specified index. If index is out of range, returns empty string.
|
|
The first letter of a string is index 0.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
charat("This is a string", 10); //returns "s"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setchar(<string>,<char>,<index>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the original string with the char at the specified index set to the
|
|
specified char. If index out of range, the original string will be returned.
|
|
Only the 1st char in the <char> parameter will be used.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
setchar("Cat", "B", 0); //returns "Bat"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*insertchar(<string>,<char>,<index>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the original string with the specified char inserted at the specified
|
|
index. If index is out of range, the char will be inserted on the end of the
|
|
string that it is closest. Only the 1st char in the <char> parameter will be used.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
insertchar("laughter", "s", 0); //returns "slaughter"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*delchar(<string>,<index>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the original string with the char at the specified index removed.
|
|
If index is out of range, original string will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
delchar("Diet", 3); //returns "Die"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*strtoupper(<string>)
|
|
*strtolower(<string>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the specified string in its uppercase/lowercase form.
|
|
All non-alpha characters will be preserved.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
strtoupper("The duck is blue!!"); //returns "THE DUCK IS BLUE!!"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*charisupper(<string>,<index>)
|
|
*charislower(<string>,<index>)
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 if character at specified index of specified string is
|
|
uppercase/lowercase. Otherwise, 0. Characters not of the alphabet will return 0.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
charisupper("rAthena", 1); //returns 1
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*substr(<string>,<start_index>,<end_index>)
|
|
|
|
Returns the sub-string of the specified string inclusively between the set
|
|
indexes. If indexes are out of range, or the start index is after the end
|
|
index, an empty string will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
substr("foobar", 3, 5); //returns "bar"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*explode(<dest_array>,<string>,<delimiter>)
|
|
|
|
Breaks a string up into substrings based on the specified delimiter. Substrings
|
|
will be stored within the specified string array. Only the 1st char of the
|
|
delimiter parameter will be used. If an empty string is passed as a delimiter,
|
|
the string will be placed in the array in its original form.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
explode(.@my_array$, "Explode:Test:1965:red:PIE", ":");
|
|
//.@my_array$ contents will be...
|
|
//.@my_array$[0]: "Explode"
|
|
//.@my_array$[1]: "Test"
|
|
//.@my_array$[2]: "1965"
|
|
//.@my_array$[3]: "red"
|
|
//.@my_array$[4]: "PIE"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*implode(<string_array>{,<glue>})
|
|
|
|
Combines all substrings within the specified string array into a single string.
|
|
If the glue parameter is specified, it will be inserted inbetween each substring.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
setarray .@my_array$[0], "This", "is", "a", "test";
|
|
implode(.@my_array$, " "); //returns "This is a test"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*sprintf(<format>[,param[,param[,...]]])
|
|
|
|
C style sprintf. The resulting string is returned same as in PHP. All C format
|
|
specifiers are supported except %n. More info: sprintf @ www.cplusplus.com.
|
|
The number of params is only limited by rA's script engine.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
.@format$ = "The %s contains %d monkeys";
|
|
dispbottom(sprintf(.@format$, "zoo", 5)); //prints "The zoo contains 5 monkeys"
|
|
dispbottom(sprintf(.@format$, "barrel", 82)); //prints "The barrel contains 82 monkeys"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*sscanf(<string>,<format>[,param[,param[,...]]])
|
|
|
|
C style sscanf. All C format specifiers are supported.
|
|
More info: sscanf @ www.cplusplus.com. The number of params is only limited
|
|
by rA's script engine.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
sscanf("This is a test: 42 foobar", "This is a test: %d %s", .@num, .@str$);
|
|
dispbottom(.@num + " " + .@str$); //prints "42 foobar"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*strpos(<haystack>,<needle>{,<offset>})
|
|
|
|
PHP style strpos. Finds a substring (needle) within a string (haystack).
|
|
The offset parameter indicates the index of the string to start searching.
|
|
Returns index of substring on successful search, else -1.
|
|
Comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
strpos("foobar", "bar", 0); //returns 3
|
|
strpos("foobarfoo", "foo", 0); //returns 0
|
|
strpos("foobarfoo", "foo", 1); //returns 6
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*replacestr(<input>, <search>, <replace>{, <usecase>{, <count>}})
|
|
|
|
Replaces all instances of a search string in the input with the specified
|
|
replacement string. By default is case sensitive unless <usecase> is set
|
|
to 0. If specified it will only replace as many instances as specified
|
|
in the count parameter.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
replacestr("testing tester", "test", "dash"); //returns "dashing dasher"
|
|
replacestr("Donkey", "don", "mon", 0); //returns "monkey"
|
|
replacestr("test test test test test", "test", "yay", 0, 3); //returns "yay yay yay test test"
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*countstr(<input>, <search>{, <usecase>})
|
|
|
|
Counts all instances of a search string in the input. By default is case
|
|
sensitive unless <usecase> is set to 0.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
countstr("test test test Test", "test"); //returns 3
|
|
countstr("cake Cake", "Cake", 0); //returns 2
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*preg_match(<regular expression pattern>,<string>{,<offset>})
|
|
|
|
Searches a string for a match to the regular expression provided. The
|
|
offset parameter indicates the index of the string to start searching.
|
|
Returns offsets to captured substrings, or 0 if no match is found.
|
|
|
|
This command is only available if the server is compiled with the regular
|
|
expressions library enabled.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setfont <font>;
|
|
|
|
This command sets the current RO client interface font to one of the
|
|
fonts stored in data\*.eot by using an ID of the font. When the ID
|
|
of the currently used font is used, default interface font is used
|
|
again.
|
|
|
|
0 - Default
|
|
1 - RixLoveangel
|
|
2 - RixSquirrel
|
|
3 - NHCgogo
|
|
4 - RixDiary
|
|
5 - RixMiniHeart
|
|
6 - RixFreshman
|
|
7 - RixKid
|
|
8 - RixMagic
|
|
9 - RixJJangu
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*showdigit <value>{,<type>};
|
|
|
|
Displays given numeric 'value' in large digital clock font on top of
|
|
the screen. The optional parameter 'type' specifies visual aspects
|
|
of the "clock" and can be one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
0 - Displays the value for 5 seconds (default).
|
|
1 - Incremental counter (1 tick/second).
|
|
2 - Decremental counter (1 tick/second). Does not stop at zero,
|
|
but overflows.
|
|
3 - Decremental counter (2 ticks/second). Two digits only, stops
|
|
at zero.
|
|
|
|
Except for type 3 the value is interpreted as seconds and formatted
|
|
as time in days, hours, minutes and seconds. Note, that the official
|
|
script command does not have the optional parameter.
|
|
|
|
// displays 23:59:59 for 5 seconds
|
|
showdigit 86399;
|
|
|
|
// counter that starts at 60 and runs for 30 seconds
|
|
showdigit 60,3;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setcell "<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,<type>,<flag>;
|
|
|
|
Each map cell has several 'flags' that specify the properties of that cell.
|
|
These include terrain properties (walkability, shootability, presence of water),
|
|
skills (basilica, land protector, ...) and other (NPC nearby, no vending, ...).
|
|
Each of these can be 'on' or 'off'. Together they define a cell's behavior.
|
|
|
|
This command lets you alter these flags for all map cells in the specified
|
|
(x1,y1)-(x2,y2) rectangle. The 'flag' can be 0 or 1 (0:clear flag, 1:set flag).
|
|
The 'type' defines which flag to modify. Possible options see 'src/map/script_constants.hpp'.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
setcell "arena",0,0,300,300,cell_basilica,1;
|
|
setcell "arena",140,140,160,160,cell_basilica,0;
|
|
setcell "arena",135,135,165,165,cell_walkable,0;
|
|
setcell "arena",140,140,160,160,cell_walkable,1;
|
|
|
|
This will add a makeshift ring into the center of the map. The ring will be
|
|
surrounded by a 5-cell wide 'gap' to prevent interference from outside, and
|
|
the rest of the map will be marked as 'basilica', preventing observers from
|
|
casting any offensive skills or fighting among themselves. Note that the wall
|
|
will not be shown nor known client-side, which may cause movement problems.
|
|
|
|
Another example:
|
|
|
|
OnBarricadeDeploy:
|
|
setcell "schg_cas05",114,51,125,51,cell_walkable,0;
|
|
end;
|
|
OnBarricadeBreak:
|
|
setcell "schg_cas05",114,51,125,51,cell_walkable,1;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
This could be a part of the WoE:SE script, where attackers are not allowed
|
|
to proceed until all barricades are destroyed. This script would place and
|
|
remove a nonwalkable row of cells after the barricade mobs.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkcell ("<map name>",<x>,<y>,<type>);
|
|
|
|
This command will return 1 or 0, depending on whether the specified cell has
|
|
the 'type' flag set or not. There are various types to check, all mimicking
|
|
the server's cell_chk enumeration. The types can be found in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp'.
|
|
|
|
The meaning of the individual types can be confusing, so here's an overview:
|
|
- cell_chkwall/water/cliff
|
|
these check directly for the 'terrain component' of the specified cell
|
|
- cell_chkpass/reach/nopass/noreach
|
|
passable = not wall & not cliff, reachable = passable wrt. no-stacking mod
|
|
- cell_chknpc/basilica/landprotector/novending/nochat
|
|
these check for specific dynamic flags (their name indicates what they do)
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
mes "Pick a destination map.";
|
|
input .@map$;
|
|
mes "Alright, now give me the coordinates.";
|
|
input .@x;
|
|
input .@y;
|
|
if ( !checkcell(.@map$,.@x,.@y,cell_chkpass) ) {
|
|
mes "Can't warp you there, sorry!";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Ok, get ready...";
|
|
close2;
|
|
warp .@map$, .@x, .@y;
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getfreecell "<map name>",<rX>,<rY>{,<x>,<y>,<rangeX>,<rangeY>,<flag>};
|
|
|
|
Finds a free cell on the given map and stores the reference to the found cell
|
|
in <rX> and <rY>. Passing <x> and <y> with <rangeX> and <rangeY> allows for
|
|
searching within a specified area on the given map. The <flag> is a bitmask
|
|
and has the following possible values:
|
|
- 1 = Random cell on the map or from <x>,<y> range. (default)
|
|
- 2 = The target should be able to walk to the target tile.
|
|
- 4 = There shouldn't be any players around the target tile (use the no_spawn_on_player setting).
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
getfreecell("prontera",.@x,.@y); // Find a random empty cell in Prontera and store it within .@x and .@y
|
|
getfreecell("prontera",.@x,.@y,150,150,5,5); // Find a random empty cell on 150,150 (with a range of 5x5) in Prontera and store it within .@x and .@y
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setwall "<map name>",<x>,<y>,<size>,<dir>,<shootable>,"<name>";
|
|
*delwall "<name>";
|
|
|
|
Creates an invisible wall, an array of "setcell" starting from x,y and doing a
|
|
line of the given size in the given direction. The difference with setcell is
|
|
this one update client part too to avoid the glitch problem. Directions are the
|
|
same as NPC sprite facing directions: 0=north, 1=northwest, 2=west, etc.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkwall "<name>";
|
|
|
|
This command will return true if the wall with the given name exists, false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*readbook <book id>,<page>;
|
|
|
|
This command will open a book item at the specified page.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*open_roulette( {char_id} )
|
|
|
|
Opens the roulette window for the currently attached character or the character
|
|
with the given character id.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*naviregisterwarp("<Name of Link>", "<dest_map>", <dest_x>, <dest_y>)
|
|
|
|
Only useful when using the map-server-generator. Registers an extra warp from this
|
|
npc to the destination map/x/y for the generated client files.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*navihide
|
|
|
|
Only useful when using the map-server-generator. Hides this npc and all links from
|
|
this npc in the navigation generation.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
========================
|
|
|7.- Instance commands.|
|
|
========================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_create("<instance name>"{,<instance mode>{,<owner id>}});
|
|
|
|
Creates an instance for the <owner id> of <mode>. The instance name, along with
|
|
all other instance data, is read from 'db/(pre-)re/instance_db.yml'. Upon success,
|
|
the command generates a unique instance ID, duplicates all listed maps and NPCs,
|
|
sets the alive time, and triggers the "OnInstanceInit" label in all NPCs inside
|
|
the instance.
|
|
|
|
Instance Mode options:
|
|
IM_NONE: Attached to no one.
|
|
IM_CHAR: Attached to a single character.
|
|
IM_PARTY: Attached to a party (default instance mode).
|
|
IM_GUILD: Attached to a guild.
|
|
IM_CLAN: Attached to a clan.
|
|
|
|
The command returns the instance ID upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
-1: Invalid type.
|
|
-2: Character/Party/Guild/Clan not found.
|
|
-3: Instance already exists.
|
|
-4: No free instances (MAX_INSTANCE exceeded).
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_destroy {<instance id>};
|
|
|
|
Destroys instance with the ID <instance id>. If no ID is specified, the instance
|
|
the script is attached to is used. If that fails, the script will come to a halt.
|
|
This will also trigger the "OnInstanceDestroy" label in all NPCs inside the instance.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_enter("<instance name>",{<x>,<y>,<char_id>,<instance id>});
|
|
|
|
Warps the attached player to the specified <instance id>. If no ID is specified,
|
|
the IM_PARTY instance the invoking player is attached to is used.
|
|
|
|
The map and coordinates are located in 'db/(pre-)re/instance_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
The command returns IE_OK upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
IE_NOMEMBER: Party/Guild/Clan not found (for party/guild/clan modes).
|
|
IE_NOINSTANCE: Character/Party/Guild/Clan does not have an instance.
|
|
IE_OTHER: Other errors (invalid instance name, instance doesn't match with character/party/guild/clan).
|
|
|
|
Put -1 for x and y if want to warp player with default entrance coordinates.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_npcname("<npc name>"{,<instance id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns the unique name of the instanced script. If no ID is specified,
|
|
the instance the script is attached to is used. If that fails, the script
|
|
will come to a halt.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_mapname("<map name>"{,<instance id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns the unique name of the instanced map. If no instance ID is specified,
|
|
the instance the script is attached to is used. If that fails, the command
|
|
returns an empty string instead.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_id({<instance mode>})
|
|
|
|
Returns the unique instance ID of the given mode.
|
|
|
|
By default (no parameter given) the command returns the instance ID from the attached NPC.
|
|
If <instance mode> is provided the instance ID of the currently attached player is returned.
|
|
If that fails, the function will return 0.
|
|
|
|
Please note that the command always requires the parameter <instance mode> to get the instance ID of an attached player!
|
|
|
|
Instance Mode options:
|
|
IM_CHAR: Attached to character.
|
|
IM_PARTY: Attached to character's party.
|
|
IM_GUILD: Attached to character's guild.
|
|
IM_CLAN: Attached to character's clan.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Example with an attached player :
|
|
npctalk "The current instance ID (mode party) from the attached player is : " + instance_id(IM_PARTY);
|
|
|
|
// Example with an attached NPC on an instance map :
|
|
npctalk "The current instance ID from the attached NPC is : " + instance_id();
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_warpall "<map name>",<x>,<y>{,<instance id>,{<flag>}};
|
|
|
|
Warps all players in the <instance id> to <map name> to the given coordinates.
|
|
If no ID is specified, the IM_PARTY instance the invoking player is attached
|
|
to is used. If that fails, the script will come to a halt.
|
|
|
|
<flag> bitmask allows to add restrictions.
|
|
|
|
Available values for the <flag> bitmask:
|
|
IWA_NONE No restriction. (default)
|
|
IWA_NOTDEAD If dead players are warped or not
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_announce <instance id>,"<text>",<flag>{,<fontColor>{,<fontType>{,<fontSize>{,<fontAlign>{,<fontY>}}}}};
|
|
|
|
Broadcasts a message to all players in the <instance id> currently residing on
|
|
an instance map. If 0 is specified for <instance id>, the instance the script
|
|
is attached to is used.
|
|
|
|
For details on the other parameters, see 'announce'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_check_party(<party id>{,<amount>{,<min>{,<max>}}})
|
|
|
|
This function checks if a party meets certain requirements, returning 1 if all
|
|
conditions are met and 0 otherwise. It will only check online characters.
|
|
The command returns 0 is the party ID does not exist.
|
|
|
|
amount - number of online party members (default is 1).
|
|
min - minimum level of all characters in the party (default is 1).
|
|
max - maximum level of all characters in the party (default is max level in conf).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
if (instance_check_party(getcharid(1),2,2,149)) {
|
|
mes "Your party meets the Memorial Dungeon requirements.",
|
|
mes "All online members are between levels 1-150 and at least two are online.";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Sorry, your party does not meet requirements.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_check_guild(<guild id>{,<amount>{,<min>{,<max>}}})
|
|
|
|
This function checks if a guild meets certain requirements, returning 1 if all
|
|
conditions are met and 0 otherwise. It will only check online characters.
|
|
|
|
amount - number of online guild members (default is 1).
|
|
min - minimum level of all characters in the guild (default is 1).
|
|
max - maximum level of all characters in the guild (default is max level in conf).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
if (instance_check_guild(getcharid(2),2,2,149)) {
|
|
mes "Your guild meets the Memorial Dungeon requirements.",
|
|
mes "All online members are between levels 1-150 and at least two are online.";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Sorry, your guild does not meet requirements.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_check_clan(<clan id>{,<amount>{,<min>{,<max>}}})
|
|
|
|
This function checks if a clan meets certain requirements, returning 1 if all
|
|
conditions are met and 0 otherwise. It will only check online characters.
|
|
|
|
amount - number of online clan members (default is 1).
|
|
min - minimum level of all characters in the clan (default is 1).
|
|
max - maximum level of all characters in the clan (default is max level in conf).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
if (instance_check_clan(getcharid(5),2,2,149)) {
|
|
mes "Your clan meets the Memorial Dungeon requirements.",
|
|
mes "All online members are between levels 1-150 and at least two are online.";
|
|
close;
|
|
} else {
|
|
mes "Sorry, your clan does not meet requirements.";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_info("<instance name>",<info type>{,<instance_db map index>});
|
|
|
|
Returns the specified <info type> of the given <instance name> from the instance database.
|
|
If the <instance name> is unknown or an invalid <info type> is supplied -1 will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Valid info types:
|
|
IIT_ID: Instance database ID as integer.
|
|
IIT_TIME_LIMIT: Instance database total life time as integer.
|
|
IIT_IDLE_TIMEOUT: Instance database timeout time as integer.
|
|
IIT_ENTER_MAP: Instance database enter map as string.
|
|
IIT_ENTER_X: Instance database enter X location as integer.
|
|
IIT_ENTER_Y: Instance database enter Y location as integer.
|
|
IIT_MAPCOUNT: Instance database total maps as integer.
|
|
IIT_MAP: Instance database map name from the given <instance_db map index> as string.
|
|
If the index is invalid an empty string will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
.@name$ = "Endless Tower";
|
|
mes .@name$ + " will be destroyed if no one is in the instance for " + instance_info(.@name$,IIT_IDLETIMEOUT) + " seconds.";
|
|
// Endless Tower will be destroyed if no one is in the instance for 300 seconds.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_live_info(<info type>{,<instance id>});
|
|
|
|
Returns the specified <info type> of instance attached to the npc or, if
|
|
an instance ID is specified, of that instance.
|
|
|
|
Valid <info type>:
|
|
ILI_NAME - Instance Name
|
|
Return the name of the instance or "" if that fails.
|
|
ILI_MODE - Instance Mode
|
|
Return IM_NONE, IM_CHAR, IM_PARTY, IM_GUILD, IM_CLAN or -1 if that fails.
|
|
ILI_OWNER - Owner ID
|
|
Return an ID according to the instance mode of the instance attached/specified or -1 if that fails.
|
|
When the instance mode is IM_NONE, ILI_OWNER will return the npc ID that created the instance,
|
|
IM_CHAR - the owner char ID
|
|
IM_PARTY - the party ID
|
|
IM_GUILD - the guild ID
|
|
IM_CLAN - the clan ID
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// Return the instance name of the instance attached to the npc.
|
|
.@instance_name$ = instance_live_info(ILI_NAME);
|
|
|
|
// Return the guild owner ID of the given instance ID.
|
|
.@owner = instance_live_info(ILI_OWNER, instance_id(IM_GUILD));
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*instance_list(<"map name">{,<instance mode>});
|
|
|
|
Creates the array '.@instance_list' with possible instance IDs for the given <map name> and optional <mode>.
|
|
Return '.@instance_list' array size.
|
|
|
|
Instance mode options: IM_NONE, IM_CHAR, IM_PARTY, IM_GUILD, or IM_CLAN
|
|
If the instance mode is not provided then it will return all the instance IDs for that map.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// This example assumes that there are several instances on the map of Prontera.
|
|
.@size = instance_list("prontera");
|
|
for ( .@i = 0; .@i < .@size; ++.@i )
|
|
mes instance_mapname("prontera", .@instance_list[.@i]);
|
|
//the output would be a list of all prontera copies that are active in the server.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getinstancevar(<variable>,<instance id>);
|
|
|
|
Returns a reference to an instance variable (' prefix) of the specific instance ID.
|
|
This can only be used to get ' variables.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// This will set the .@s variable to the value of 'var variable of the specific instance ID.
|
|
set .@s, getinstancevar('var, instance_id(IM_PARTY));
|
|
|
|
// This will set the 'var variable of the specific instance ID to 1.
|
|
set getinstancevar('var, instance_id(IM_GUILD)), 1;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setinstancevar(<variable>,<value>,<instance id>);
|
|
|
|
This command will set an instance variable to the value that the expression results in.
|
|
See 'set' command for more information.
|
|
|
|
Returns the variable reference.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
// This will set the 'var variable of the specific instance ID to 9.
|
|
setinstancevar('var, 9, instance_id(IM_GUILD));
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
=========================
|
|
|8.- Quest Log commands.|
|
|
=========================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*questinfo <Icon>{,<Map Mark Color>{,"<condition>"}};
|
|
|
|
This command should only be used in OnInit/OnInstanceInit labels.
|
|
Show an emotion on top of a NPC, and optionally, a colored mark in the mini-map like "viewpoint" or "viewpointmap".
|
|
When a user is doing some action, each NPC is checked for questinfo that has been set on the map.
|
|
If questinfo is present, it will check if the player fulfill the condition.
|
|
If he/she does or no condition has been set, the bubble will appear.
|
|
|
|
Available <Icon>:
|
|
|
|
No Icon : QTYPE_NONE
|
|
! Quest Icon : QTYPE_QUEST
|
|
? Quest Icon : QTYPE_QUEST2
|
|
! Job Icon : QTYPE_JOB
|
|
? Job Icon : QTYPE_JOB2
|
|
! Event Icon : QTYPE_EVENT
|
|
? Event Icon : QTYPE_EVENT2
|
|
Warg : QTYPE_WARG (Only for packetver < 20170315)
|
|
Warg Face : QTYPE_WARG2 (Only for packetver >= 20120410 and < 20170315)
|
|
Click Me : QTYPE_CLICKME (Only for packetver >= 20170315)
|
|
Daily Quest : QTYPE_DAILYQUEST (Only for packetver >= 20170315)
|
|
! Event Icon : QTYPE_EVENT3 (Only for packetver >= 20170315)
|
|
Job Quest : QTYPE_JOBQUEST (Only for packetver >= 20170315)
|
|
Jumping Poring : QTYPE_JUMPING_PORING (Only for packetver >= 20170315)
|
|
|
|
<Map Mark Color>, when used, creates a mark in the user's mini map on the position of the NPC,
|
|
the available color values are:
|
|
|
|
QMARK_NONE - No Marker (default)
|
|
QMARK_YELLOW - Yellow Marker
|
|
QMARK_GREEN - Green Marker
|
|
QMARK_PURPLE - Purple Marker
|
|
|
|
<condition> can be any expression similarly to the <condition> in the 'if' command.
|
|
|
|
List of the player's actions to trigger the questinfo condition:
|
|
- Item added to/removed from player inventory
|
|
- Base/Job level change
|
|
- Job change
|
|
- Quest given/erased/completed
|
|
- Quest objective updated (character killed a monster quest target)
|
|
- Warp
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
izlude,100,100,4 script Test 844,{
|
|
mes "[Test]";
|
|
mes "Hello World.";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
OnInit:
|
|
// Display an icon if the player has completed the given hunting quest and his/her variable 'unknown_var' is above 0
|
|
questinfo QTYPE_QUEST, QMARK_YELLOW, "checkquest(1001,HUNTING) == 2 && unknown_var > 0";
|
|
|
|
//.. or display an icon if the player didn't start the given quest and he/she has one red potion in inventory
|
|
questinfo QTYPE_QUEST, QMARK_YELLOW, "!isbegin_quest(1001) && countitem(501) == 1";
|
|
end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*questinfo_refresh {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
This command refreshes each quest bubble that has been set on the map according
|
|
to the questinfo condition for the attached/given player.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setquest <ID>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Place quest of <ID> in the users quest log, the state of which is "active".
|
|
|
|
If *questinfo is set, and the same ID is specified here, the icon will be cleared when the quest is set.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*completequest <ID>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Change the state for the given quest <ID> to "complete" and remove from the users quest log.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*erasequest <ID>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Remove the quest of the given <ID> from the user's quest log.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*changequest <ID>,<ID2>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Remove quest of the given <ID> from the user's quest log.
|
|
Add quest <ID2> to the quest log, and the state is "active".
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkquest(<ID>{,PLAYTIME|HUNTING{,<char_id>}})
|
|
|
|
If no additional argument supplied, return the state of the quest:
|
|
-1 = Quest not started (not in quest log)
|
|
0 = Quest has been given, but the state is "inactive"
|
|
1 = Quest has been given, and the state is "active"
|
|
2 = Quest completed
|
|
|
|
If parameter "PLAYTIME" is supplied:
|
|
-1 = Quest not started (not in quest log)
|
|
0 = the time limit has not yet been reached
|
|
1 = the time limit has not been reached but the quest is marked as complete
|
|
2 = the time limit has been reached
|
|
|
|
If parameter "HUNTING" is supplied:
|
|
-1 = Quest not started (not in quest log)
|
|
0 = you haven't killed all of the target monsters and the time limit has not been reached.
|
|
1 = you haven't killed all of the target monsters but the time limit has been reached.
|
|
2 = you've killed all of the target monsters
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isbegin_quest(<ID>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
Return the state of the quest:
|
|
0 = Quest not started (not in quest log)
|
|
1 = Quest has been given (state is either "inactive" or "active")
|
|
2 = Quest completed
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*showevent <icon>{,<mark color>{,<char_id>}}
|
|
|
|
Show an emotion on top of a NPC, and optionally,
|
|
a colored mark in the mini-map like "viewpoint" or "viewpointmap".
|
|
This is used to indicate that a NPC has a quest or an event to
|
|
a certain player.
|
|
|
|
Available Icons:
|
|
|
|
Remove Icon : QTYPE_NONE
|
|
! Quest Icon : QTYPE_QUEST
|
|
? Quest Icon : QTYPE_QUEST2
|
|
! Job Icon : QTYPE_JOB
|
|
? Job Icon : QTYPE_JOB2
|
|
! Event Icon : QTYPE_EVENT
|
|
? Event Icon : QTYPE_EVENT2
|
|
Warg : QTYPE_WARG
|
|
Warg Face : QTYPE_WARG2 (Only for packetver >= 20120410)
|
|
|
|
Mark Color:
|
|
QMARK_NONE - No Marker (default)
|
|
QMARK_YELLOW - Yellow Marker
|
|
QMARK_GREEN - Green Marker
|
|
QMARK_PURPLE - Purple Marker
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*open_quest_ui {<quest ID>,{<char ID>}};
|
|
|
|
Opens the quest UI for the attached player or the given character ID.
|
|
Use 0 as the quest ID to open the main quest UI. If the quest ID is not 0 then the quest UI is opened to the given quest. If the quest data is not populated in the client LUB then a message will be displayed saying the quest doesn't exist.
|
|
|
|
This command requires packet version 2015-12-02 or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
============================
|
|
|9.- Battleground commands.|
|
|
============================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*waitingroom2bg_single(<battle group>,{"<map name>",<x>,<y>{,"<npc name>"}});
|
|
|
|
Adds the first waiting player from the chat room of the given NPC to an existing battleground group.
|
|
The player will also be warped to the default spawn point of the battle group or to the specified coordinates
|
|
<x> and <y> on the given <map>.
|
|
Note: The map need the mapflag MF_BATTLEGROUND otherwise the player is removed from the Battleground team.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*waitingroom2bg("<map name>",<x>,<y>,{"<On Quit Event>","<On Death Event>"{,"<NPC Name>"}});
|
|
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y> refer to where the "respawn" base is, where the player group will respawn when they die.
|
|
<On Quit Event> refers to an NPC label that attaches to the character and is run when they relog. (Optional)
|
|
<On Death Event> refers to an NPC label that attaches to the character and is run when they die. (Optional)
|
|
|
|
If "-" is supplied for <map name> then the player will not automatically respawn after the 1 second delay.
|
|
This allows for better manipulation of <On Death Event>. The player will have to be warped to desired location
|
|
at the end of <On Death Event>.
|
|
|
|
Unlike the prior command, the latter will attach a GROUP in a waiting room to the battleground, and
|
|
sets the array $@arenamembers[0] where 0 holds the IDs of the first group, and 1 holds the IDs of the second.
|
|
|
|
If the optional NPC Name parameter is left out, the waiting room of the current NPC is used.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// Battle Group will be referred to as $@KvM01BG_id1, and when they die, respawn at bat_c01,52,129.
|
|
set $@KvM01BG_id1, waitingroom2bg("bat_c01",52,129,"KvM01_BG::OnGuillaumeQuit","KvM01_BG::OnGuillaumeDie");
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_create("<map name>",<x>,<y>{,"<On Quit Event>","<On Death Event>"});
|
|
|
|
Creates an instance of battleground battle group that can be used with other battleground commands.
|
|
|
|
<map name>,<x>,<y> refer to where the "respawn" base is, where the player group will respawn when they die.
|
|
<On Quit Event> refers to an NPC label that attaches to the character and is run when they relog. (Optional)
|
|
<On Death Event> refers to an NPC label that attaches to the character and is run when they die. (Optional)
|
|
|
|
If "-" is supplied for <map name> then the player will not automatically respawn after the 1 second delay.
|
|
This allows for better manipulation of <On Death Event>. The player will have to be warped to desired location
|
|
at the end of <On Death Event>.
|
|
|
|
Returns battle group ID on success. Returns 0 on failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_join(<battle group>,{"<map name>",{<x>,<y>{,<char id>}});
|
|
|
|
Adds an attached player or <char id> if specified to an existing battleground group. The player will also be warped
|
|
to the default spawn point of the battle group or to the specified coordinates <x> and <y> on the given <map>.
|
|
Note: The map need the mapflag MF_BATTLEGROUND otherwise the player is removed from the Battleground team.
|
|
|
|
Returns true on success. Returns false on failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_team_setxy <Battle Group ID>,<x>,<y>;
|
|
|
|
Updates the respawn point of the given Battle Group to x,y on the same map. <Battle Group ID> can be retrieved
|
|
using getcharid(4).
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
bg_team_setxy getcharid(4),56,212;
|
|
mapannounce "bat_a01", "Group [1] has taken the work shop, and will now respawn there.",bc_map,"0xFFCE00";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_reserve("<battleground_map_name>"{,<ended>});
|
|
|
|
Reserves a Battleground map for the Battleground UI System. When a map is booked it prevents another similar
|
|
queue from being created and will allow players to join an active Battlegrounds event.
|
|
|
|
If <ended> is true, then the Battleground is marked as over to prevent new players from joining. This state is meant
|
|
for the period where players can get their Badges.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_unbook("<battleground_map_name>");
|
|
|
|
Removes a Battleground map for the Battleground UI System. When a map is unbooked it allows a queue to be created.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_desert({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
Same as 'bg_leave' but slaps the player with a deserter status so they can't enter another queue for the time
|
|
defined in battleground_db (10 minutes by default).
|
|
|
|
With the Battleground Queue System, it will also warp the player to their previous position when they joined or
|
|
to their save point if the map had MF_NOSAVE.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_warp <Battle Group>,"<map name>",<x>,<y>;
|
|
|
|
Similar to the 'warp' command.
|
|
Places all members of <Battle Group> at the specified map and coordinates.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
//place the battle group one for Tierra Gorge at starting position.
|
|
bg_warp $@TierraBG1_id1,"bat_a01",352,342;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_monster <Battle Group>,"<map name>",<x>,<y>,"<name to show>",<mob id>,"<event label>";
|
|
*bg_monster(<Battle Group>,"<map name>",<x>,<y>,"<name to show>",<mob id>,"<event label>");
|
|
|
|
Similar to the 'monster' command.
|
|
Spawns a monster with allegiance to the given Battle Group.
|
|
Does not allow for the summoning of multiple monsters.
|
|
Monsters are similar to those in War of Emperium, in that the specified Battle Group is considered friendly.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// It can be used in two different ways.
|
|
bg_monster $@TierraBG1_id2,"bat_a01",167,50,"Food Depot",1910,"Feed Depot#1::OnMyMobDead";
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
// Alternatively, you can set an ID for the monster using "set".
|
|
// This becomes useful when used with the command below.
|
|
set $@Guardian_3, bg_monster($@TierraBG1_id2,"bat_a01",268,204,"Guardian",1949,"NPCNAME::OnMyMobDead");
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_monster_set_team <GID>,<Battle Group>;
|
|
|
|
This command will change the allegiance if a monster in a battle ground.
|
|
GID can be set when spawning the monster via the 'bg_monster' command.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
OnEnable:
|
|
mapannounce "A guardian has been summoned for Battle Group 2!",bc_map,"0xFFCE00";
|
|
set $@Guardian, bg_monster($@BG_2,"bat_a01",268,204,"Guardian",1949,"NPCNAME::OnMyMobDead");
|
|
initnpctimer;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
OnTimer1000:
|
|
stopnpctimer;
|
|
mapannounce "Erm, sorry about that! This monster was meant for Battle Group 1.",bc_map,"0xFFCE00";
|
|
bg_monster_set_team $@Guardian, $@BG_1;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_leave {<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Removes attached player from their Battle Group.
|
|
|
|
With the Battleground Queue System, it will also warp the player to their previous position when they joined or
|
|
to their save point if the map had MF_NOSAVE.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_destroy <Batte Group>;
|
|
|
|
Destroys the Battle Group created for that battle ground.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*areapercentheal "<map name>",<x1>,<y1>,<x2>,<y2>,<hp>,<sp>;
|
|
|
|
Restores a percentage of the maximum HP/SP of players within a defined area.
|
|
This is primarily used in battleground scripts, but is not limited to them.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
areapercentheal "bat_a01",52,208,61,217,100,100;
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_get_data(<Battle Group>,<type>);
|
|
|
|
Retrieves data related to given Battle Group. Type can be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
0 - Amount of players currently belonging to the group.
|
|
1 - Store GID of players in <Battle Group> in a temporary global array $@arenamembers,
|
|
stores and also returns the amount of players currently belonging to the group in $@arenamemberscount.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_getareausers(<Battle Group>,"<map name>",<x0>,<y0>,<x1>,<y1>);
|
|
|
|
Retrieves the amount of players belonging to the given Battle Group on the given
|
|
map within the specified rectangular area.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_updatescore "<map name>",<Guillaume Score>,<Croix Score>;
|
|
|
|
This command will force the update of the displayed scoreboard.
|
|
It is only usable when the map is defined as a Type 2 Battleground:
|
|
mapflag <map name> battleground 2
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bg_info("<battleground name>", <type>);
|
|
|
|
Retrieves data related to given <battleground name> from the database. Requires feature.bgqueue
|
|
to be enabled. <Type> can be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
BG_INFO_ID: Battleground ID.
|
|
BG_INFO_REQUIRED_PLAYERS: Required players to start a battleground (per side).
|
|
BG_INFO_MAX_PLAYERS: Maximum players allowed in a battleground.
|
|
BG_INFO_MIN_LEVEL: Minimum level allowed to join a battleground.
|
|
BG_INFO_MAX_LEVEL: Maximum level allowed to join a battleground.
|
|
BG_INFO_MAPS: Number of maps in a battleground. Stores an array of map names in @bgmaps[] and a count in @bgmapscount.
|
|
BG_INFO_DESERTER_TIME: Amount of time in seconds a player is marked deserter.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
====================
|
|
|10.- Pet commands.|
|
|
====================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*bpet;
|
|
*birthpet;
|
|
|
|
This command opens up a pet hatching window on the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character. It is used in item script for the pet incubators and will
|
|
let the player hatch an owned egg. If the character has no eggs, it will just
|
|
open up an empty incubator window.
|
|
This is still usable outside item scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*pet <pet id>;
|
|
*catchpet <pet id>;
|
|
|
|
This command is used in all the item scripts for taming items. Running this
|
|
command will make the pet catching cursor appear on the client connected to the
|
|
invoking character, usable on the monsters with the specified pet ID number. It
|
|
will still work outside an item script.
|
|
If the <pet id> is PET_CATCH_UNIVERSAL the item will attempt to catch the targeted
|
|
monster as long as it is in the pet database and does not have the MD_STATUS_IMMUNE
|
|
monster mode.
|
|
If the <pet id> is PET_CATCH_UNIVERSAL_ITEM the item will attempt to catch the targeted
|
|
monster as long as it is in the pet database and the targeted monster requires the lure
|
|
item used.
|
|
See 'doc/mob_db_mode_list.txt' for more information about monster modes.
|
|
|
|
A full list of pet IDs can be found inside 'db/(pre-)re/pet_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*makepet <pet id>;
|
|
|
|
This command will create a pet egg and put it in the invoking character's
|
|
inventory. The kind of pet is specified by pet ID numbers listed in
|
|
'db/(pre-)re/pet_db.yml'. The egg is created exactly as if the character just successfully
|
|
caught a pet in the normal way.
|
|
|
|
// This will make you a poring:
|
|
makepet 1002;
|
|
|
|
Notice that you absolutely have to create pet eggs with this command. If you try
|
|
to give a pet egg with 'getitem', pet data will not be created by the char
|
|
server and the egg will disappear when anyone tries to hatch it.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getpetinfo(<type>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return pet information for the pet the invoking character
|
|
currently has active. Valid types are:
|
|
|
|
PETINFO_ID - Pet unique ID
|
|
PETINFO_CLASS - Pet class number as per 'db/(pre-)re/pet_db.yml' - will tell you what kind of a pet it is.
|
|
PETINFO_NAME - Pet name. Will return "null" if there's no pet.
|
|
PETINFO_INTIMATE - Pet friendly level (intimacy score). 1000 is full loyalty.
|
|
PETINFO_HUNGRY - Pet hungry level. 100 is full hunger.
|
|
PETINFO_RENAMED - Pet rename flag. 0 means this pet has not been named yet.
|
|
PETINFO_LEVEL - Pet level
|
|
PETINFO_BLOCKID - Pet Game ID
|
|
PETINFO_EGGID - Pet egg item ID
|
|
PETINFO_FOODID - Pet food item ID
|
|
|
|
PETINFO_INTIMATE can be used with the following constants for checking values:
|
|
PET_INTIMATE_NONE = 0
|
|
PET_INTIMATE_AWKWARD = 1 ~ 99
|
|
PET_INTIMATE_SHY = 100 ~ 249
|
|
PET_INTIMATE_NEUTRAL = 250 ~ 749
|
|
PET_INTIMATE_CORDIAL = 750 ~ 909
|
|
PET_INTIMATE_LOYAL = 910 ~ 1000
|
|
|
|
PETINFO_HUNGRY can be used with the following constants for checking values:
|
|
PET_HUNGRY_NONE = 0
|
|
PET_HUNGRY_VERY_HUNGRY = 1 ~ 10
|
|
PET_HUNGRY_HUNGRY = 11 ~ 25
|
|
PET_HUNGRY_NEUTRAL = 26 ~ 75
|
|
PET_HUNGRY_SATISFIED = 76 ~ 90
|
|
PET_HUNGRY_STUFFED = 91 ~ 100
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
mes "[Vet]";
|
|
mes "Your pet + " getpetinfo(PETINFO_NAME);
|
|
if (getpetinfo(PETINFO_INTIMATE) < PET_INTIMATE_LOYAL)
|
|
mes "has some growing to do on you!";
|
|
else
|
|
mes "seems to love you very much!";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
=============================
|
|
|10.1.- The Pet AI commands.|
|
|
=============================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
These commands will only work if the invoking character has a pet, and are meant
|
|
to be executed from pet scripts. They will modify the pet AI decision-making for
|
|
the current pet of the invoking character, and will NOT have any independent
|
|
effect by themselves, which is why only one of them each may be in effect at any
|
|
time for a specific pet. A pet may have 'petloot', 'petskillbonus',
|
|
'petskillattack' OR 'petpetskillattack2' and 'petskillsupport'.
|
|
|
|
All commands with delays and durations will only make the behavior active for
|
|
the specified duration of seconds, with a delay of the specified number of
|
|
seconds between activations. Rates are a chance of the effect occurring and are
|
|
given in percent. 'bonusrate' is added to the normal rate if the pet intimacy is
|
|
at the maximum possible.
|
|
|
|
The behavior modified with the below mentioned commands will only be exhibited if
|
|
the pet is loyal and appropriate configuration options are set in
|
|
'battle_athena.conf'.
|
|
|
|
Pet scripts in the database normally run whenever a pet of that type hatches
|
|
from the egg. Other commands usable in item scripts (see 'bonus') will also
|
|
happily run from pet scripts. Apparently, the pet-specific commands will also
|
|
work in NPC scripts and modify the behavior of the current pet up until the pet
|
|
is hatched again. (Which will also occur when the character is logged in again
|
|
with the pet still out of the egg.) It is not certain for how long the effect of
|
|
such command running from an NPC script will eventually persist, but apparently,
|
|
it is possible to usefully employ them in usable item scripts to create pet
|
|
buffing items.
|
|
|
|
Nobody tried this before, so you're essentially on your own here.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*petskillbonus <bonus type>,<value>,<duration>,<delay>;
|
|
|
|
This command will make the pet give a bonus to the owner's stat in certain
|
|
duration in seconds and will be repeated for certain delay in seconds.
|
|
|
|
For a full bonus list, see 'doc/item_bonus.txt'
|
|
NOTE: Currently ONLY supported for bonuses that used by 'bonus' script.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*petrecovery <status type>,<delay>;
|
|
|
|
This command will make the pet cure a specified status condition. The curing
|
|
actions will occur once every Delay seconds. For a full list of status
|
|
conditions that can be cured, see the list of 'SC_' status condition constants
|
|
in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp'.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*petloot <max items>;
|
|
|
|
This command will turn on pet looting, with a maximum number of items to loot
|
|
specified. Pet will store items and return them when the maximum is reached or
|
|
when pet performance is activated.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*petskillsupport <skill id>,<skill level>,<delay>,<percent hp>,<percent sp>;
|
|
*petskillsupport "<skill name>",<skill level>,<delay>,<percent hp>,<percent sp>;
|
|
|
|
This will make the pet use a specified support skill on the owner whenever the
|
|
HP and SP are below the given percent values, with a specified delay time
|
|
between activations. The skill numbers are as per 'db/(pre-)re/skill_db.yml'.
|
|
|
|
It's not quite certain who's stats will be used for the skills cast, the
|
|
character's or the pets. Probably, Skotlex can answer that question.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*petskillattack <skill id>,<skill level>,<rate>,<bonusrate>;
|
|
*petskillattack "<skill name>",<skill level>,<rate>,<bonusrate>;
|
|
*petskillattack2 <skill id>,<damage>,<number of attacks>,<rate>,<bonusrate>;
|
|
*petskillattack2 "<skill name>",<damage>,<number of attacks>,<rate>,<bonusrate>;
|
|
|
|
These two commands will make the pet cast an attack skill on the enemy the pet's
|
|
owner is currently fighting. Skill IDs and levels are as per 'petskillsupport'.
|
|
'petskillattack2' will make the pet cast the skill with a fixed amount of damage
|
|
inflicted and the specified number of attacks.
|
|
|
|
Value of 'rate' is between 1 and 100. 100 = 100%
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*petautobonus <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>{,<flag>,{<other script>}};
|
|
*petautobonus2 <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>{,<flag>,{<other script>}};
|
|
*petautobonus3 <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>,<skill id>,{<other script>};
|
|
*petautobonus3 <bonus script>,<rate>,<duration>,"<skill name>",{<other script>};
|
|
|
|
See 'autobonus' for more details.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
===========================
|
|
|11.- Homunculus commands.|
|
|
===========================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*homevolution;
|
|
|
|
This command will try to evolve the current player's homunculus.
|
|
If it doesn't work, the /swt emotion is shown.
|
|
|
|
To evolve a homunculus, the invoking player must have a homunculus,
|
|
the homunculus must not be the last evolution and
|
|
the homunculus must have above 91000 intimacy with its owner.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*morphembryo;
|
|
|
|
This command will try to put the invoking player's Homunculus in an
|
|
uncallable state, required for mutation into a Homunculus S. The player
|
|
will also receive a Strange Embryo (ID 6415) in their inventory if
|
|
successful, which is deleted upon mutation.
|
|
|
|
The command will fail if the invoking player does not have an evolved
|
|
Homunculus at level 99 or above. The /swt emotion is shown upon failure.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 upon success and 0 for all failures.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*hommutate {<ID>};
|
|
|
|
This command will try to mutate the invoking player's Homunculus into
|
|
a Homunculus S. The Strange Embryo (ID 6415) is deleted upon success.
|
|
|
|
The command will fail if the invoking player does not have an evolved
|
|
Homunculus at level 99 or above, if it is not in the embryo state
|
|
(from the 'morphembryo' command), or if the invoking player does not
|
|
possess a Strange Embryo. The /swt emotion is shown upon failure.
|
|
|
|
If the optional parameter <ID> is set, the invoking player's Homunculus
|
|
will change into the specified Homunculus ID. Otherwise, a random Homunculus S
|
|
will be chosen. See 'db/homunculus_db.txt' for a full list of IDs.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 upon success and 0 for all failures.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*checkhomcall()
|
|
|
|
This function checks if the attached player's Homunculus is active,
|
|
and will return the following values:
|
|
-1: The player has no Homunculus.
|
|
0: The player's Homunculus is active.
|
|
1: The player's Homunculus is vaporized.
|
|
2: The player's Homunculus is in morph state.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*gethominfo(<type>{,<char_id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return Homunculus information for the Homunculus of the
|
|
invoking character, regardless of its vaporize state. It returns zero or
|
|
"null" if the player does not own a Homunculus.
|
|
|
|
Valid types are:
|
|
0 - Homunculus ID
|
|
1 - Homunculus Class
|
|
2 - Homunculus Name
|
|
3 - Homunculus friendly level (intimacy score). 100000 is full loyalty.
|
|
4 - Homunculus hungry level. 100 is completely full.
|
|
5 - Homunculus rename flag. 0 means this homunculus has not been named yet.
|
|
6 - Homunculus level
|
|
7 - Homunculus Game ID
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*homshuffle;
|
|
|
|
This will recalculate the homunculus stats according to its level, of the
|
|
current invoking character.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*addhomintimacy <amount>{,<char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Increase or decrease a homunculus' intimacy value by the given <amount>. 100000 is full loyalty.
|
|
Fails silently when no players are attached or if the player has no homunculus.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
==========================
|
|
|12.- Mercenary commands.|
|
|
==========================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mercenary_create <class>,<contract time>;
|
|
|
|
This command summons a mercenary for a given time (in milliseconds). For a
|
|
list of all available classes, see 'db/mercenary_db.txt'.
|
|
|
|
This command is typically used in item scripts of mercenary scrolls.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mercenary_delete {<char id>{,<reply>}};
|
|
|
|
This command removes the mercenary from a player.
|
|
The parameter 'reply' can be one of the following values:
|
|
|
|
0 - Mercenary soldier's duty hour is over, faith increased by 1. (default)
|
|
1 - Your mercenary soldier has been killed, faith decreased by 1.
|
|
2 - Your mercenary soldier has been fired.
|
|
3 - Your mercenary soldier has ran away.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mercenary_heal <hp>,<sp>;
|
|
|
|
This command works like 'heal', but affects the mercenary of the
|
|
currently attached character.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mercenary_sc_start <type>,<tick>,<val1>;
|
|
|
|
This command works like 'sc_start', but affects the mercenary of the
|
|
currently attached character.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mercenary_get_calls(<guild>);
|
|
*mercenary_set_calls <guild>,<value>;
|
|
|
|
Sets or gets the mercenary calls value for given guild for currently
|
|
attached character. Guild can be one or the following constants:
|
|
|
|
ARCH_MERC_GUILD
|
|
SPEAR_MERC_GUILD
|
|
SWORD_MERC_GUILD
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mercenary_get_faith(<guild>);
|
|
*mercenary_set_faith <guild>,<value>;
|
|
|
|
Sets or gets the mercenary faith value for given guild for currently
|
|
attached character. Guild can be one or the following constants:
|
|
|
|
ARCH_MERC_GUILD
|
|
SPEAR_MERC_GUILD
|
|
SWORD_MERC_GUILD
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getmercinfo(<type>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
Retrieves information about mercenary of the currently attached
|
|
character. If char id is given, the information of that character is
|
|
retrieved instead. Type specifies what information to retrieve and
|
|
can be one of the following:
|
|
|
|
0 - Mercenary ID
|
|
1 - Mercenary Class
|
|
2 - Mercenary Name
|
|
3 - Mercenary faith value for this mercenary's guild, if any
|
|
4 - Mercenary calls value for this mercenary's guild, if any
|
|
5 - Mercenary kill count
|
|
6 - Mercenary remaining life time in msec
|
|
7 - Mercenary level
|
|
8 - Mercenary Game ID
|
|
|
|
If the character does not have a mercenary, the command returns ""
|
|
for name and 0 for all other types.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
======================
|
|
|13.- Party commands.|
|
|
======================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getpartyname(<party id>)
|
|
|
|
This function will return the name of a party that has the specified ID number.
|
|
If there is no such party ID, "null" will be returned.
|
|
|
|
Lets say the ID of a party was saved as a global variable:
|
|
|
|
// This would return the name of the party from the ID stored in a variable
|
|
mes "You're in the '" + getpartyname($@var) + "' party, I know!";
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getpartymember <party id>{,<type>{,<array_variable>}};
|
|
|
|
This command will find all members of a specified party and returns their names
|
|
(or character id or account id depending on the value of "type") into an array
|
|
of temporary global variables. There's actually quite a few commands like this
|
|
which will fill a special variable with data upon execution and not do anything
|
|
else.
|
|
|
|
Upon executing this,
|
|
|
|
$@partymembername$[] is a global temporary string array which contains all the
|
|
names of these party members
|
|
(only set when type is 0 or not specified)
|
|
|
|
$@partymembercid[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
character id of these party members.
|
|
(only set when type is 1)
|
|
|
|
$@partymemberaid[] is a global temporary number array which contains the
|
|
account id of these party members.
|
|
(only set when type is 2)
|
|
|
|
$@partymembercount is the number of party members that were found.
|
|
|
|
The party members will (apparently) be found regardless of whether they are
|
|
online or offline. Note that the names come in no particular order.
|
|
|
|
Be sure to use $@partymembercount to go through this array, and not
|
|
'getarraysize', because it is not cleared between runs of 'getpartymember'. If
|
|
someone with 7 party members invokes this script, the array would have 7
|
|
elements. But if another person calls up the NPC, and he has a party of 5, the
|
|
server will not clear the array for you, overwriting the values instead. So in
|
|
addition to returning the 5 member names, the 6th and 7th elements from the last
|
|
call remain, and you will get 5+2 members, of which the last 2 don't belong to
|
|
the new guy's party. $@partymembercount will always contain the correct number,
|
|
(5) unlike 'getarraysize()' which will return 7 in this case.
|
|
|
|
If 'array_variable' is set, the result will be stored to that variable instead
|
|
using global variable.
|
|
|
|
Example 1: list party member names
|
|
|
|
// get the party member names
|
|
getpartymember getcharid(1),0;
|
|
|
|
// It's a good idea to copy the global temporary $@partymember*****
|
|
// variables to your own scope variables because if you have pauses in this
|
|
// script (sleep, sleep2, next, close2, input, menu, select, or prompt),
|
|
// another player could click this NPC, trigger 'getpartymember', and
|
|
// overwrite the $@partymember***** variables.
|
|
.@count = $@partymembercount;
|
|
copyarray .@name$[0], $@partymembername$[0], $@partymembercount;
|
|
|
|
// list the party member names
|
|
for (.@i = 0; .@i < .@count; .@i++)
|
|
mes (.@i +1) + ". ^0000FF" + .@name$[.@i] + "^000000";
|
|
close;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Example 2: check party count (with a 'next' pause), before warping to event
|
|
|
|
.register_num = 5; // How many party members are required?
|
|
|
|
// get the charID and accountID of character's party members
|
|
getpartymember getcharid(1), 1;
|
|
getpartymember getcharid(1), 2;
|
|
|
|
if ( $@partymembercount != .register_num ) {
|
|
mes "Please form a party of " + .register_num + " to continue";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// loop through both and use 'isloggedin' to count online party members
|
|
for ( .@i = 0; .@i < $@partymembercount; .@i++ )
|
|
if ( isloggedin( $@partymemberaid[.@i], $@partymembercid[.@i] ) )
|
|
.@count_online++;
|
|
|
|
// We search accountID & charID because a single party can have multiple
|
|
// characters from the same account. Without searching through the charID,
|
|
// if a player has 2 characters from the same account inside the party but
|
|
// only 1 char online, it would count their online char twice.
|
|
|
|
if ( .@count_online != .register_num ) {
|
|
mes "All your party members must be online to continue";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// copy the array to prevent players cheating the system
|
|
copyarray .@partymembercid, $@partymembercid, .register_num;
|
|
|
|
mes "Are you ready ?";
|
|
next; // careful here
|
|
select("Yes");
|
|
|
|
// When a script hits a next, menu, sleep or input that pauses the script,
|
|
// players can invite or /leave and make changes in their party. To prevent
|
|
// this, we call getpartymember again and compare with the original values.
|
|
|
|
getpartymember getcharid(1), 1;
|
|
if ( $@partymembercount != .register_num ) {
|
|
mes "You've made changes to your party !";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
for ( .@i = 0; .@i < $@partymembercount; .@i++ ) {
|
|
if ( .@partymembercid[.@i] != $@partymembercid[.@i] ) {
|
|
mes "You've made changes to your party !";
|
|
close;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Finally, it's safe to start the event!
|
|
warpparty "event_map", 0,0, getcharid(1);
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getpartyleader(<party id>{,<type>})
|
|
|
|
This function returns some information about the given party-id's leader.
|
|
When type is omitted, the default information retrieved is the leader's name.
|
|
Possible types are:
|
|
|
|
1: Leader account id
|
|
2: Leader character id
|
|
3: Leader's class
|
|
4: Leader's current map name
|
|
5: Leader's current level as stored on the party structure (may not be
|
|
current level if leader leveled up recently).
|
|
|
|
If retrieval fails (leader not found or party does not exist), this function
|
|
returns "null" instead of the character name, and -1 for the other types.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*is_party_leader({<party ID>})
|
|
|
|
This command will return true if the player attached to the script is the leader
|
|
of his/her party, or, if a party ID is specified, of that party.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*party_create("<party name>"{,<character id>{,<item share>,<item share type>}});
|
|
|
|
Organizes a party with the attached or specified character as leader. If
|
|
successful, the command returns 1 and sets the global temporary variable
|
|
"$@party_create_id" to the ID of the party created.
|
|
|
|
Additionally, item sharing options can be provided:
|
|
- Item Share: 0-Each Take (default), 1-Party Share
|
|
- Item Share Type: 0-Each Take (default), 1-Even Share
|
|
|
|
These values are returned upon failure:
|
|
0: Unknown error.
|
|
-1: Player not found.
|
|
-2: Player already has a party.
|
|
-3: Party name exists.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*party_destroy(<party id>);
|
|
|
|
Disbands a party. The command returns 1 upon success and 0 upon failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*party_addmember(<party id>,<character id>);
|
|
|
|
Adds a player to an existing party.
|
|
|
|
The command returns 1 upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
0: Unknown error.
|
|
-1: Player not found.
|
|
-2: Player already has a party.
|
|
-3: Party not found.
|
|
-4: Party is full.
|
|
-5: Another character from the same account is already in the party.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*party_delmember({<character id>,<party id>});
|
|
|
|
Removes a player from his/her party. If no player is specified, the command
|
|
will run for the invoking player. If that player is the only party member
|
|
remaining, the party will be disbanded.
|
|
|
|
The command returns 1 upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
0: Unknown error.
|
|
-1: Player not found.
|
|
-2: Party not found.
|
|
-3: Player is not in the party.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*party_changeleader(<party id>,<character id>);
|
|
|
|
Transfers leadership of a party to the specified character.
|
|
|
|
The command returns 1 upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
0: Unknown error.
|
|
-1: Party not found.
|
|
-2: Player not found.
|
|
-3: Player is not in the party.
|
|
-4: Player is already party leader.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*party_changeoption(<party id>,<option>,<flag>);
|
|
|
|
Changes a party option.
|
|
|
|
Valid options are:
|
|
0 - Exp Share (flags: 0-Each Take, 1-Even Share)
|
|
1 - Item Share (flags: 0-Each Take, 1-Party Share)
|
|
2 - Item Share Type (flags: 0-Each Take, 1-Even Share)
|
|
|
|
The command returns 1 upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
0: Invalid option.
|
|
-1: Party not found.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*opendressroom(<flag>{,<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This will open the Dress Room window on the client connected to the invoking character.
|
|
|
|
mes "Close this window to open the Dress Room window.";
|
|
close2;
|
|
opendressroom(1);
|
|
end;
|
|
|
|
Valid flag are:
|
|
1 - Open the Dress Room window
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*navigateto("<map>"{,<x>,<y>,<flag>,<hide_window>,<monster_id>,<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
Generates a navigation for attached or specified character. Requires client
|
|
2011-10-10aRagEXE or newer.
|
|
|
|
The flag specifies how the client will calculate the specific route.
|
|
|
|
Valid flags are:
|
|
NAV_NONE - No services
|
|
NAV_AIRSHIP_ONLY - Airship only
|
|
NAV_SCROLL_ONLY - Scroll only
|
|
NAV_AIRSHIP_AND_SCROLL - Airship and Scroll
|
|
NAV_KAFRA_ONLY - Kafra only
|
|
NAV_KAFRA_AND_AIRSHIP - Kafra and Airship
|
|
NAV_KAFRA_AND_SCROLL - Kafra and Scroll
|
|
NAV_ALL - All services
|
|
|
|
When flag is not specified, the default value is NAV_KAFRA_AND_AIRSHIP.
|
|
|
|
The hide_window specifies whether to display (0) or hide (1) the navigation window.
|
|
By default the window is hidden.
|
|
|
|
You can specify the monster_id in combination with a mapname to make the
|
|
navigation system tell you, that you have reached the desired mob.
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
The client requires custom monster spawns be in the navigation file
|
|
for using the embedded client Navigation feature to work properly. In this
|
|
instance sending the player to the map where the monster spawns is a simpler
|
|
solution rather than sending the map and the monster_id.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*hateffect(<Hat Effect ID>,<State>);
|
|
|
|
This will set a Hat Effect onto the player. The state field allows you to
|
|
enable (true) or disable (false) the effect on the player.
|
|
The Hat Effect constants can be found in 'src/map/script_constants.hpp' starting
|
|
with HAT_EF_*.
|
|
|
|
Requires client 2015-05-13aRagEXE or newer.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getrandomoptinfo(<type>);
|
|
|
|
Returns value of an attribute of current random option.
|
|
|
|
Valid attributes are:
|
|
ROA_ID - ID of current option
|
|
ROA_VALUE - Value field of current option
|
|
ROA_PARAM - Param field of current option
|
|
|
|
This script command is intended for using in random option scripts.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getequiprandomoption(<equipment index>,<index>,<type>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
Returns value of an attribute of a random option on an equipped item.
|
|
|
|
See 'getequipid' for a full list of valid equipment slots.
|
|
|
|
index parameter can be 0 to MAX_ITEM_RDM_OPT-1 (default 0-4).
|
|
|
|
For valid attribute types, see `getrandomoptinfo` command reference.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setrandomoption(<equipment slot>,<index>,<id>,<value>,<param>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
Sets <index+1>th random option for equipment equipped at <equipment slot>
|
|
to <id>, <value> and <param>.
|
|
|
|
See 'getequipid' for a full list of valid equipment slots.
|
|
|
|
index parameter can be 0 to MAX_ITEM_RDM_OPT-1 (default 0-4).
|
|
|
|
ID - ID of random option. See db/item_randomopt_db.yml for constants.
|
|
Value - Value of random option
|
|
Param - Parameter of random option
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*randomoptgroup <random option group ID>;
|
|
|
|
This command fills the following arrays with the results of a random option group.
|
|
The random option group IDs are specified in 'db/(pre-)re/item_randomopt_group.yml'.
|
|
|
|
Arrays - from index 0 to MAX_ITEM_RDM_OPT-1 :
|
|
.@opt_id[] - array of random option ID.
|
|
.@opt_value[] - array of value.
|
|
.@opt_param[] - array of param.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
// Fill the arrays using the random option group ID 5 (group used for Crimson weapons).
|
|
randomoptgroup(5);
|
|
|
|
// Create a +9 Crimson Dagger [2] with the Group 5 applied
|
|
getitem3 28705,1,1,9,0,0,0,0,0,.@opt_id,.@opt_value,.@opt_param;
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*clan_join(<clan id>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
The attached player joins the clan with the <clan id>. On a successful join,
|
|
true is returned, else false if the join failed.
|
|
If <char id> is specified, the specified player is used rather than the attached one.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*clan_leave({<char id>});
|
|
|
|
The attached player will leave their clan. On a successful leave, true is returned,
|
|
else false if the leave failed.
|
|
If <char id> is specified, the specified player is used rather than the attached one.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*itemlink(<item_id>{,<refine>{,<card0>{,<card1>{,<card2>{,<card3>,{<enchantgrade>{,<RandomIDArray>,<RandomValueArray>,<RandomParamArray>}}}}}}});
|
|
|
|
Generates an item link string for an item that can be used for npctalk, message,
|
|
dispbottom, and broadcast commands. The result is a clickable-item name just
|
|
like SHIFT+Click from a player's inventory/cart/equipment window. This command can be
|
|
used with mes but the item name will not be clickable. You should use script command
|
|
"mesitemlink" for displaying item links in mes dialogues, if the client supports them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
npctalk "Knife [3] : "+itemlink(1201)+"";
|
|
npctalk "+16 Knife [3] : "+itemlink(1201,16)+"";
|
|
npctalk "+13 BXB Bapho+VR+EA2+EA1 : "+itemlink(18110,13,4147,4407,4833,4832)+"";
|
|
setarray .@opt_ids[0],RDMOPT_VAR_ATKPERCENT,RDMOPT_VAR_ATKPERCENT,RDMOPT_VAR_ATTMPOWER,0,0;
|
|
setarray .@opt_values[0],3,5,20,0,0;
|
|
setarray .@opt_params[0],0,0,0,0,0;
|
|
npctalk "+13 BXB Bapho+VR+EA2+EA1 + 3 Options : "+itemlink(18110,13,4147,4407,4833,4832,0,.@opt_ids,.@opt_values,.@opt_params)+"";
|
|
|
|
|
|
RandomIDArray, RandomValueArray, and RandomParamArray only works if the
|
|
client (and server) supports the Item Random Options feature (PACKETVER >= 20150225).
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*mesitemlink(<item_id>{,<use_brackets>{,<display_name>});
|
|
|
|
Generates an itemlink string for an item and can be used with NPC's mes command.
|
|
The NPC message will show the item's name which will be clickable and opens the
|
|
item description client side.
|
|
By default <use_brackets> is true which surrounds the link with brackets. Send false to disable.
|
|
By default the link will be created with the name of the item stored in the item database,
|
|
but in some cases it might be necessary to overwrite the <display_name> with something else.
|
|
|
|
Examples:
|
|
|
|
mes mesitemlink( 1201 ); // Will display "[Knife]" and will be clickable. If clicked it opens the description for Knife [3]
|
|
mes "Bring me a " + mesitemlink( 1201 ) + "."; // Will display "Bring me a [Knife]." and "[Knife]" will be clickable.
|
|
mes "Bring me a " + mesitemlink( 1201, false ) + "."; // Will display "Bring me a Knife." and "Knife" will be clickable.
|
|
mes "Bring me a " + mesitemlink( 1201, true, "Super cutting knife" ) + "."; // Will display "Bring me a [Super cutting knife]." and "[Super cutting knife]" will be clickable.
|
|
|
|
========================
|
|
|14.- Channel commands.|
|
|
========================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_create "<chname>","<alias>"{,"<password>"{<option>{,<delay>{,<color>{,<char_id>}}}}};
|
|
|
|
Creates a public channel with <chname> as the channel name. To protect the
|
|
channel, use <password> or write "null" to create it without a password.
|
|
Channel name must start with '#' and cannot be the same as the map or ally
|
|
channel names.
|
|
|
|
<alias> will be used to change the channel name when the channel message
|
|
is displayed.
|
|
|
|
<option> values are:
|
|
CHAN_OPT_BASE - Default option including CHAN_OPT_ANNOUNCE_SELF|CHAN_OPT_MSG_DELAY|CHAN_OPT_CAN_CHAT|CHAN_OPT_CAN_LEAVE
|
|
CHAN_OPT_ANNOUNCE_SELF - Show info for player itself if player has joined/leaves the channel
|
|
CHAN_OPT_ANNOUNCE_JOIN - Display message when player is joining the channel
|
|
CHAN_OPT_ANNOUNCE_LEAVE - Display message when player is leaving the channel
|
|
CHAN_OPT_MSG_DELAY - Enable chat delay for the channel
|
|
CHAN_OPT_COLOR_OVERRIDE - Player's unique font color will override channel's color
|
|
CHAN_OPT_CAN_CHAT - Player can chat in the channel
|
|
CHAN_OPT_CAN_LEAVE - Player can leave the channel
|
|
CHAN_OPT_AUTOJOIN - Players will auto join the channel at login
|
|
|
|
The <delay> is the minimum chat delay in millisecond for a single player before
|
|
the player can chat again in the same channel.
|
|
|
|
Use <color> hex code to set the color for this channel, if not defined, default
|
|
channel color will be used.
|
|
|
|
If <char_id> is defined, the channel will be a private channel and the player
|
|
will be the channel owner.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* This example will shows the message on this channel as
|
|
* [rAthena] Admin : Hello world!
|
|
* instead of
|
|
* #rathena Admin : Hello world!
|
|
**/
|
|
channel_create("#rathena","[rAthena]");
|
|
channel_create("#vip","[VIP]","vipmemberonly");
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_join "<channel_name>"{, <char_id>};
|
|
|
|
Join an existing channel.
|
|
The command returns 0 upon success, and these values upon failure:
|
|
-1 : Invalid channel or player
|
|
-2 : Player already in channel
|
|
-3 : Player banned
|
|
-4 : Reached max limit
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_setopt "<chname>",<option>,<value>;
|
|
|
|
Set option for the channel. Use 1 in <value> to set it, or 0 to unset.
|
|
The <option> values are the same as the 'channel_create' options.
|
|
|
|
For CHAN_OPT_MSG_DELAY, the delay in millisecond must be sent or use 0
|
|
to remove the delay at <value>.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
// Example to set delay
|
|
channel_setopt("#global",CHAN_OPT_MSG_DELAY,5000);
|
|
|
|
Only for public and private channel.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_getopt "<chname>",<option>;
|
|
|
|
Get option value for the channel. The <option> values are the same as the
|
|
'channel_create' options. Returns true or false except for CHAN_OPT_MSG_DELAY
|
|
which returns an integer.
|
|
|
|
// Example to get the delay
|
|
.delay = channel_getopt("#global",CHAN_OPT_MSG_DELAY);
|
|
|
|
Only for public and private channel.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_setcolor "<chname>",<color>;
|
|
|
|
To change channel color.
|
|
<color> uses hex RGB values.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_setpass "<chname>","<password>";
|
|
|
|
To set, unset, or change password of a channel.
|
|
Use "null" to remove the password.
|
|
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
Only for public and private channel.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_setgroup "<chname>",<group_id>{,...,<group_id>};
|
|
*channel_setgroup2 "<chname>",<array_of_groups>;
|
|
|
|
Set group restriction for a channel. Only player with matching <group_id>
|
|
are allowed to to join the channel.
|
|
|
|
By using 0 in the first group channel, the group restriction will be
|
|
removed from the channel config.
|
|
|
|
'channel_setgroup2' receives input for group list as an array.
|
|
|
|
Returns 0 on failure, and 1 (or n groups count) on success.
|
|
|
|
// Example 1: Remove groups
|
|
channel_setgroup("#event",0);
|
|
|
|
// Example 2: Multiple values
|
|
channel_setgroup("#vip",2,5);
|
|
|
|
// Example 3: Using array
|
|
setarray .@staffs[0],2,3,4,10,99;
|
|
channel_setgroup("#staff",.@staffs);
|
|
|
|
Only for public and private channel.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_chat "<chname>","<message>"{,<color>};
|
|
|
|
Sends message to the channel.
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
// Example if channel doesn't have alias
|
|
channel_chat(#rathena,"Hello World!"); // #rathena Hello World!
|
|
|
|
// Example if channel has alias
|
|
channel_chat(#rathena,"Hello World!"); // [rAthena] Hello World!
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_ban "<chname>",<char_id>;
|
|
|
|
Ban player from a public or private channel.
|
|
Channel's owner or group with PC_PERM_CHANNEL_ADMIN cannot be banned.
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_unban "<chname>",<char_id>;
|
|
|
|
Unban player from a public or private channel.
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_kick "<chname>",<char_id>;
|
|
*channel_kick "<chname>","<char_name>";
|
|
|
|
Kick player from a public or private channel.
|
|
Channel's owner or group with PC_PERM_CHANNEL_ADMIN cannot be kicked.
|
|
Returns 1 on success.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*channel_delete "<chname>";
|
|
|
|
Delete an existing public or private channel. Cannot delete ally or
|
|
local map channel.
|
|
Returns 0 on success.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
============================
|
|
|15.- Achievement commands.|
|
|
============================
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*achievementadd(<achievement id>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will add an achievement to the player's log for the attached
|
|
player or the supplied <char id>. The objective requirements are not ignored
|
|
when using this function.
|
|
Returns true on success and false on failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*achievementremove(<achievement id>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will remove an achievement from the player's log for the attached
|
|
player or the supplied <char id>.
|
|
Returns true on success and false on failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*achievementinfo(<achievement id>,<type>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will return the specified <type> value for an achievement of the
|
|
attached player or the supplied <char id>. If the player doesn't have the
|
|
achievement active (no progress has been made): if the achievement doesn't
|
|
exist -1 will be returned, or -2 will be returned on any other error such as
|
|
an invalid <type>.
|
|
|
|
Valid types:
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT1
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT2
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT3
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT4
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT5
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT6
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT7
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT8
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT9
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COUNT10
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COMPLETE
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COMPLETEDATE
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_GOTREWARD
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_LEVEL (<achievement id> is useless for this)
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_SCORE (<achievement id> is useless for this)
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*achievementcomplete(<achievement id>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will complete an achievement for the attached player or the supplied
|
|
<char id>. The objective requirements are ignored when using this function.
|
|
Returns true on success and false on failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*achievementexists(<achievement id>{,<char id>});
|
|
|
|
This function will return if the achievement exists on the player or the supplied
|
|
<char id> and is completed.
|
|
Returns true on success and false on failure.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*achievementupdate(<achievement id>,<type>,<value>{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
This function will update an achievement's value for an achievement of the attached
|
|
player or the supplied <char id>. If the player does not have the achievement active
|
|
(no progress has been made) it will be added to the player's log first before updating
|
|
the <type> value.
|
|
Returns true on success and false on failure.
|
|
|
|
See 'achievementinfo' for valid <type> values.
|
|
- ACHIEVEINFO_COMPLETE, ACHIEVEINFO_COMPLETEDATE, and ACHIEVEINFO_GOTREWARD require the
|
|
specific value returned from 'gettimetick(2)'.
|
|
- Excludes ACHIEVEINFO_LEVEL and ACHIEVEINFO_SCORE.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*addfame(<amount>,{,<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Increases the fame of the attached player or the supplied <char id> by the <amount> given.
|
|
Note: Only works with classes that use the ranking system.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getfame({<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Gets the fame points of the attached player or the supplied <char id>.
|
|
Note: Only works with classes that use the ranking system.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*getfamerank({<char id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns fame rank (start from 1 to MAX_FAME_LIST), else 0.
|
|
Note: Only works with classes that use the ranking system.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*isdead({<account id>})
|
|
|
|
Returns true if the player is dead else false.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*has_autoloot({<char_id>});
|
|
|
|
This command checks whether a player configured autoloot.
|
|
Returns current autoloot value on success.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*autoloot({<rate>{, <char_id>}});
|
|
|
|
This command sets the rate of autoloot.
|
|
If no rate is provided and the user has autoloot disabled it will default to 10000 = 100% (enabled) or
|
|
if the user has autoloot enabled it will default to 0 = 0% (disabled).
|
|
Returns true on success and false on failure.
|
|
|
|
Example:
|
|
autoloot(); // toggle on/off depend on existing autoloot
|
|
autoloot(0); // 0.00% or off
|
|
autoloot(100); // 1.00%
|
|
autoloot(3333); // 33.33%
|
|
autoloot(10000); // 100.00%
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setdialogalign(<align>);
|
|
|
|
Set vertical or horizontal align in NPC dialog.
|
|
Valid aligns:
|
|
- horizontal align:
|
|
DIALOG_ALIGN_LEFT
|
|
DIALOG_ALIGN_CENTER
|
|
DIALOG_ALIGN_RIGHT
|
|
|
|
- vertical align:
|
|
DIALOG_ALIGN_TOP
|
|
DIALOG_ALIGN_MIDDLE
|
|
DIALOG_ALIGN_BOTTOM
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setdialogsize(<width>, <height>)
|
|
|
|
Set size for NPC dialog in pixels.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setdialogpos(<x>, <y>)
|
|
|
|
Set position for NPC dialog in pixels.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
*setdialogpospercent(<x>, <y>)
|
|
|
|
Set position for NPC dialog in screen size percent.
|
|
|
|
---------------------------------------
|